Issuu on Google+

Services for Booksellers Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:

PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management

Nielsen BookNet Web Services/ Teleordering http://www.nielsenbooknet.co.uk • Internet service, available 24 hours 7 days a week • Bibliographic searches of over 3 million titles • Online ordering via Booknet Teleordering • Order tracking and history • Electronic messaging including order acknowledgements, delivery notes and proof of delivery • My Price and Availability enquiry • BookScan sales data available to assist buying decisions • Simple to use, simple to set up, easy to integrate with EPOS systems.

Datashop and Catalogshop http://datashop.cambridge.org • Free online data delivery • Define your own reports and update them online • File formats from simple text price and availability to ONIX • Delivery by email or FTP • Automatic updates daily, weekly, monthly or yearly • Download all Cambridge publicity material in PDF and other formats from Catalogshop

Academic & Professional Publishing New Books January – April 2017 www.cambridge.org/knowledge

Batch http://www.batch.co.uk • Standard Batch service is free of charge for Booksellers • Make a single payment for all your suppliers, saving time, bank and postage charges • See invoices on the batch system before delivery arrives • No more copy invoices – view invoices online and print your own • Advance notification that deliveries are on the way • Make claims online, saving telephone calls, faxes and emails

EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format

www.cambridge.org/knowledge

34382_cvr.indd 1

05/01/2017 12:49


Contents Art .............................................. 1 Music ..........................................1 Classical studies ..........................2 English literature .........................5 American literature ......................9 European and world literature ...10 Drama and theatre ....................11 Language and linguistics ...........11 Philosophy ................................13 Religion ....................................15 Management ............................17 Sociology ..................................18 Anthropology ............................19 Archaeology ..............................19 Psychology ................................21 Politics, social theory, history of ideas ....................26 Economics, business studies.......33 Law ..........................................36 Education .................................53 British history ............................53 American history .......................55 European history .......................56 History – other areas .................58 History – cross discipline ...........61 Statistics and probability............63 Mathematics .............................64 Computer science ......................71 Physics ......................................72 Earth and environmental science ................................76 Astronomy ................................79 Engineering...............................82 General science .........................86 Life sciences ..............................86 Medicine ...................................91

Cambridge University Press Bookshop

Customer Services

Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries Phone: + Email: asia@cambridge.org

Booksellers

Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.

Middle East, North Africa & Japan - internationaltrade1@cambridge.org

Cambridge University Press Bookshop occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ, where the complete range of titles is on sale. Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Email bookshop@cambridge.org

For customer service, please contact: UK, Europe - internationaltrade2@cambridge.org North America - customer_service@cambridge.org Central & South America, Caribbean - internationalorders@cambridge.org Asia - asia@cambridge.org

How to order PubEasy: Cambridge is a PubEasy affiliate. online ordering and availability checks.

Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com

www.PubEasy.com for

Cambridge University Press Around the World

Cambridge Website Visit our website at www.cambridge.org • A fully searchable Cambridge catalogue • Online ordering for individuals • A changing programme of new book features and promotions • Sample chapters • Email notification service • Cambridge Journals Online • Information about the Press worldwide Email: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East and N. Africa Trade customers: internationaltrade1@cambridge.org East Europe, Greece and Turkey Trade Customers: internationaltrade3@cambridge.org

Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country.

United Kingdom and Ireland

The Americas

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

North, Central, South America and Caribbean Cambridge University Press One Liberty Plaza Floor 20 New York, NY 10006 Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Email customer_service@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Europe (excluding Iberia), Middle East and North Africa Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Iberia Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Basílica 17, 1º-, 28020 Madrid, Spain Phone + 34 91 360 46 06 Fax + 34 91 360 45 70 Email iberia@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

To request a review copy of any of our books, please write to the Customer Services Department, Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Shaftesbury Road, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK.

The prices and discount terms shown are usually approximate pre-publication prices and discount terms. While every effort is made to maintain their accuracy, final prices and discount terms may differ from those printed here.

We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

Asia 79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/asia

Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speaking Caribbean Cambridge University Press African Branch Lower Ground Floor, Nautica Building, The Water Club, Beach Road, Granger Bay – 8005, Cape Town, South Africa Phone + 27 21 412 7800 Fax + 27 21 419 8418 Email information@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/africa

Australia and New Zealand Cambridge University Press Australian Branch 477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Fax +61 3 9676 9966 Email info@cambridge.edu.au Web www.cambridge.org/aus

Institutional ebook access If you’re interested in institution-wide access to ebooks, or other Cambridge digital publications, please contact online@cambridge.org in the Americas or library.sales@cambridge.org in the rest of the world.

34382_cvr.indd 2

05/01/2017 12:49


Art / Music

Art

The Polyphonic Mass in France, 1600–1780 The Evidence of the Printed Choirbooks Jean-Paul C. Montagnier | University of Lorraine, France

New in Paperback

Drawing Acts Studies in Graphic Expression and Representation David Rosand | Columbia University, New York

This book explores the significance of the making of drawings, the meaning in the line of the draftsman, and the recreative dimension of critical response. Rosand seeks to establish new foundations for the criticism and appreciation of drawing, which is often considered the most revealing record of artistic creativity. • Combines practical criticism and theory to explore the fuller phenomenology of drawing, its significance as both art and act • Examines individual drawings in detail, exploring the complexity of a single line • Spans the full range of Western art history, demonstrating universallyheld values of authorship and self expressions from antiquity to the present Western art

November 2016 279 x 216 mm 443pp 333 b/w illus. 978-1-316-63752-4 Paperback £39.99 / US$54.99

C

Music Music and Culture in the Middle Ages and Beyond Liturgy, Sources, Symbolism Edited by Benjamin Brand | University of North Texas

The essays in this volume offer diverse, innovative perspectives on three aspects of medieval music and culture: the liturgy, musical and archival sources, and musical symbolism. Written by a roster of prominent scholars of various generations, they illustrate the enduring relevance of primarysource research in the study of medieval music. • Features an unusually prominent roster of contributors, including three past presidents of the American Musicological Society, three Kinkeldey Award recipients, two Slim Award recipients, and a Stevenson Award recipient • The essays are diverse in their geographical and chronological scope • Despite the variety of their topics and approaches, all the contributions share a concern with interdisciplinarity and primary sources that make it distinctive within the field of musicology • The essays engage with their topics in a way that is accessible to nonspecialists, avoiding excessive technical language Medieval and Renaissance music

October 2016 247 x 174 mm 376pp 18 tables  31 music examples   978-1-107-15837-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

The first ever book-length study of the a cappella masses which appeared in France in choirbook layout during the baroque era. After tracing the publishing history of this distinctive but littleknown repertoire, the author places the works in their social, liturgical and musical context. • The first book on the subject in any language and primarily based on first-hand research • Tackles various aspects of the a cappella mass as a genre • Exclusively devoted to the church music of the French baroque, the book will appeal to those who are not familiar with the music making in the French churches of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries • Covers the few articles related to the topic that were published in any language in recent decades

1

Seventeenth-century music

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 368pp 978-1-107-17774-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

C

Music in the London Theatre from Purcell to Handel Edited by Colin Timms | University of Birmingham

The book is concerned with musical settings (c.1650–1750) for voices and instruments of mostly secular texts that were performed in English theatres. It is of value to those with an interest in seventeenth- and eighteenth-century English music, literature, drama or theatre, showing how these arts intersected. • Discusses a wide range of musical works performed in English theatres between c.1650 and 1750 • Explores what constituted good verse for setting to music • Explores how widely and deeply ancient historical subjects were known to Handel’s audiences and how he used them in his Italian operas Seventeenth-century music

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 320pp 2 b/w illus.  16 music examples   978-1-107-15464-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

The Romantic Overture and Musical Form from Rossini to Wagner Steven Vande Moortele | University of Toronto

This book is the first comprehensive study of musical form in the genre of the overture in continental Europe between 1815 and 1850. Combining historical and analytical perspectives, and discussing a broad range of German, French, and Italian operatic and concert overtures, it will appeal to both musicologists and music theorists. • The first comprehensive study of operatic and concert overtures in continental Europe between 1815 and 1850 • Contributes to theories on musical form in the first half of the nineteenth century, particularly the ‘new Formenlehre’, a dynamic growing subfield of modern music theory and analysis • Studies a varied musical repertoire, including both standard and lesser known works, taking a far broader view than traditional music theory Nineteenth-century music

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 294pp 23 tables  64 music examples   978-1-107-16319-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 34382.indd 1

05/01/2017 12:36


Classical studies

Classical studies

Knowledge, Text and Practice in Ancient Technical Writing Edited by Marco Formisano | Universiteit Gent, Belgium

Previously aNNouNced

The Afterlives of Greek Sculpture Interaction, Transformation, and Destruction Rachel Kousser | Brooklyn College, City University of New York

2

This study is the first comprehensive historical account of the afterlives of ancient Greek monumental sculptures. It sheds new light on the creation of Hellenic cultural identity and the formation of collective memory in the Classical and Hellenistic eras. • The first comprehensive historical account of the afterlives of Greek monumental sculptures • Offers new insights into the formation of Greek cultural identity and its relationship to art • Provides a fresh perspective on the role of the image in Greek society Classical art, architecture

January 2017 253 x 177 mm 318pp 92 b/w illus.  14 colour illus.   978-1-107-04072-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

A Cultural History Edited by Verity Platt | Cornell University, New York

Classical art, architecture

C

C

This book offers a new interpretation of ancient Greek sacrifice from a cultural poetic perspective. Through close readings of key texts and the evidence from material culture, it argues that the ritual of sacrifice operates as a cultural mechanism for the perpetuation of patriarchal ideology throughout Greek cultural history. • Offers a major new interpretation of the mythology of sacrifice, employing a focus on oral poetics • Demonstrates how intertextuality may work through multiple works of Greek hexameter poetry • Makes use of recent work in anthropology and archaeology in order to offer a new interpretation of sacrifice Classical literature

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 188pp 3 b/w illus.  2 tables   978-1-107-16426-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

The Cambridge Companion to Xenophon Edited by Michael A. Flower | Princeton University, New Jersey

Conflict and Consensus in Early Greek Hexameter Poetry Edited by Paola Bassino | University of Winchester

A fresh and wide-ranging exploration of the themes of conflict and consensus across the early Greek hexameter tradition in all of its variety. It focuses to an unprecedented extent on issues of poetics and metapoetics, thus offering new insights into the processes of reception and canonisation of Greek epic. • The first comprehensive analysis of themes central to the early Greek hexameter tradition • Focuses on issues of poetics and metapoetics • Contributes to our understanding of the processes of reception and canonisation of early Greek epic poetry Classical literature

34382.indd 2

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 12 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16943-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Charles H. Stocking | University of Western Ontario

This book argues for the integral role of framing within Graeco-Roman art, as well as exploring the relationship between the frames of classical antiquity and those of more modern art and aesthetics. It is aimed at students and scholars of art history, aesthetics, visual studies and classics, as well as cultural and intellectual history. • Allows for an analysis and interpretation of details and aspects of classical image-making that have been overlooked or under-theorised • Puts classical art history in dialogue with contemporary art-historical theory and approaches from deconstructionism, anthropology, sociology and linguistics • Encourages intellectual dialogue across periods and art-historical categories, with a focus on framing pictorial space, the body, religion, and the relationship between image and text

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-107-17574-7 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Classical literature

The Politics of Sacrifice in Early Greek Myth and Poetry

The Frame in Classical Art

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 668pp 221 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16236-5 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00

This book sheds new light on the problematic relationship between theory and practice in ancient Greek and Roman culture. Various fields of knowledge are discussed, including agriculture, architecture, the art of love, astronomy, ethics, mechanics, medicine, and pharmacology. The main focus is on the interaction between texts and the transmission of knowledge. • Introduces a much more nuanced way to approach the relationship between theory and practice in ancient science and technology • Discusses various fields of knowledge, from the art of love to architecture, medicine and agriculture, from the perspective of the relationship between theory and practice • Emphasises the centrality of the text and of writing to the transmission of knowledge

C

Xenophon, the Athenian philosopher and historian, holds a central place in literary and political culture from antiquity to the present. This accessible volume explains the major problems and issues that are at stake in the study of his writings, while simultaneously pointing the way forward to newer methodologies, issues and questions. • The only volume to offer a comprehensive general introduction to Xenophon to students and nonspecialists • Emphasizes themes that cut across his whole corpus of writings rather than studying them in isolation, as has usually happened • Assumes no previous familiarity with Xenophon’s writings Classical literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 448pp 3 b/w illus.  4 maps   978-1-107-05006-8 Hardback £80.00 / US$100.00 P 978-1-107-65215-6 Paperback £26.99 / US$32.99 P

05/01/2017 12:36


Classical studies

Virgil’s Ascanius

The Ethics of the Family in Seneca

Imagining the Future in the Aeneid Anne Rogerson | University of Sydney

This book sheds new light on Virgil’s Aeneid via a detailed study of Ascanius, Aeneas’ young son and ancestor of the emperor Augustus. In a work that will appeal to students of literature, history and childhood studies, Rogerson shows how the characterisation of Ascanius reflects contemporary concerns about Rome’s future. • The first book-length study of Ascanius in the Aeneid • Contributes to current debates on characterisation, epic narrative, metapoetics, and ancient childhood • Promotes a balanced approach to the politics of Virgil’s poetry Classical literature | Cambridge Classical Studies

February 2017 216 x 138 mm 242pp 978-1-107-11539-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Liz Gloyn | Royal Holloway, University of London

This book explores the vital role the family plays in Stoic ideas of moral development found in Seneca’s philosophical writing. It combines philosophical analysis with social, cultural and historical discussion and is an important resource for researchers in Roman Stoicism, imperial culture and the history of the family. • Argues for greater attention to the role of the family in ancient philosophy • Synthesises philosophical, historical and literary material to produce a more rounded picture of the family • Gives the first thorough discussion in English of Seneca’s fragmentary De matrimonio

3

Ancient philosophy

C

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 260pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-14547-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

textbook

Citizenship in Classical Athens

Horace: Odes Book II

Josine Blok | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

Horace Edited by Stephen Harrison | University of Oxford

The first substantial commentary on Odes II for a generation, essential for upper-level undergraduate and graduate students of Horace’s highly popular work, as well as important for scholars of Latin literature and lyric poetry. New insights are offered into the poems’ interpretation, and textual analysis proposes answers to long-standing questions. • A full and accessible commentary on Odes II, essential for students and scholars • Offers new solutions to established problems of text and interpretation • Explores Book II within the context of Horace’s poetic career and the wider Augustan literary scene Contents: Preface; Introduction; 1. Date of Odes II; 2. Horace’s literary career; 3. Characteristics of Odes II; 4. Literary intertexts; 5. Internal architecture of poems; 6. Style; 7. Metre; 8. Text; 9. Abbreviations; Q. Horati Flacci Carminvm Liber Secvndvs; Commentary; Bibliography; Index.

Ancient history

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-0-521-19145-6 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Classical literature | Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

March 2017 216 x 138 mm 294pp 978-1-107-01291-2 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-60090-4 Paperback £20.99 / US$34.99

A highly original study arguing that Athenian citizenship was not just a political, but primarily a religious, identity. Classical Athens saw itself as a community (polis) founded on its bond with the gods. Male and female citizens were equal heirs of this bond, in which the polis also anchored its laws. • Proposes a new view of citizenship in classical Athens, bringing together hitherto fundamentally distinct approaches to the classical polis • Clarifies the debate on Greek citizenship in its historical and intellectual context, inviting engagement with modern citizenship studies • Includes in-depth discussion of key evidence in translation, with Greek texts provided in the footnotes, so that no knowledge of ancient Greek is necessary

X X

C

HigHligHt key refereNce

From Stoicism to Platonism

Previously aNNouNced

The Development of Philosophy, 100 BCE–100 CE Edited by Troels Engberg-Pedersen | University of Copenhagen

The Codex of Justinian

A team of experts explores the change in philosophy from around 100 BCE, when monistic Stoicism was the strongest dogmatic school in philosophy, to around 100 CE, when dualistic Platonism began to gain the upper hand – with huge consequences for all later Western philosophy and for Christianity. • Expert scholars explore one of the most fruitful and important periods in the history of Western philosophy • Brings together the study of Greco-Roman philosophical texts and Hellenistic Jewish and early Christian texts with a philosophical profile • Questions the categories traditionally used to describe philosophy in the period Ancient philosophy

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 436pp 978-1-107-16619-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

C

A New Annotated Translation, with Parallel Latin and Greek Text General Editor Bruce W. Frier | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

The first reliable annotated English translation, with original texts, of the Codex of Justinian, one of the four works that make up the Emperor Justinian’s Corpus of Roman Law. Essential for understanding not only Roman law but the subsequent development of Western law and legal concepts. • The first authoritative English translation of the Codex of Justinian, one of the central documents of the Western legal tradition • Provides explanatory material through extensive introductions, a glossary, and thorough annotation, making it easier to understand the often arcane details of Roman private and administrative law • Provides facing Latin and Greek texts for the benefit of expert scholars Ancient history

September 2016 228 x 152 mm 2963pp 1 b/w illus.   978-0-521-19682-6 3 Volume Hardback Set £450.00 / US$750.00

R

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 34382.indd 3

05/01/2017 12:36


Classical studies

Prudentius, Spain, and Late Antique Christianity

The Economy of Late Achaemenid and Seleucid Babylonia

Poetry, Visual Culture, and the Cult of Martyrs Paula Hershkowitz | Birkbeck College, University of London

4

This book sets Prudentius’ martyr poetry within the religious, social, and visual contexts of late antique Spain. This original approach utilises the fields of history, archaeology, classical literature and art history, and the book is important for academics and more advanced students within these disciplines. • Analyses Prudentius’ poetry using not only literary but also archaeological and art historical sources • Introduces the Spanish literary and physical evidence relevant to Late Antiquity • Questions the depth of Christian belief and the spread of martyr worship in Late Antiquity and considers the complexity of religious identity, especially in late Roman Spain Ancient history

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 272pp 29 b/w illus.  1 map   978-1-107-14960-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

This book provides a full reassessment of the economic structures and market performance in Late Achaemenid and Seleucid Babylonia. The approach is informed by New Institutional Economics and draws heavily on archival cuneiform documents as well as providing the first exhaustive contextualisation of the price data contained in the Babylonian Astronomical Diaries. • Applies statistical analysis to ancient price data, providing the reader with a formal model for price oscillations • Applies methodologies widely used in economic research to the study of antiquity, thereby breaking new ground for comparative history • Employs an up-to-date theoretical framework grounded in New Institutional Economics, thereby shedding new light on the market in Seleucid Babylonia Ancient history

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 288pp 21 b/w illus.  26 tables   978-1-107-10606-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Roman Geographies of the Nile From the Late Republic to the Early Empire Andy Merrills | University of Leicester

The River Nile fascinated the Romans and appeared in maps, written descriptions, philosophical texts, poems and landscape paintings. This book examines these representations and their interdependence. It thereby proposes a new approach to the study of ancient geography, providing an accessible introduction to the field for a variety of audiences. • Explores the full range of ways in which the physical world was represented in classical society through six case studies, including cartography, triumphal display, landscape painting, itineraries, natural philosophy and poetry • Proposes a new view of classical geographical thinking, which moves beyond traditional ‘geographical’ texts, and reveals the influence of other media in shaping attitudes to the wider world • Brings together various different traditions of scholarship for the first time, allowing readers to see how art historical, philological, philosophical and archaeological approaches to the study of ancient conceptions of space are inter-related Ancient history

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 358pp 28 b/w illus.   978-1-107-17728-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Reinhard Pirngruber | Universität Wien, Austria

C

Votive Body Parts in Greek and Roman Religion Jessica Hughes | The Open University, Milton Keynes

This book examines a type of object that was widespread and very popular in classical antiquity – votive offerings in the shape of parts of the human body, using them to explore how beliefs about the body changed throughout the period. Of interest to scholars and students of classics as well as religious studies. • Examines votive offerings from all over the classical world, enabling readers to perceive important changes in beliefs and traditions • Brings votive body parts into a conversation with other visual and literary sources from the classical world and emphasises their importance for a wide range of topics in classics • Demonstrates how votives intersect with modern theories about the body and draws connections between ancient and modern perceptions of the body Ancient history | Cambridge Classical Studies

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 348pp 84 b/w illus.   978-1-107-15783-5 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

Science Writing in Greco-Roman Antiquity Liba Taub | University of Cambridge

C

This book explores the surprising variety of texts used to communicate scientific and mathematical ideas in the ancient Greek and Roman worlds. Each chapter concentrates on a particular genre – poetry, letter, encyclopaedia, commentary and biography – and considers the broader cultural contexts in which these texts were produced and read. • Provides an innovative introduction to scientific ideas in the ancient Greek and Roman worlds • Introduces some unfamiliar examples of Greek and Roman writings about nature and mathematics • Reveals how much science and mathematics were connected to the broader culture of classical antiquity Ancient history | Key Themes in Ancient History

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 164pp 3 b/w illus.   978-0-521-11370-0 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99 978-0-521-13063-9 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

34382.indd 4

P P

05/01/2017 12:36


Classical studies / English literature

textbook

Learn Latin from the Romans A Complete Introductory Course Using Textbooks from the Roman Empire Eleanor Dickey | University of Reading

This is the only introductory Latin textbook to feature texts by ancient Romans specifically for Latin learners. It includes clear explanations of grammatical concepts, 5,000 easy practice sentences, and 158 longer passages (from inscriptions, graffiti, and Christian texts, as well as Catullus, Cicero, and Virgil – and, of course, the ancient Latin textbooks). • Passages are taken from leading literary writers like Cicero, Catullus and Virgil, and from inscriptions and graffiti, as well as the ‘colloquia’ • Grammatical terminology is introduced from the start, allowing students to gain confidence immediately • All noun and adjective paradigms are given in both the British order and the American order • Includes over 5,000 short practice sentences and over 150 longer passages for continuous reading practice Contents: Preface; Introduction; The pronunciation of Latin; Part I: 1. Verbs: inflection and word order; 2. Nouns: nominative, vocative, and accusative of first and second declensions; 3. Adjectives: gender, agreement, neuters, and vocabulary format; 4. Tenses: future, perfect, and principal parts; 5. Genitive case, sum; 6. First and second conjugations, past participles; 7. Dative case, possum; 8. Second declension in -r and -ius, substantivization; 9. Ablative case, prepositions, eō 10. Demonstratives and imperatives; 11. Reading texts; Part II: 12. Personal pronouns, partitive and objective genitives; 13. Present subjunctive, quis; 14. Third declension; 15. Subordination, imperfect subjunctive, purpose clauses; 16. Sequence of tenses; 17. Fourth and mixed conjugations; 18. Reading practice; 19. Infinitives and indirect statement; 20. Reflexives; 21. Third-declension adjectives; 22. Reading practice; Part III: 23. Demonstratives, ablative of agent; 24. Participles; 25. Relative clauses and volō; 26. Reading practice; 27. Deponent verbs: forms from first two principal parts; 28. Indirect commands; 29. Deponent verbs: perfect-stem forms; 30. Fear clauses and long sentences; 31. Reading poetry; Part IV: 32. Passive voice, agent and means; 33. Result clauses; 34. Fourth and fifth declensions; 35. Time and place; 36. Reading practice; 37. Nōlō and mālō; 38. Regular comparison; 39. Imperfect tense; 40. Irregular comparison, negatives; 41. Gerundives; 42. Reading practice; 43. Adverbs; 44. Pluperfect and future perfect tenses; 45. Impersonal verbs; 46. Perfect and pluperfect subjunctives; 47. More subordinate clauses; 48. Reading practice; Part V: 49. Ferō; 50. Conditional clauses; 51. Fīō; 52. Ipse and iste; 53. Reading practice; 54. Indirect questions; 55. Numbers; 56. Relative clauses with the subjunctive; 57. Ablative absolute; 58. Īdem, expressions of price and value; 59. Reading practice; 60. Gerunds I; 61. Gerunds II; Appendices: 62. How to use the appendices; 63. Further grammatical explanations and exercises; 64. Key to further exercises; 65. Alphabetical glossary of grammatical terminology; 66. The metre of Virgil’s Aeneid; Cumulative vocabulary, Latin to English; Cumulative vocabulary, English to Latin; Index of grammatical topics covered; Index of Latin passages included. Classical languages

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 350pp 1 b/w illus.  123 tables   978-1-107-14084-4 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$85.00 X 978-1-316-50619-6 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 X

English literature Previously aNNouNced textbook

Julius Caesar Third edition William Shakespeare Edited by Marvin Spevack

This third edition features a new introduction and a textual commentary that has been revised and updated with an eye, and ear, to the contemporary student reader. The list of further readings has been updated to reflect the latest developments in Shakespearean criticism. • A new introduction focuses on the interpretive challenges the play has presented to audiences, scholars and theatre companies from Shakespeare’s time to our own • The textual commentary has been revised and updated with an eye, and ear, to the contemporary student reader • Provides an updated list of further readings to reflect the latest developments in Shakespearean criticism

5

Contents: Introduction; Recent film, stage and critical interpretations; Note on the text; Note on the commentary; List of characters; The play; Textual analysis; Appendix: excerpts from Plutarch; Reading list. Literature – editions, texts | The New Cambridge Shakespeare

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 220pp 12 b/w illus.   978-1-107-08866-5 Hardback c. £47.00 / c. US$88.00 978-1-107-45974-8 Paperback c. £8.99 / c. US$18.99

X X

Previously aNNouNced textbook

Twelfth Night Or, What You Will Third edition William Shakespeare Edited by Elizabeth Story Donno | Huntington Library, California

For this third edition of Twelfth Night, Penny Gay provides an updated introduction and reading list for the contemporary student reader. A thorough performance history, which includes a large number of recent performances, is accompanied by a new selection of production photographs. • The updated introduction takes into account the substantial performance history and criticism since 2003 • Includes a revised reading list for the contemporary student reader • Offers a new selection of photographs of recent productions of this well-loved Shakespearean comedy Contents: Preface to the first edition; Preface; Abbreviations and conventions; Introduction; Note on the text; List of characters; The play; Textual analysis; Reading list. Literature – editions, texts | The New Cambridge Shakespeare

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 200pp 20 b/w illus.   978-1-107-12627-5 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$94.99 978-1-107-56546-3 Paperback c. £8.99 / c. US$18.99

X X

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 34382.indd 5

05/01/2017 12:36


English literature

Shakespeare, Music and Performance

Shakespeare for Freedom Why the Plays Matter Ewan Fernie | Shakespeare Institute, University of Birmingham

Edited by Bill Barclay | Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, London

6

This collection of essays traces the different uses of music in Shakespearean performance in theatre and film from the days of the first Globe and Blackfriars to contemporary, global productions. With a unique concentration on the performance aspects of the subject, the volume offers contributions from scholars and contemporary practitioners. • Addresses an essential constituent of Shakespearean performance which has often been overlooked in scholarship • Brings together academics and practitioners • Has an unequalled chronological sweep, considering music at the first Globe and Blackfriars to its use in contemporary global stage and film productions English literature – Anglo-Saxon and Medieval

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 264pp 10 b/w illus.  2 tables  7 music examples   978-1-107-13933-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Shaping the Archive in Late Medieval England History, Poetry, and Performance Sarah Elliott Novacich | Rutgers University, New Jersey

Tracing three episodes in sacred history – the loss of Eden, the loading of Noah’s Ark, and the Harrowing of Hell – Sarah Elliott Novacich shows how medieval writers and artists pondered ways of preserving and transmitting the past, and considered the pleasures and risks of creating an archive. • Offers important new insights into the ways in which three of the most significant episodes from sacred history – the loss of Eden, the loading of Noah’s Ark and the Harrowing of Hell – were re-imagined in the Medieval period • Presents a comprehensive theory of how the reworking of images and ideas constitutes an ‘archive of the imaginary’ • Links imaginative reconstructions of significant episodes of sacred history across genres and forms, including poetry, prose and drama English literature – Anglo-Saxon and Medieval | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Literature, 97

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 256pp 5 b/w illus.   978-1-107-17705-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Milton and the Burden of Freedom Warren Chernaik | King’s College London

Wide-ranging in its treatment of Milton’s works in verse and prose, with particular attention to Paradise Lost, Milton and the Burden of Freedom examines the unresolved tensions in Milton’s writings, as he grapples with the paradox of freedom in a universe ruled by an all-powerful, demanding God. • There is no recent book by a single author treating the full range of Milton’s writing, with a coherent argument and unlimited in scope • Intended as an alternative to the new orthodoxies of Milton criticism, arguing an independent line • Wide-ranging, with a clear argument, accessible to general readers as well as Milton specialists English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 284pp 978-1-107-15318-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

34382.indd 6

Shakespeare for Freedom presents a powerful, plausible and political argument for Shakespeare’s meaning and value. It ranges across the breadth of the Shakespeare phenomenon, offering a new interpretation not just of the characters and plays but also of the part they have played in theatre, criticism, civic culture and politics. • Offers a powerful, plausible and political argument for Shakespeare’s meaning and value • Written in an accessible style appealing to a broad readership • Incorporating an extremely wide field of reference, the book recovers a more exciting and engaged Shakespeare from neglected radical and European traditions English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-13085-2 Hardback c. £35.00 / c. US$54.99

C

Women Writing the English Republic, 1625–1681 Katharine Gillespie | University of Ohio, Miami

The first book-length study of the contributions that women writers made to the social, cultural and philosophical milieux of seventeenth-century English republicanism. Drawing on the works of six women writers of the period, the book examines their writings and explores the key themes and concepts that they build upon. • Examines the writings of six different women, providing the reader with varying perspectives and modes of literature • Blurs the distinction between various forms of literary discourse and political theory, appealing to those interested in literary studies, history, and political philosophy • Identifies continuities between men’s and women’s contributions to republican culture which will be of interest to those who associate republicanism either with classical republicanism or with Biblical republicanism English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

March 2017 229 x 152 mm 378pp 978-1-107-14912-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

C

Previously Announced

Wrestling with Shylock Jewish Responses to The Merchant of Venice Edited by Edna Nahshon | Oxford Centre for Hebrew and Jewish Studies

When Shakespeare wrote The Merchant of Venice, he couldn’t have anticipated that it would be performed and read in dozens of languages – including German, Yiddish and Hebrew. The play has become a focus for an exploration of the status of Jews through different representations of Shylock; as melodramatic villain or tragic victim. • A major contribution to the study of anti-Semitism in various cultures before and after the Holocaust • Contributes to the study of Jews entering and adjusting to the modern world • Considers the play from a variety of Jewish perspectives • Offers cross-cultural and in-depth discussions of a rich gamut of artistic and intellectual ‘takes’ on the Shylock ‘problem’ • Can be used in courses on Shakespeare studies, cultural studies, theatre studies and Jewish studies English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 352pp 51 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01027-7 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00

C

C

05/01/2017 12:36


English literature

Childhood, Education and the Stage in early modern England Edited by Richard Preiss | University of Utah

Designed for students and scholars and anyone with an interest in Shakespeare and Renaissance England, this book examines the role of the child in two key early modern institutions, the school and the stage, and shows, in turn, how these institutions shaped our understanding of childhood. • Provides a thorough and inclusive understanding of early modern childhood, focusing on girls as well as boys • Explores the significance and ongoing relevance of early modern drama, as well as related work from other periods • Considers the work of a wide range of authors, including Shakespeare, to offer a broader perspective on the early modern period English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 14 b/w illus.   978-1-107-09418-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Shakespeare and the Admiral’s Men Reading across Repertories on the London Stage, 1594–1600 Tom Rutter | University of Sheffield

This book examines the two-way influence between Shakespeare and his company’s main competitors in the 1590s, the Admiral’s Men. Providing a valuable addition to the thriving field of repertory studies, it offers new insights into Shakespeare’s development as well as readings of important, sometimes neglected plays by his contemporaries. • Enhances the understanding of Shakespeare’s relationships with his contemporaries by offering new insights into the influence of Admiral’s Men dramatists on Shakespeare, and his influence on them • Offers a critical survey of plays by a single acting company, the Admiral’s Men, and provides an essential point of reference for the understudied plays of A Knack to Know an Honest Man, Captain Thomas Stukeley and The Two Angry Women of Abington • Provides a useful introduction to the wider critical discourse in repertory studies English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 243pp 978-1-107-07743-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Shakespeare on Screen The Tempest and Late Romances Edited by Sarah Hatchuel | Université du Havre, France

Offering coverage of recent screen versions of The Tempest and late romances, as well as reviews of older, canonical films, this volume provides a wide geographical and chronological range and extensive treatment of the plays’ resonance for contemporary audiences. It is supported by a film-bibliography, numerous illustrations and online resources. • Covers a wide chronological range from 1913 to the present day • Provides international coverage, including screen versions from the UK, USA, France, Poland and Italy • Includes a bibliography, numerous illustrations and free online resources

Romanticism, SelfCanonization, and the Business of Poetry Michael Gamer | University of Pennsylvania

The first book to examine how Romantic writers revised and transformed poetic collections to reach new audiences and manipulate their public presence. Far from naive or unworldly, Romantic writers were consciously concerned with the image they portrayed and with questions of authorized repackaging, intellectual property, profit, and loss. • Brings readers interested in copyright and publishing history in dialogue with those interested in Romantic poets and poetry • Provides readers with an account of how Romantic poets’ business and commercial activities informed contemporary representations of the poet, both by the writers themselves and by readers and reviewers • Reinserts writers into prevailing models of social authorship currently popular with readers of book history, which too often have excluded authors from their histories in order to foreground the role played by ‘non-author authors’ such as printers, typesetters, editors, booksellers, and publishers • Allows readers to consider how the packaging of books and the reordering of poetic collections directly contributes to questions of reputation and fame

7

English literature – 1700 – 1830 | Cambridge Studies in Romanticism, 114

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 336pp 978-1-107-15885-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Key Reference Previously Announced

Irish Political Writings after 1725 A Modest Proposal and Other Works Jonathan Swift Edited by David Hayton | Queen’s University Belfast

This latest volume of The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Jonathan Swift is the first fully annotated, contextualised, and textually authoritative edition of Swift’s Irish prose writings from 1726 to 1738, including A Modest Proposal, and will be the standard edition of these writings for scholars, researchers, and students. • The first fully annotated edition of Swift’s later Irish writings, after 1725, ever to appear • An innovative and comprehensive contextual introduction places this period of Swift’s career in full context for the first time • Most of these works have never previously been published with full scholarly annotation, or with a complete and textually authoritative apparatus English literature – 1700 – 1830 | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Jonathan Swift, 14

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 500pp 6 b/w illus.   978-0-521-83385-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$90.00

R

English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700 | Shakespeare on Screen

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 20 b/w illus.   978-1-107-11350-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 34382.indd 7

05/01/2017 12:36


English literature

Darwin and Women

Poetry, Modernism, and an Imperfect World

A Selection of Letters Charles Darwin Edited by Samantha Evans | University of Cambridge

8

Sean Pryor | University of New South Wales

Darwin and Women focusses on the correspondence between Darwin and female family members and professional colleagues. Including correspondence between the women themselves, the book showcases many previously unpublished letters, arranged in thematic chapters that provide new insight on women’s role in nineteenth-century science. • Collects together for the first time Darwin’s correspondence with the women in his circle, including both family members and professional colleagues • Contains letters yet to be published by the Darwin Project (www. darwinproject.co.uk) giving new insight into women’s role in nineteenth-century science • Offers new biographical and contextual information on Darwin and his female correspondents English literature – 1830 – 1900

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 350pp 19 b/w illus.   978-1-107-15886-3 Hardback c. £30.00 / c. US$45.00

P

This book shows how modernist poetry understood itself to be complicit in the social injustice and unhappiness of its time. It will appeal to general readers with an interest in poetry, to scholars and students interested in the theory of poetry and the history of the concept of poetry, and to scholars and students working in modernist studies and on twentieth-century literature. • Will appeal to readers who are interested in the historical and political meanings of modernism • Engages in detailed textual analyses of poetic techniques and values, as well as offering broader accounts of aesthetic debates, social contexts, and political history • Offers detailed readings of forgotten as well as canonical poems English literature – 1900 – 1945

March 2017 229 x 152 mm 272pp 978-1-107-18440-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

New iN PaPerback

Samuel Beckett’s Library Dirk Van Hulle | Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium

Journalism and the Periodical Press in NineteenthCentury Britain Edited by Joanne Shattock | University of Leicester

In this book, newly commissioned essays by leading scholars offer insights into the diversity, range and impact of the newspaper and periodical press in nineteenth-century Britain. As digitisation of historical media opens up new avenues of research, contributors discuss journalists and journals, technological innovation, and the global dimension of the British press. • Illustrates the richness and scope of current research on nineteenthcentury print media, and the research potential offered by digitisation • Offers insights into the diversity, range and impact of the newspaper and periodical press in nineteenth-century Britain • Provides examples of interdisciplinary approaches to the study of nineteenth-century newspapers and periodicals

Samuel Beckett’s Library critically examines the reading notes and marginalia contained in the books of Samuel Beckett’s surviving library in Paris. Previously inaccessible to scholars, this is the first study to assess the importance of the marginalia, inscriptions, and other manuscript notes in the 750 volumes of the library. • The first book to benefits from having unique access to Beckett’s surviving library • Fully examines Beckett’s reading practice, and the way he used his reading in his writing • Gives unparalleled access to Beckett’s intellectual and cultural contexts English literature – 1900 – 1945

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 342pp 978-1-316-63281-9 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-00126-8 Hardback £67.00 / US$103.00

C C

English literature – 1830 – 1900

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 448pp 22 b/w illus.  4 tables   978-1-107-08573-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

C

Modernity and the English Rural Novel Dominic Head | University of Nottingham

This book re-evaluates the rural English novel in the twentieth century in relation to the recognised artistic responses to modernity. It argues that the most important writers in this tradition have had a very significant bearing on the trajectory of English cultural life through the modernist period and beyond. • Re-evaluates the twentieth-century rural tradition in the English novel • Offers another way of configuring twentieth-century literature • Includes close readings of the notable novels in this tradition • The comparative element of the book offers a fresh perspective on modernist literature English literature – 1900 – 1945

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 268pp 978-1-107-03913-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

34382.indd 8

C

05/01/2017 12:36


English literature / American literature

textbook

The Cambridge Companion to the Beats

English Literature in Context Second edition Edited by Paul Poplawski

Edited by Steven Belletto | Lafayette College, Pennsylvania

Primarily for undergraduate students and teachers of English literature, English language, and creative writing, the second edition of this valuable textbook sets the complete span of English literature within its social and historical contexts, from Anglo-Saxon runes to postcolonial rap, in a highly structured, user-friendly and stimulating way. • The second edition features a whole new chapter on postcolonial literature, a substantially expanded chapter on contemporary literature, revised illustrations and over two hundred new references, bringing the textbook up to date and taking into account the last fifteen years of scholarship • Recurring themes across chapters show how historical periods relate to each other, helping students understand the development of ideas, concepts, and movements • Designed to encourage students to do more further reading and use primary sources, explaining context and providing excerpts and specific references to give students the understanding, confidence and motivation needed to fully engage with further reading and primary sources • Detailed chronologies, textboxes and carefully chosen illustrations stimulate debate and enhance understanding, whilst online resources include textboxes, chapter samples, study questions, and chronologies Contents: Revised preface; 1. Medieval English 500–1500; 2. The Renaissance 1485–1660; 3. The Restoration and eighteenth century 1660–1780; 4. The Romantic period 1780–1832; 5. The Victorian age 1832–1901; 6. The twentieth century 1901–1939; 7. The twentieth and twenty-first centuries 1939–2015; 8. Post-Colonial literature in English. English literature (general)

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 770pp 107 b/w illus.  4 maps   978-1-107-14167-4 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-316-50663-9 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$39.99

X X

American literature Wallace Stevens In Context Edited by Glen MacLeod | University of Connecticut

This book aims to provide an in-depth introduction to the multifaceted life and times of Wallace Stevens. In thirty-six short essays, an international team of distinguished scholars provide a comprehensive overview of Stevens’ life and work, explaining the ways of thinking and feeling. • This book contains thirty-six clearly-focused chapters that give readers a broad overview of Stevens and multiple points of entry into the world of his poetry • Written by a distinguished group of international scholars, providing the most up-to-date scholarship on Stevens from around the world • Written in clear, jargon-free prose making it accessible to novices and scholars alike

For too long, criticism of the Beat Generation has focused on the biographical exploits of Kerouac, Ginsberg, and Burroughs. This Companion changes that by placing the Beats in their historical, cultural, and literary contexts. Contributors focus on key concerns of Beat writing, including race, gender, sexuality, religion, and transnational circulation. • Challenges the idea that the Beats were merely a small group of friends, drawing attention to a wide range of figures and texts associated with the Beat movement, including women, writers of color, and non-US writers • Presents well-known Beat writers such as Jack Kerouac, Allen Ginsberg, and William S. Burroughs in new contexts, re-evaluating the place of Beat writers in twentieth-century literature and culture by moving readers away from understanding these writers solely through their biographies • The Companion format helps students and other readers understand the importance of the Beat writers by giving a much broader sense of the Beat Generation, reflecting their complex relationship to US literature and culture

9

American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

March 2017 229 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-18445-9 Hardback £67.99 / US$84.99 978-1-316-63571-1 Paperback £19.99 / US$24.99

P P

The Cambridge Companion to Postmodern American Fiction Edited by Paula Geyh | Yeshiva University, New York

This Companion is an authoritative, comprehensive, and accessible guide to postmodern American fiction. An indispensable resource for students, scholars, and the general reader, the volume examines the principal genres of postmodern American fiction in their historical and cultural contexts, provides illuminating critical frameworks, and offers concise, compelling readings of key works. • The first comprehensive overview of postmodern American fiction, and therefore a very useful accompaniment to courses in this subject • Surveys representative genres of postmodern American fiction, and individual chapters can be used to accompany a wide range of thematic, genre, or author-based courses • Includes up-to-date coverage of new forms of fiction that will appeal to those wishing to read about or teach cutting-edge fiction • While the volume is critically sophisticated, it is also accessible (all critical terms are glossed within the text), making it appealing to the general reader American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

March 2017 229 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-10344-3 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-107-50277-2 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$27.99

P P

American literature

January 2017 229 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-11049-6 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 34382.indd 9

05/01/2017 12:36


American literature / European and world literature

European and world literature

Highlight

The Cambridge Companion to Transnational American Literature Edited by Yogita Goyal

February 2017 229 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-08520-6 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-107-44838-4 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$27.99

P P

Key Reference Previously Announced

This collection of essays by international specialists in the literature of Berlin provides a lively and stimulating account of writing in and about the city in the modern period. A set of eight chapters charts the key chronological developments from 1750 to the present day, with further chapters dedicated to Berlin drama and poetry in the twentieth century and to a set of key identity questions: ethnicity/migration, gender (writing by women), and sexuality (queer writing). Each chapter provides an informative overview along with closer readings of exemplary texts. The volume is designed to be accessible for readers seeking an introduction to the literature of Berlin, while also providing new perspectives for those already familiar with the topic. With a particular focus on the turbulent twentieth century, the account of Berlin’s literary production is set against broader cultural and political developments in one of the most fascinating of global cities.

Edited by Andrew J. Webber | University of Cambridge

THE C A MBR IDGE COMPANION TO THE

This book will appeal to anybody interested in the city of Berlin and the development of its literary culture. It literature of berlin provides both stimulating readings of canonical texts and insights into less familiar material, setting these in the cultural context of writing in and about Berlin since 1750. • Provides a substantial overview of the literature of Berlin from 1750 onwards, allowing readers to understand the accounts of key texts against an informative context • Offers specialised chapters on key identity questions, so that readers will be able to see how Berlin has helped shape identity discourses around ethnicity/migration, gender and sexuality • While the key focus across the volume is on narrative writing, the book also contains specialised chapters on twentieth-century drama and poetry contents

Introduction j oh n r i c h e t t i

literature of berlin

American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

The Cambridge Companion to the Literature of Berlin

THE C AMBRIDGE COMPANION T0 THE

10

This book offers a clear, substantive, and authoritative guide to transnationalism in American literature. Leading scholars provide a history of the field, key debates, and instances of literary readings, identifying key modes by which writers have responded to major historical, political, and ethical issues prompted by globalization. • Offers a comprehensive account of the scope, impact, and critical possibilities of the transnational turn which will appeal to all readers who want a definitive account of transnationalism • Provides a guide to the changing landscape of American literature, identifying for students the key modes by which writers have responded to major historical, political, and ethical issues • Contains a guide to each of the foundational field divisions in American literary study, giving the reader a new map of American literature in the global era

Edited by Andrew Webber

Cover images:

European literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 7 b/w illus.   978-1-107-06200-9 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-66101-1 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

The Cambridge Companion to Postcolonial Poetry

Last Kiss F. Scott Fitzgerald Edited by James L. W. West, III | Pennsylvania State University

Edited by Jahan Ramazani | University of Virginia

Last Kiss is a miscellany that brings together a variety of F. Scott Fitzgerald’s writings from throughout his career, including The Vegetable, his only published play. The texts, many of which are based on surviving manuscripts and typescripts, are fully annotated and supported by comprehensive textual apparatus. • Brings together a variety of F. Scott Fitzgerald’s writings, in several genres, from throughout his career • Highlights include The Vegetable, his only published play; ‘The Death of My Father’, a meditation written just after the senior Fitzgerald’s passing; and an amusing self-interview, written by Fitzgerald during the early days of his initial fame • The texts, many of which are based on surviving manuscripts and typescripts, are fully annotated and supported by comprehensive textual apparatus

The Cambridge Companion to Postcolonial Poetry is the first collection of essays to explore the postcolonial poetry through regional, historical, political, formal, textual, gender, and comparative approaches. Strengthening the place of poetry in postcolonial studies, the Companion also contributes to the globalization of poetry studies. • The first collection of essays to focus on postcolonial poetry • The essays examine both the poetry’s formal features and its thematic preoccupations • The poetry is studied in a global framework, making the book diverse and accessible European and world literature (general) | Cambridge Companions to Literature

March 2017 229 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-09071-2 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-107-46287-8 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$28.99

P P

American literature | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of F. Scott Fitzgerald

February 2017 216 x 138 mm 350pp 5 b/w illus.   978-0-521-76613-5 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$99.00

34382.indd 10

R

05/01/2017 12:36


Drama and theatre / Language and linguistics

Drama and theatre

HigHligHt textbook

Introducing Syntax

Writing and the Modern Stage

Olaf Koeneman | Radboud Universiteit Nijmegen

Theater beyond Drama Julia Jarcho | New York University

With a focus on twentieth-century work, this book offers a new understanding of what text can do in theater. Written for scholars and students of modern drama, theater studies, modernist literature, and critical theory, it revises dominant views of Henry James, Gertrude Stein, Samuel Beckett, Theodor Adorno, and contemporary theater artists. • Revises the common understanding of writing’s place in modern theater and particularly examines the role of the playwright in actively shaping new conceptions of theater’s radical potential • Re-examines canonical texts of modern theater and drama studies, offering a new account of their significance and relationship to each other • Offers a new argument for the relevance of Theodor Adorno’s philosophy to theater studies, revealing a modern tradition of ‘negative theatrics’ European theatre

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 306pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-13235-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Presenting key insights from contemporary syntactic theory in one clear and coherent narrative, this lively textbook provides a concise introduction to the formal theory of syntax, avoiding unnecessary detail. It is suitable for undergraduate students in linguistics, modern languages and English. • Presents the major insights behind syntactic theory in one clear and coherent narrative, avoiding unnecessary technical detail • Suitable for readers from linguistics, literature and English language backgrounds • Pays attention to most canonical phenomena and constructions of English syntax, fitting them into the overall narrative • Features highlighted key terms, chapter introductions and summaries, further reading suggestions, plus numerous exercises

11

Contents: About this book; Foreword; The language machine; 1. Categories and features; 2. Merge; 3. Theta theory; 4. Case theory; 5. Agreement and uninterpretable features; 6. Movement and remerge; 7. Unifying movement and agreement; 8. Syntax and morphology; 9. Syntax and phonology; 10. Syntax and semantics; Afterword; Glossary; References; Acknowledgements. Grammar and syntax | Cambridge Introductions to Language and Linguistics

Language and linguistics key refereNce

X X

textbook

The Cambridge Handbook of Areal Linguistics

Meaning in English

Edited by Raymond Hickey | Universität Duisburg–Essen

This book offers a linguistically informed account of language contact and change, focussing on how language comes to cluster in certain geographical areas. It will be of interest to those working on the history of language families, documentation and classification, enabling the reader to understand areal linguistics within a broader linguistic context. • Presents the first state-of-the-art body of research and findings in the new burgeoning field of areal linguistics • Offers a unique overview of many language families from an areal perspective, benefitting those working on the history of language families, documentation and classification • Amply documents the topicality of areal linguistics in chapters from a wide range of scholars, providing insights into the mechanisms of external language change • Presents a contemporary discussion of key notions such as ‘linguistic area’ and ‘linguistic convergence and divergence’, reviewing the argument for how language change can occur when languages becomes more or less similar in their structures Grammar and syntax | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 800pp 83 b/w illus.   978-1-107-05161-4 Hardback £94.99 / US$160.00

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 320pp 978-1-107-09674-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-48064-3 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$39.99

R

An Introduction Javier Valenzuela | Universidad de Murcia, Spain

A compact introduction to semantics, connecting semantic issues with cognitive science through numerous examples of up-to-date experimental research. This textbook is accessible to beginners and undergraduates, with no prior knowledge of linguistic analysis, taking courses in linguistics, English studies, English language and the cognitive sciences. • Provides a complete and coherent overview of the main topics in semantics • Offers an integration of classic semantic issues with cognitive science, addressing how cognition works through numerous examples of up-todate empirical research findings • Features key terms and a glossary, along with illustrations, examples, exercises, chapter summaries and further reading suggestions, enabling students to connect theory with practise Contents: 1. What is semantics?; 2. Analyzing meaning; 3. Language and thought; 4. Word meaning; 5. Meaning relations; 6. Acquisition of meaning and cross-linguistic meaning; 7. Figurative meaning; 8. Sentential meaning; 9. Discourse meaning and pragmatics. Semantics and pragmatics | Cambridge Introductions to the English Language

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 275pp 978-1-107-09637-0 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00 978-1-107-48016-2 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$39.99

X X

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 34382.indd 11

05/01/2017 12:36


Language and linguistics

12

Semantics for Counting and Measuring

The Cambridge Handbook of Cognitive Linguistics

Susan Rothstein | Bar-Ilan University, Israel

Edited by Barbara Dancygier | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

The book is an investigation of the semantics of numericals, counting and measuring, and its connection to the mass/count distinction from a theoretical and crosslinguistic perspective. It reviews some recent major linguistic results in these topics, and presents the author’s new research including in-depth case studies of a number of typologically unrelated languages. • Focusses on the importance of the difference between counting and measuring, and the crucial role this distinction plays in understanding the basis of the count/mass distinction • Contextualises the results, and provides an overview of a number of issues in the semantics of the count/mass distinction and the semantics of measurement, and in the nominal domain • Fully accessible to students with a first year course in introductory semantics, and students of linguistics and related disciplines who are not experts in formal semantics, and who want to skip the formal derivations Semantics and pragmatics | Key Topics in Semantics and Pragmatics

March 2017 216 x 138 mm 270pp 978-1-107-00127-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

R

Audio Records of Accents of English Edited by Raymond Hickey | Universität Duisburg–Essen

This book complements and advances the traditional scholarship on the history of English. It is about the role of different forms of colonization and related ideologies in its diversification. It also discusses the consequences of its appropriation by practitioners of different cultures and its indigenization into their own language. • Explains how indigenized varieties of English have evolved • Shows native speakers around the world why they do not need to all speak the same English • Advocates tolerance for variations in the way English is used around the world Sociolinguistics | Cambridge Approaches to Language Contact

C

Audio recordings of English are available from the first half of the twentieth century and complement the written data sources for the recent history of the language. This book is the first to bring together a team of scholars to document and analyse these early recordings in a single volume. • The first book to analyse early audio recordings of English in a single volume • The chapters provide examples of how acoustic socio-phonetics can be applied to analyse early recordings • Led by Raymond Hickey, a well-respected historical linguist and an established Cambridge author, with chapters by a range of globally recognised scholars History of the English Language | Studies in English Language

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 420pp 135 b/w illus.  14 maps  67 tables   978-1-107-05157-7 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 C

Complexity in Language

Language Learning and the Brain

Developmental and Evolutionary Perspectives Edited by Salikoko S. Mufwene | University of Chicago

Lexical Processing in Second Language Acquisition Ulf Schütze | University of Victoria, British Columbia

Every person who learns another language is faced with the challenge of processing many new words in a short period of time. Taking the reader on a fascinating journey through the brain to demonstrate how language is processed, Ulf Schütze explains the dynamic environment involved in recording and producing words. • Describes learning words in another language as a dynamic and fluid process • Provides a strong research base in second language acquisition, psycholinguistics, cognitive psychology, and neurophysiology • Outlines practical applications that are helpful for learners, teachers, researchers, and the general public Applied linguistics and second language acquisition

34382.indd 12

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 700pp 70 b/w illus.  10 tables   978-1-107-11844-7 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$160.00

Listening to the Past

Braj B. Kachru | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

October 2016 228 x 152 mm 190pp 10 b/w illus.   978-1-107-15845-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Cognitive linguistics | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

C

World Englishes and Culture Wars

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 344pp 978-0-521-82571-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

A comprehensive survey of the quickly developing discipline of cognitive linguistics, its rich methodology, key results, and interdisciplinary context. An accessible overview of research questions, basic concepts, and various theoretical approaches, the Handbook places linguistic facts in the context of gesture studies, neuroscience, computational approaches, and many other fields. • Shows that cognitive linguistics is a paradigm which can naturally compete with generative linguistics • Demonstrates that work done within cognitive linguistics can offer a broader view of language than work done within other frameworks • Places cognitive linguistics in the context of broad theories of cognitive science, experimental neuroscience, and language pedagogy, showing readers the rich connections and interdisciplinary temperament of the field

Although linguistic complexity has interested a growing number of linguists, few of them have gone beyond merely counting units and rules. Exposing the limitations of this approach, this book reveals various ways in which the subject matter can be investigated on the model of complexity theory. • Expands the ways in which linguistic complexity can be understood • Will connect linguistics better with the science of complexity • Presents complementary viewpoints on the complexity of language considered from the point of view of the interactions of its components and from that of the social context in which it is practiced and (re) shaped Evolution of Language

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 268pp 27 b/w illus.   978-1-107-05437-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

C

05/01/2017 12:36


Language and linguistics / Philosophy

Previously aNNouNced

HigHligHt

Linguistic Ecology and Language Contact

Previously aNNouNced textbook

The Study of Language

Edited by Ralph Ludwig | Martin Luther-Universität HalleWittenburg, Germany

This volume explores the role of linguistic ecology in the study of language contact. Bringing together an international team of experts, it offers a theoretical overview, followed by ten case studies on contact situations around the world, covering Europe, the Americas, Africa, the Indian Ocean, Asia, Australia and the Pacific. • Diverse case studies offer a world view • Includes contributions from an international team of experts • A comprehensive engagement with a key topic Evolution of Language | Cambridge Approaches to Language Contact

January 2017 247 x 174 mm 410pp 46 b/w illus.  19 tables   978-1-107-04135-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 C key refereNce Previously aNNouNced

The Cambridge Handbook of Linguistic Typology Edited by Alexandra Y. Aikhenvald | James Cook University, North Queensland

The typological classification of languages is an important research area, and impacts on many other subfields of linguistics, in explaining why languages are the way they are. This Handbook provides a state-of-the art survey of theories and methods used in linguistic typology, and the conclusions we can draw from them. • Provides a state-of-the art survey of the major issues within presentday linguistic typology • Explores how linguistic typology interacts with other subfields of linguistics • Pays equal attention to universal tendencies across languages, and typological variation within individual categories

Sixth edition George Yule | University of Hawaii, Manoa

This bestselling textbook is the most fundamental and easy-to-use introduction for beginner students. Broad yet concise, this overview of key topics draws students in. The sixth edition includes substantial changes to the chapters on phonetics, grammar and syntax, eighty new study questions and twenty new tasks. • Easy to follow and simple to understand – a concise and fundamental introduction to language study • Provides students with a vocabulary for talking about language and a solid knowledge of how English works • Yule presents the major concepts in language study in short, bitesized sections, assuming no prior knowledge of the subject, allowing flexibility in teaching • The sixth edition includes substantial changes to the chapters on phonetics, grammar and syntax, eighty new study questions and twenty new tasks to encourage active learning

13

Contents: Preface; 1. The origins of language; 2. Animals and human language; 3. The sounds of language; 4. The sound patterns of language; 5. Word-formation; 6. Morphology; 7. Grammar; 8. Syntax; 9. Semantics; 10. Pragmatics; 11. Discourse analysis; 12. Language and the brain; 13. First language acquisition; 14. Second language acquisition/learning; 15. Gestures and sign languages; 16. Written language; 17. Language history and change; 18. Regional variation in language; 19. Social variation in language; 20. Language and culture; Glossary; References; Index. English language, linguistics (general)

October 2016 246 x 189 mm 368pp 978-1-107-15299-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-316-60675-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

X X

Philosophy

Research methods in linguistics | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

January 2017 247 x 174 mm 1024pp 35 b/w illus.  12 maps  73 tables   978-1-107-09195-5 Hardback £125.00 / US$160.00 R HigHligHt

The Cambridge Companion to Chomsky Second edition Edited by James McGilvray | McGill University, Montréal

A completely new edition of the hugely popular The Cambridge Companion to Chomsky, discussing advances in Chomsky’s science of language, his view of the human mind and its study, and his socioeconomic-political contributions. It will be essential reading for anyone with an interest in Chomsky’s ideas. • Provides new perspectives on Chomsky’s contribution to the study of mind, language, and politics • Asks what the sciences of the mind can accomplish, and how • Includes entirely new chapters commissioned for this new edition English language, linguistics (general)

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 330pp 7 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16589-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$105.00 978-1-316-61814-1 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$42.99

Freud An Intellectual Biography Joel Whitebook | Columbia University, New York

Freud’s enduring appeal, as a thinker and as an individual, extends to both general readers and professionals. This highly readable biography, the first in English since 1998, addresses current issues in psychoanalysis, philosophy, gender studies, and social theory from a Freudian perspective, and illuminates the life of the man himself. • Avoids the polemical extremes of previous biographical literature, offering readers a comprehensive, subtle and balanced picture of the founder of psychoanalysis • Draws on recent developments in psychoanalysis and social theory to question stereotypes and show that Freud’s thinking has much to contribute to current issues of sexual identity • Explores the first three years of Freud’s life, a much-neglected but crucial stage when it comes to understanding his later thought History of philosophy

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 496pp 978-0-521-86418-3 Hardback £30.00 / US$39.99

G

P P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 34382.indd 13

05/01/2017 12:36


Philosophy

Thinking about Free Will

Hegel’s ‘Elements of the Philosophy of Right’

Peter van Inwagen | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

Van Inwagen is a major name in the philosophy of free will, and this book, which includes several of his most significant essays alongside two new pieces, will be essential for scholars and students of metaphysics and the philosophy of action. Topics discussed include determinism and moral responsibility.

14

A Critical Guide Edited by David James | University of Warwick

• Assembles van Inwagen’s most influential essays in one place, making the thinking of this major author easily accessible to readers, whether revisiting or discovering his work • Presents a ‘classical’ incompatibilist approach to perennial problems concerning free will, determinism and moral responsibility • Previously unpublished chapters and a new introduction develop debate around this central topic still further Epistemology and metaphysics

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 256pp 3 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16650-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-61765-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

P P

Kant and the Laws of Nature Edited by Michela Massimi | University of Edinburgh

This is the first systematic investigation of Kant’s treatment of the laws of nature, which are central to his philosophy of science. It will be of great interest to advanced students and scholars of Kant’s philosophy of science, and to historians and philosophers of science more generally. • The first systematic investigation of Kant’s view on the laws of nature • The essays in the book are written by a distinguished team of contributors • Will appeal to advanced students and scholars of Kant’s philosophy of science Eighteenth-century philosophy

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 286pp 978-1-107-12098-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Nineteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 252pp 978-1-107-07792-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Plato on the Value of Philosophy The Art of Argument in the Gorgias and Phaedrus Tushar Irani | Wesleyan University, Connecticut

The first study to examine how Plato’s views on moral psychology underlie his thought on the proper practice of argument. This volume will appeal to those interested in the nature and value of rhetoric in civic life, as well as to students of Platonic dialogue. • Provides the most thorough study yet of Plato’s views on the nature and value of rhetoric in relation to philosophy • Presents separate, detailed readings of two key dialogues, the Gorgias and the Phaedrus, while showing how each can illuminate the other • The first investigation into how Plato’s understanding of moral psychology relates to his thinking on the role and practice of argument in civic life Classical philosophy

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 212pp 978-1-107-18198-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

The Cambridge Companion to Philosophical Methodology Edited by Giuseppina D’Oro | Keele University

C

Kant’s Theory of Normativity Exploring the Space of Reason Konstantin Pollok | University of South Carolina

This is the first book-length analysis of Kant’s theory of normativity that covers foundational issues in theoretical and practical philosophy as well as aesthetics. It examines Kant’s debt to his predecessors and shows his relevance to contemporary debates on normativity. • Proposes an original account of Kant’s critical philosophy • Interprets Kant’s critical philosophy in a way that makes sense of his notorious ‘synthetic judgments a priori’ • Offers a unified view of the self-legislation of pure reason in Kant’s three Critiques Eighteenth-century philosophy

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-12780-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Exploring the key themes of Hegel’s seminal work of legal, social and political philosophy – Elements of the Philosophy of Right – this series of essays, written by leading experts in the field, adopts a fresh perspective to make readers aware of the breadth and depth of this classic work. • A collection of essays that reflect the continuing relevance of Hegel’s text • The essays are written by an international team of Hegel scholars • Focusses on key themes of interest to readers of Hegel’s work

C

The volume provides clear and comprehensive coverage of the main methodological debates and approaches within philosophy. The book gives equal weight to analytical and continental approaches, and pays attention to approaches that are often overlooked. • Presents the most important current methodological debates and approaches within philosophy • Covers both analytical and continental approaches • Includes essays on methodological approaches that are often overlooked Philosophy (general) | Cambridge Companions to Philosophy

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-12152-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$110.00 978-1-107-54736-0 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

P P

History of Philosophy Twentieth-Century Perspectives Edited by Anthony O’Hear | Royal Institute of Philosophy, London

History of Philosophy: Twentieth-Century Perspectives is based on the Royal Institute of Philosophy’s annual lecture series for 2014–15. A group of eminent scholars consider important figures in the history of philosophy from Plato to Wittgenstein. The volume is essential reading for all those interested in the history of philosophy. • Contains essays by leading scholars on the history of philosophy • Examines important figures in the history of philosophy, from Plato and Aristotle to Wittgenstein, Kant and Nietzsche • Based on the Royal Institute of Philosophy’s annual lecture series for 2014–15 Philosophy (general) | Royal Institute of Philosophy Supplements, 78

August 2016 228 x 152 mm 294pp 978-1-316-62626-9 Paperback £23.99 / US$39.00

34382.indd 14

C

05/01/2017 12:36


Religion

Religion

Key Reference

The New Cambridge History of the Bible Edited by James Carleton Paget | University of Cambridge

Pope Francis and the Future of Catholicism Evangelii Gaudium and the Papal Agenda Edited by Gerard Mannion | Georgetown University, Washington DC

This book is the first study of the most important document from Pope Francis to date, exploring the key components of his vision and agenda for the church. It will serve as a resource for students, scholars and a wider public seeking to understand more fully where the church is going today. • The first in-depth study of the most important document from Pope Francis enables readers to understand the implications of Evangelii Gaudium • Explores the key components of Pope Francis’ vision for the church, appealing to scholars, students and anyone with an interest in the Catholic Church • Contributions from globally diverse scholars give readers a thorough and varied insight into the papacy and the direction in which the church is heading Theology

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-14254-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

The Sermon on the Mount and Moral Theology A Virtue Perspective William C. Mattison III | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

Mattison demonstrates that virtue ethics is a key that unlocks the wisdom of the Sermon on the Mount. Yet far from merely placing the teaching of Aristotle in the mouth of Jesus, he shows how the Sermon presents an account of happiness and virtue transformed in light of Christian faith. • Proposes a thoroughly Scriptural Catholic moral theology based on the Sermon on the Mount to appeal to those who think moral theology needs to be more fully rooted in Scripture • Presents an account of virtue ethics as corroborated by the Biblical text, which in turn the Scriptural text specifies and extends • Proposes a schema of how the seven main (theological and cardinal) virtues in the Thomistic tradition are found in the Sermon and transformed in the context of Christian faith • Provides a more ready account of how the Sermon can be lived and served as a resource for Christian formation and education March 2017 246 x 189 mm 274pp 978-1-107-17148-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

15

Biblical studies – New Testament | New Cambridge History of the Bible

September 2016 228 x 152 mm 3790pp 978-1-107-58462-4 4 Volume Hardback Set

£500.00 / US$750.00

R

The Death of Jesus in Matthew Innocent Blood and the End of Exile Catherine Sider Hamilton | University of Toronto

C

Biblical studies – New Testament

The four volumes in The New Cambridge History of the Bible examine the history of the Bible. Incorporating up-to-date scholarly methods and approaches, it examines the Bible in the context of Judaism and Islam, thus making it relevant to students and scholars of all three Abrahamic faiths. • Essays by leading authorities offer a reliable overview in a field where secondary comment is extensive and complex • Demonstrates and explains the continuing impact of the Bible on widely different cultures and societies across the world • Chapters are written by scholars from a wide variety of backgrounds, representative of the best of current scholarship • The most comprehensive survey of the Bible currently available -it should serve as the starting point for all research in the field of Biblical studies as it also uses the most up-to-date approaches to the study of the Bible

This book offers a new approach to the death of Jesus in Matthew by introducing the central concept of ‘innocent blood’ and the Jewish paradigm of purity and pollution. It will be of interest to all who work in Matthew, New Testament, and/or Judaic studies. • Proposes a new approach to the problem of anti-Judaism and Israel in the Gospel of Matthew, especially with relation to Matthew 27:25, and a new approach therefore to the question of its social location • Identifies a new lens by which the death of Jesus in Matthew is illuminated – that of innocent blood • Introduces two Jewish interpretive traditions key to the theme of innocent blood and Jesus’s death in Matthew – the blood of Abel, and the blood of Zechariah • Offers a new lens through which to engage and complete readings that see exile and the land as key to Matthew’s gospel Biblical studies – New Testament | Society for New Testament Studies Monograph Series, 166

January 2017 216 x 138 mm 273pp 978-1-107-11051-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Christianity in the Second Century Themes and Developments Edited by James Carleton Paget | University of Cambridge

Christianity in the Second Century seeks to show how academic study on this critical period of Christian development has undergone change over the last thirty years. It focuses on contributions from early Christian and ancient Jewish studies, and ancient history, all of which have contributed to a changing scholarly landscape. • Highlights recent changes in early Christian studies • Makes clear the interdisciplinarity of early Christian studies • Gives the discipline a platform for further study Church history

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 388pp 978-1-107-16522-9 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 34382.indd 15

05/01/2017 12:36


Religion

Doubting Christianity

The Cambridge History of Judaism

The Church and Doubt Edited by Frances Andrews | University of St Andrews, Scotland

16

The fifty-second volume of Studies in Church History explores the myriad ways in which doubt has tested and informed Christianity and the life of individual Christians, from the Early Church through the Middle Ages to the modern world. • Offers an introduction to the complex relationship between doubt, faith and the Christian churches • Explores the ways in which doubt both tests and informs Christianity • Examines aspects of doubt, from the Early Church through the Enlightenment to the contemporary world, and how historical circumstance has influenced the expression of that doubt Church history | Studies in Church History, 52

July 2016 222 x 138 mm 470pp 978-1-107-18073-4 Hardback £54.99 / US$87.99

C

The Jewish Dietary Laws in the Ancient World Jordan D. Rosenblum explores how cultures critique and defend their religious food practices, focussing on how ancient Jews defended the kosher laws and how ancient Greeks, Romans, and early Christians critiqued these practices. Rooted in ancient biblical interpretation, this study explores the content, context, and rhetoric of ancient debates about food ethics. • The first book to collect and analyze ancient discussions of biblical dietary laws • Challenges the traditional view that the Hebrew Bible provides justification for its food laws • Builds a model for understanding ancient debates about food ethics and the broader study of cultural and religious justifications for food laws Judaism

C

The Cambridge Companion to Judaism and Law Edited by Christine Hayes | Yale University, Connecticut

The Cambridge Companion to Judaism and Law explores the Jewish conception of law as constitutive of the divine-human relationship from biblical to modern times. It traces the political, social, intellectual and cultural circumstances that spawned competing Jewish approaches to the nomian character of the tradition, and its relationship to secular legal systems, including that of the modern state of Israel. • In a single volume, this Companion addresses the nomian character of Judaism from biblical to modern times – a span of 2500 years • Contains a diverse set of chapters that combine conceptual analysis with historical analysis, making it appealing to both students and scholars studying the history of Jewish law or contemporary legal and political theory • Individual chapters explore different eras and topics in great depth, which makes this volume useful to students or scholars that are only focusing on one time period or concept Judaism | Cambridge Companions to Religion

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 452pp 978-1-107-03615-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$110.00 978-1-107-64494-6 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

This volume provides an authoritative and detailed overview of early modern Jewish history, with chapters written by approximately forty leading international experts. It will be essential for all serious academic libraries, as a reference tool and as a point of entry for advanced students and scholars into the topics covered. • Almost forty chapters, each written by a leading expert in their field, offer a commanding and detailed survey of all key aspects of early modern history • Each chapter offers an engaging summary of current knowledge, but also engages with leading scholarship and provides an interpretive overview of the topic under discussion • Will appeal to readers from advanced undergraduate level and educated general readers, who need information to be provided in an accessible fashion, including other scholars in the field, who will seek and find challenging interpretations and syntheses Judaism | The Cambridge History of Judaism

Jordan D. Rosenblum | University of Wisconsin, Madison

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 208pp 978-1-107-09034-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Volume 7: The Early Modern World, 1500–1815 Edited by Jonathan Karp | State University of New York, Binghamton

P P

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 1132pp 5 b/w illus.  8 maps   978-0-521-88904-9 Hardback £150.00 / US$215.00

R

textbook

The Cambridge Introduction to Sanskrit A. M. Ruppel | Cornell University, New York

This textbook uses modern approaches and tools to teach Sanskrit, introducing readers early on to annotated original passages. It requires no prior knowledge of linguistics or ancient languages, and clearly explains underlying structures and systems to facilitate memorisation. A dedicated website provides numerous resources for further practise. • Can be used for traditional classroom settings, flipped classrooms, and self-study • Uses detailed tables to make memorising numerous forms manageable for students • Includes a comprehensive grammar appendix Contents: Acknowledgements; Studying Sanskrit; List of abbreviations; Notes for the reader; 1. Writing Sanskrit; 2. The system of Sanskrit sounds; 2a. Word stress: heavy and light syllables; 3. Road maps: verbs; 4. The present tense; 5. Road map: nominals; 6. a-stems; 7. Vowel gradation and why we need to know about it; 8. Absolutives, ta-participle and infinitives; introduction to internal sandhi; 9. a-stems; 10. Prepositions and preverbs; 11. Introduction to external sandhi I: consonant sandhi; 12. Imperfect indicative and present potential; 13. ī- and ū-stems; sandhi II: visarga sandhi; 14. Compound nouns; 15. Consonant stems I; 16. Sandhi III: vowel sandhi; 17. Noun formation; 18. Athematic verbs I; 19. Athematic verbs II; 20. Introduction to pronouns; pronouns I; 21. The future tense; middle and passive voice; 22. More participles; pronouns II; 23. Relative and correlative clauses; 24. Consonant stems II; imperatives; 25. Noun stems gradation; consonant stems III; 26. ī- and ū-stems; 27. The perfect tense I: regular perfect formation; 28. The perfect tense II: irregular and unexpected forms; 29. ŗ-stems, n-stems; the periphrastic future; 30. Secondary middle endings I: thematic verbs; 31. Secondary middle endings II: athematic verbs; 32. Pronouns III: 1st- and 2nd-person pronouns; 33. Desideratives and gerundives; 34. The periphrastic perfect; ta-participles ending in -na; 35. Perfect participles; more comparatives; 36. Absolute constructions; pronouns IV; 37. Numerals; 38. Aorists; 39. Pronouns V: asau/adas-; 40. Some irregular nouns; Appendices: Appendix 1. Devanāgarī practice handouts; Appendix 2. Background; Appendix 3. Reference; Index. Buddhism, Eastern religions

January 2017 246 x 189 mm 436pp 113 tables   978-1-107-08828-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$130.00 978-1-107-45906-9 Paperback £27.99 / US$44.99

34382.indd 16

X X

05/01/2017 12:36


Religion / Management

Marriage by Capture in the Book of Judges An Anthropological Approach Katherine Southwood | University of Oxford

This book examines the assertion of ethnicity through forced marriage to resist compromise and preserve the character, culture, and values of an ethnic group. It is a key resource for academics, students, and anyone interested in biblical studies, theology, religious studies, and social anthropology. • Takes on a new approach to an ancient text by breaking away completely from traditional interpretations (focus on kingship, feminism, or comparisons with Greek and Roman mythology) to provide a compelling case for marriage by capture in Judges 21 • Highlights the importance of ethnicity and its connection to marriage during the post-exilic period to give readers a more nuanced understanding, especially in light of the fraught issues of virginity, male honor, and bride-price • Identifies the many reasons why marriage by capture occurred, giving a spectrum of practices ranging from raiding for wives to consensual elopement • Illustrates the power of ethnic narratives Biblical studies – Old Testament, Hebrew Bible | Society for Old Testament Study Monographs

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 276pp 978-1-107-14524-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

key refereNce

The Corporation A Critical, Multi-Disciplinary Handbook Edited by Grietje Baars | City University London

This interdisciplinary text examines the concept of the corporation through the contributions of leading international experts, who debate current crucial questions involving the corporation. It is an invaluable resource for students, scholars and practitioners in fields as diverse as management studies, law, political science, anthropology, sociology and criminology. • The first text to offer a critical analysis of the corporation from an interdisciplinary perspective, allowing readers to consider the approaches of multiple disciplines • Provides an overview of the history of the corporation, as well as a breakdown of current issues and possible outcomes for the future • Presents an impetus to finding new solutions to current issues around the corporation in global society

17

Organisation studies

C

Moral Passion and Christian Ethics Robin Gill | University of Sussex

This book argues that moral passion and rational ethical deliberation are not enemies, and that moral passion often lurks behind, and is implicit within, many apparently rational ethical commitments. It also contends that while moral passion is a key component of truly selfless moral action, without rational ethical deliberation it can also be extremely dangerous. • Fills an important gap in the literature, where moral passion is often presumed but seldom explored at length • Uses a range of disciplines, such as cognitive science, moral psychology, sociobiology, Axial Age scholarship and, occasionally, neuroscience, alongside the more usual disciplines of moral philosophy, religious ethics, theology and biblical studies, sociology of religion, social anthropology, and science and religion • Includes texts from the Jewish Bible, the Qur’an, the Bhagavad Gita and the Buddhist Nikayas Religious ethics | New Studies in Christian Ethics

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 275pp 978-1-107-17682-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Management

C

Psychology, Religion and Spirituality Concepts and Applications Fraser Watts

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 616pp 978-1-107-07311-1 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00

R

Research and Theory on Workplace Aggression Edited by Nathan A. Bowling | Wright State University, Ohio

This volume, which includes chapters written by leading workplace aggression scholars, addresses three primary topics of workplace aggression: its measurement, predictors, and consequences; its social context; and its prevention. Covering a broad conceptualization of workplace aggression, it will be useful to students and researchers of management and psychology. • Reviews and extends recent research on the potential causes and consequences of workplace aggression • Addresses organizational practitioners interested in understanding this costly phenomenon, and strategies for preventing it • Each of three sections concludes with a critical evaluation of ideas presented and suggests direction for future research Organisation studies | Current Perspectives in Social and Behavioral Sciences

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 404pp 5 b/w illus.  17 tables   978-1-107-09782-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 R 978-1-107-48390-3 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99 P

This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art assessment of what psychology says about religion and spirituality. It includes different branches of psychology and aspects of religion, and covers key concepts and practical applications. It is suitable for advanced undergraduates, graduates, and those training for religious ministry. • This is the first brief overview of the psychology of religion for over ten years, leading it to be the overview of choice • Paying close attention to the perspective of religious participants and to theological applications, the book should interest religious readers, students in Christian colleges and those training for religious ministry Philosophy of religion | Cambridge Studies in Religion, Philosophy, and Society

February 2017 234pp 978-1-107-04444-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-63056-7 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 34382.indd 17

05/01/2017 12:36


Management / Sociology

making, signals, and new ventures; 10. Networks and organisational change; 11. Networks and diffusion; Part IV. Behind Networks: 12. Tie formation and dissolution; 13. Network evolution.

Navigating Global Business A Cultural Compass Simcha Ronen | Tel-Aviv University

18

This book integrates and synthesizes all available country cluster studies into a nested, meta-structure accompanied by eco-cultural correlates that distinguish amongst clusters. It covers key work-related cultural dimensions for much of the world, and includes examples of applications in most business areas. • Uniquely determines cluster boundaries rigorously and empirically, which will assist scholars in research, training, and teaching, as well as equipping practitioners with a refined, rigor-based tool • Simultaneously explores multiple ecological and economic correlates, offering readers a comprehensive perspective currently not available in a single source • Comprehensively synthesizes and amalgamates all current knowledge in the field, providing readers with a definitive map of country clusters and interrelationships among clusters International business

March 2017 246 x 189 mm 400pp 48 colour illus.  33 tables   978-1-107-09061-3 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$120.00 P 978-1-107-46276-2 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$79.99 P

Business Ethics: A Kantian Perspective Second edition Norman E. Bowie | University of Minnesota

This book applies the latest studies on Kantian ethics to show how a business can be both economically successful and a business of moral integrity. It will appeal to graduate students and academic researchers studying business ethics, applied ethics and Kantian ethics. • Incorporates the latest thinking on several key points, allowing readers to see overview of system of Kantian capitalism • Considers views of recent Kantian ethics business scholars, bringing the latest scholarship into one place • Makes the consistent argument that Kantian business firm can do well by doing good, making the book realistic and broadening its potential appeal Responsible and ethical business

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 260pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-12090-7 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$112.00 978-1-107-54395-9 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$48.00

Entrepreneurship and innovation

January 2017 247 x 174 mm 300pp 48 b/w illus.  21 tables   978-1-107-07134-6 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$112.00 X 978-1-107-41679-6 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$48.00 X

Sociology textbook

Population and Society An Introduction to Demography Second edition Dudley L. Poston, Jr | Texas A & M University

Ideal for undergraduate or graduate students taking a first course in demography, Population and Society is sociologically oriented yet stresses the individual’s role in population decision-making, and draws on compelling international data. This significantly revised edition includes four new chapters, covering topics such as race and sexuality. • Can be covered completely in a one-semester course • Written in a clear, concise style that students can easily understand • Requires no advanced knowledge of mathematics • Includes a glossary of all key terms Contents: 1. An introduction to demography; 2. Theories of population; 3. The sources of demographic information; 4. Fertility; 5. The family and sexuality; 6. Contraception and birth control; 7. Mortality; 8. Internal migration; 9. International migration; 10. Age and sex composition; 11. Race and ethnic relations; 12. World population change over time; 13. Population change in the US; 14. Population distribution; 15. Population policy; 16. World population in the twenty-first century. Demography, social statistics

February 2017 253 x 177 mm 506pp 78 b/w illus.   978-1-107-04267-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-64593-6 Paperback £44.99 / US$64.99

X X

The Rise of Organised Brutality P P

textbook

Strategic Management of Innovation Networks Müge Özman | Institut Mines-Telecom, France

This textbook provides a theoretical and practical guide to innovation and social networks, which are central to business and policy agendas. With engaging real-world examples, it explains how networks function in different environments and how to manage networks effectively at intraorganisational, inter-organisational, and market levels. • Introduces students to the main concepts involved in networks and innovation • Provides up-to-date coverage of the latest developments • Uses both quantitative and qualitative tools

A Historical Sociology of Violence Siniša Malešević | University College Dublin

A comprehensive sociological analysis of all significant forms of organised violence, challenging the popular view that organised violence is in continuous decline. Illustrated with examples from around the world and throughout history, this book will appeal to students of political and historical sociology, conflict studies, international relations and political science. • Provides a comprehensive and historical sociological analysis of all significant forms of organised violence, richly demonstrated by examples from all over the world and from different historical periods • Engages with and criticises recent influential studies of violence by prominent scholars in the field, such as Stephen Pinker and Joshua Goldstein • Accessible and expertly written, utilising up-to-date research and scholarship Political sociology

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 359pp 978-1-107-09562-5 Hardback £54.99 / US$79.99 978-1-107-47949-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

P P

Contents: Part I. Opening the Black Box of Innovation Networks: 1. Introduction; 2. Two sides of innovation: search and selection; 3. Network as a nested system; 4. Social network analysis for innovation networks; 5. Managing innovation networks; Part II. Search Processes: 6. Alliances, networks, and learning; 7. Creativity and networks; 8. Users, product systems, and networks; Part III. Selection Processes: 9. Decision-

34382.indd 18

05/01/2017 12:36


Sociology / Anthropology / Archaeology

9. Popular culture; 10. Technology; 11. Globalisation. Part IV. Philosophy and Mass Education: 12. Philosophy; 13. Ethics, Disability and the Law; 14. Truth and postcolonialism; Conclusion: the central aims of this book.

The Life and Death of ACT UP/LA Anti-AIDS Activism in Los Angeles from the 1980s to the 2000s Benita Roth | Binghamton University, State University of New York

Sociology (general)

The book traces the history of ACT UP/LA, whose members battled government and institutional neglect of the AIDS crisis during the 1980s and 1990s. The book shows how participants fought for adequate responses to the epidemic, and how they faced internal challenges to their organization’s solidarity due to social inequalities. • Provides the first examination of the life and death of an anti-AIDS protest organization using multiple methods of qualitative methods of archival interview and participant observation data • By analyzing how Los Angeles as a metroscape is different from dense urban contexts, the book examines how ‘politics of place’ affects organizing • Uses feminist intersectional theory to examine the dynamics of movement organization, so readers will understand how feminist theoretical insights apply to all social spaces Political sociology

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 24 b/w illus.   978-1-107-10631-4 Hardback £49.99 / US$89.99 978-1-107-51417-1 Paperback £19.99 / US$34.99

P P

Imagined Societies A Critique of Immigrant Integration in Western Europe Willem Schinkel | Erasmus Universiteit Rotterdam

Imagined Societies explores how images of ‘society’ and of national belonging have been forged by the media and politicians through the portrayal of immigrants and their ‘failed integration’. Examining the experience of the Netherlands and other Western European countries, this book analyses how discussions of integration, culture, religion, and sexuality promote notions of national societies. • Explores a range of case studies across European countries to analyse immigration and multiculturalism in Western Europe • Sets out a new view of immigrant integration that challenges the dominant, hegemonic understanding of immigrant integration in the social sciences • Proposes a new social theoretical conception of ‘society’ that advances public debate on European immigrant integration

X X

Anthropology Religion and the Morality of the Market Edited by Daromir Rudnyckyj | University of Victoria, British Columbia

Religion and the Morality of the Market shows how neoliberal market practices engender new forms of religiosity, and how religiosity shapes economic actions. It reveals how religious movements and organizations have reacted to the increasing prominence of market reason in unpredictable, and sometimes counterintuitive, ways. • Allows for an exploration and theorization of economic practice through the lenses of the cultures and social relations in which it is embedded • Furthers the theorization and comparative analysis of the relations of distinct forms of morality and religion to economies • Provides a comparative framework for understanding how market practices and ideologies articulate with specific forms of religiosity or religious traditions

19

Social, cultural anthropology

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-107-18605-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Corporate Islam Sharia and the Modern Workplace Patricia Sloane-White | University of Delaware

Compelling and original, this book offers a unique insight into the modern Islamic corporation, revealing how power, relationships, individual identities, gender roles, and practices – and often massive financial resources – are mobilized on behalf of Islam. Social, cultural anthropology

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 253pp 2 b/w illus.   978-1-107-18432-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Sociology of race and ethnicity

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 277pp 978-1-107-12973-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 320pp 10 b/w illus.  1 table   978-1-107-15800-9 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$124.99 978-1-316-61054-1 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$49.99

C

C

textbook

Schooling and Society Myths of Mass Education Gordon Tait | Queensland University of Technology

This new textbook is a wide-ranging, contemporary and accessible analysis of familiar myths about mass education in the UK. Offering knowledge from various disciplines, it is an essential resource for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate courses on the sociology of education, culture and education, and the philosophy of education. • An up-to-date analysis featuring contemporary educational theory tailored to UK mass education • An approachable analysis of traditional issues associated with education, using accessible language and clearly explained concepts • Includes insights from various disciplines such as sociology, philosophy, cultural studies and jurisprudence, providing readers with wide-ranging theoretical and practical knowledge Contents: Introduction; Part I. Re-Assessing the Three Pillars: Modern and Postmodern Sociologies of Education: 1. Social class; 2. Gender; 3. Race/ ethnicity. Part II. The Foundations of an Alternatice Approach: Education and Governance: 4. Governance; 5. Subjectivity; 6. Pre-adulthood; 7. Big data. Part III. Cultural Contexts of Contemporary Education: 8. The media;

Archaeology A Critique of Archaeological Reason Structural, Digital, and Philosophical Aspects of the Excavated Record Giorgio Buccellati | University of California, Los Angeles

This book sets archaeological theory within an overarching framework, emphasizing the moment of excavation. It examines the challenges of interpreting a ‘broken tradition’; a civilization which no longer exists. It also explores digital data in order to comprehend its role in shaping meaning and understanding in archaeological excavation. • Deals with the intellectual dimension of archaeological excavation, placing field archaeology on solid theoretical grounds • Establishes the new concept of archaeological reason, giving fresh understanding of philosophical hermeneutics • Presents a theory of excavation that highlights the role and impact of digital technology on archaeological work Archaeological theory, method

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 388pp 26 b/w illus.  4 tables   978-1-107-04653-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 978-1-107-66548-4 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

P P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 34382.indd 19

05/01/2017 12:36


Archaeology

20

Human Dispersal and Species Movement

The Archaeology of Death in Roman Syria

From Prehistory to the Present Edited by Nicole Boivin | Max-Planck-Institut für Menschheitsgeschichte, Germany

Commemoration, Empire, and Community Lidewijde de Jong | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

How have humans colonised the planet and reshaped its ecosystems in the process? This book explores the drivers of human mobility and the role of human movement in reshaping ecosystems over the long term. Assembling diverse case studies, it appeals to a broad audience of researchers, policymakers and concerned citizens. • Brings together disciplines on both sides of the humanities-natural science divide and will appeal to a broad audience • Offers a historical dimension to significant contemporary topics such as invasive species, the development of novel ecosystems and the global spread of infectious diseases • Written in an accessible manner, using straightforward vocabulary, avoiding jargon where possible, and including explanations of more complex terms

This book is the first all-inclusive overview of the archaeology of death in Roman Syria, and combines spatial analysis of cemeteries with the study of funerary architecture and decoration, grave goods, and information about the deceased provided by sculptural, epigraphic, and osteological sources. • Provides a comprehensive overview of the archaeology of death in Roman Syria • Combines a flowing narrative section and a detailed catalogue for an in-depth analysis • Proposes a new model to address cultural change

Prehistory

The Early Olmec and Mesoamerica

January 2017 253 x 177 mm 572pp 39 b/w illus.  8 colour illus.  23 maps  19 tables   978-1-107-16414-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

C

The Give and Take of Sustainability Archaeological and Anthropological Perspectives Edited by Michelle Hegmon | Arizona State University

Anthropologists and archaeologists explore cases from across the world to understand tradeoffs: can we meet the needs of the present without sacrificing the future? Do some people benefit while others bear the burden? These examples teach us how to better wrestle with our own hard choices. • Focuses on tradeoffs, from many perspectives • Draws on the insights of the long-term perspective of archaeology to speak to the future • Uses the tradeoff perspective but also examines it critically Prehistory | New Directions in Sustainability and Society

March 2017 253 x 177 mm 350pp 29 b/w illus.  12 maps  9 tables   978-1-107-07833-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

The Roman Street Urban Life and Society in Pompeii, Herculaneum, and Rome Jeremy Hartnett | Wabash College, Indiana

By combining textual evidence, comparative historical material, and contemporary urban theory with architectural and art historical analysis, this book charts the street’s key role in the social and political lives of Romans and restores its rightful place as the primary venue for social performance in the ancient world. • Employs contemporary urban theory to study ancient urbanism while remaining accessible to both undergraduates and scholars • Offers a qualitative, ‘bottom-up’ view of the experience of Roman city life, aided by over 90 photographs, drawings, and rarely-seen archival materials • Brings to life the streets of ancient Roman cities through an interdisciplinary inquiry involving textual, archaeological, epigraphical, legal, and comparative evidence • Includes two extended case studies of particular streets in Pompeii and Herculaneum Classical archaeology

February 2017 253 x 177 mm 380pp 93 b/w illus.  9 colour illus.  7 tables   978-1-107-10570-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 C

34382.indd 20

Archaeology of Europe, Near and Middle East

March 2017 253 x 177 mm 355pp 159 b/w illus.  10 tables   978-1-107-13141-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

The Material Record Edited by Jeffrey P. Blomster | George Washington University, Washington DC

This book offers a critical synthesis of the material culture of the Olmec and their contemporaries. It highlights new discoveries and analyses that show the complexity and diversity of what has been called ‘America’s First Civilization’. • Offers a data-based investigation of early Olmec archaeology in the Olmec area proper and contemporaneous societies in other regions, and will prove fundamental to interpretations and comparisons of Olmec society and their contemporaries for decades • Provides technical and stylistic terms and analyses, including a chapter co-authored by four of the volume’s contributors, that for the first time provides a shared lexicon • Readers are exposed to the materials of Olmec and neighboring cultures from various regions, providing a springboard for primarily interpretive perspectives • Establishes a basis for moving forward in Olmec studies on a firm, data-based footing Archaeology of the Americas

January 2017 253 x 177 mm 382pp 113 b/w illus.  33 tables   978-1-107-10767-0 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 C

Architecture and the Origins of Preclassic Maya Politics James Doyle | Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York

This book’s focus results in a comprehensive history of Preclassic Maya society, focusing on recent discoveries of early writing, mural painting, stone monuments, and evidence of divine kingship that have reshaped our understanding of the cultural developments in the first millennium BC. • The clear narrative makes the book attractive to specialists and non-specialists • Integrates GIS technology with studies of monumentality and landscape, giving readers fresh perspectives on emerging politics • Presents original research from the site of El Palmar, Guatemala, and this new never-before-published information will contribute to ongoing scholarly debates Archaeology of the Americas

April 2017 253 x 177 mm 300pp 50 b/w illus.  2 colour illus.  5 maps   978-1-107-14537-5 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C

05/01/2017 12:36


Archaeology / Psychology

HigHligHt

Material Culture, Power, and Identity in Ancient China

The Wealth Paradox

Xiaolong Wu | Hanover College, Indiana

This comprehensive study of a mysterious state in ancient China offers fresh new perspectives for interpreting the history, archaeology, and art of China’s late Bronze Age. The careful scrutiny of the splendid bronze artefacts and their inscriptions reveal fascinating messages related to power and identity. • Presents new, innovative ways of interpreting Zhongshan remains and texts that take into account agency, statecraft, and identity construction • Takes an interdisciplinary approach that combines archaeological, art historical, historical, and epigraphical analysis • Provides focused, detailed and in-depth analysis of all available evidence Archaeology of Asia, Sub-Saharan Africa, Pacific

February 2017 253 x 177 mm 230pp 82 b/w illus.  5 maps  7 tables   978-1-107-13402-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 C

Economic Prosperity and the Hardening of Attitudes Frank Mols | University of Queensland

Integrating theory and research from social psychology, political science, sociology, and history, Mols and Jetten systematically investigate why prosperity and success can also fuel intolerance, social unrest, and intergroup hostility. The Wealth Paradox provides a timely and important reevaluation of the role that economic forces play in shaping prejudice. • Challenges the widespread and oft-repeated assumption that economic crises provide fertile soil for popular unrest and far-right voting • Will appeal to social psychologists, political scientists, sociologists, and any other social scientist interested in societal tensions and intergroup conflict • Serves as an important reminder that far-right parties can succeed without an economic crisis, but also that it is not necessarily those at the bottom of the social ladder who fear immigration most

21

Social psychology

Psychology

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 220pp 57 b/w illus.  2 maps  4 tables   978-1-107-07980-9 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$79.99 P 978-1-107-43913-9 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99 P

HigHligHt

The Neuroscience of Adolescence

textbook

Adriana Galván | University of California, Los Angeles

This book fills a need in the area of developmental cognitive neuroscience. It integrates cognitive neuroscience and adolescent psychology, clearly explaining adolescent brain development, the technology currently used to study it, and the relevant implications for policy. • Provides a clear introduction to adolescent brain development that integrates cognitive neuroscience and adolescent psychology • Includes extensive coverage of the methods used to study the adolescent brain, so readers will be better able to comprehend, evaluate and critique research based on those methods • Places research in the real-world context of how adolescent neuroscience has informed key public policy issues Developmental psychology | Cambridge Fundamentals of Neuroscience in Psychology

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 240pp 51 b/w illus.   978-1-107-08992-1 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-46185-7 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

P P

The Developmental Scientist’s Companion Improving Research Methodology and Achieving Professional Success J. Steven Reznick | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

Covering key issues in methodology – from measurement and experimental design, to analyzing data and interpreting research results – and providing practical tips for navigating a successful career path, this engaging and accessible guide is an essential resource for students and young researchers launching their careers in developmental science. • Written by one of developmental science’s foremost methodologists, it presents a distinctive conceptual framework for understanding human development and how to study it empirically • The author’s conversational style guides the reader through essential skills and techniques • Provides thought-provoking suggestions on improving the field that will be of value to both students and more seasoned professionals Developmental psychology

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-107-19428-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-64560-4 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

Applied Social Psychology Understanding and Managing Social Problems Second edition Edited by Linda Steg | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

This introduction to applied social psychology explores how theories, methods and interventions can be applied to manage real-world social problems. Each chapter features a glossary, review questions and suggestions for further reading, providing an essential resource for students of applied social psychology. • Provides a general introduction to social psychological theories, intervention techniques and research methods and how these can be used to solve different social problems • Illustrated with comical cartoons to demonstrate key concepts • All chapters conclude with a glossary, review questions and suggestions for further reading • The second edition includes new chapters on prominent social issues, including consumer behaviour, traffic and transport behaviour, criminal behaviour, sport, organisational behaviour and developing countries Contents: 1. Introduction to applied social psychology; 2. The U.S.E. of theory in applied social psychology; 3. Applications of social psychology to increase the impact of behaviour-focused intervention; 4. The dilemmatics approach to applied research design: a case study of violent video game effects and aggression; 5. The social psychology of consumer behaviour; 6. Social psychology and development aid; 7. Social psychology and economic behaviour: heuristics and biases in decision making and judgement; 8. Applying social psychology to the classroom; 9. Social psychology and environmental problems; 10. Social psychology of health and illness; 11. Social psychology and immigration: relations between immigrants and host societies; 12. Social psychology and mental health; 13. Explaining crime over the life-course; 14. The social psychology of organisations; 15. Social psychology and political behaviour; 16. Social sport and exercise psychology; 17. Social psychology and driving behaviour. Social psychology

January 2017 246 x 189 mm 400pp 978-1-107-04408-1 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-62029-2 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$55.00

X X

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 34382.indd 21

05/01/2017 12:36


Psychology

New iN PaPerback

Critical Thinking

Previously aNNouNced

Conceptual Perspectives and Practical Guidelines Christopher P. Dwyer | School of Psychology

The Cambridge Handbook of Social Representations Edited by Gordon Sammut | University of Malta

22

This Handbook provides the theoretical and methodological tools for adopting a social representations approach in field research. Scholars, researchers and students in the social sciences will find it an invaluable resource for understanding contemporary social psychological concerns such as the development of identities, communities and narratives. • A comprehensive overview of social representations theory including its numerous developments over the years • Addresses contemporary social-psychological concerns alongside other relevant theoretical approaches in the social sciences • Provides the conceptual tools required for undertaking applied research into social-psychological issues

Educational psychology

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-14284-8 Hardback c. £62.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-316-50995-1 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

Social psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

Teaching Computational Creativity

December 2016 244 x 170 mm 498pp 17 b/w illus.  9 tables   978-1-316-63568-1 Paperback £49.99 / US$79.99 R Also available 978-1-107-04200-1 Hardback £113.00 / US$180.00 R

Edited by Michael Filimowicz | Simon Fraser University, British Columbia

Emotional Lives Dramas of Identity in an Age of Mass Media E. Doyle McCarthy | Fordham University, New York

Emotional Lives offers a cultural study of the growing importance of people’s emotions in public life, and the role of the mass media in shaping people’s relationships, identities, and emotions. The author draws examples from leisure, sports, entertainment, politics, and today’s public forms of grief and mourning. • Offers a new view of culture today as highly emotional, and how this has changed from the past • Explores the role of mass media as an important force for cultural change • Examples are drawn from leisure, sports, entertainment, politics, and today’s public forms of grief and mourning Social psychology | Studies in Emotion and Social Interaction

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 206pp 978-0-521-82014-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

The Work and Lives of Teachers A Global Perspective Rosetta Marantz Cohen | Smith College, Massachusetts

Through ethnographic portraits and personal accounts of teachers around the world (from Chile to Siberia, Azerbaijan to Finland), this book explores the meaning and value of teaching worldwide, offering a simple but ground-breaking argument: that the cultural attitudes toward the teaching profession measurably influence how students perform across the globe. • Features the voices of real teachers, across thirteen countries • Provides a qualitative resource for understanding international comparisons in education • Proposes a new theory that links cultural attitudes toward teachers to student achievement Educational psychology

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 242pp 978-1-107-13574-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-50163-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$32.99

34382.indd 22

Dwyer’s book presents a modern conceptualisation of critical thinking. The book’s unique format means it can function as a textbook, workbook or a piece of academic research suitable for education, academia and for those who wish to know about or are interested in learning about how we use critical thinking in everyday life. • Offers a detailed, accessible, modern and integrative interpretation of critical thinking • Provides students with guidelines on how critical thinking can be developed and practised in both educational and real-world settings, in light of existing research from the fields of both cognitive and educational psychology

This book examines the new interdisciplinary pedagogies of today’s coding-intensive interactive media and design curricula. It covers a comprehensive overview of educational practices related in fields such as digital media, 3D printing, agile development, physical computing, games, dance, collaboration, teacher education and online learning. • Represents different disciplinary perspectives • Provides theories connected to practices and contexts • Offers a forum for practitioner-educators to reflect on their teaching practices Educational psychology

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 336pp 66 b/w illus.   978-1-107-13804-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

How We Think and Learn Theoretical Perspectives and Practical Implications Jeanne Ellis Ormrod | University of Northern Colorado

This book introduces key principles and concepts regarding human learning and cognition for people who have little or no background in psychology. It is scholarly yet reader-friendly, and offers concrete recommendations for studying and teaching. Topics include the brain, perception, memory, forgetting, metacognition, self-regulation, and conceptual change. • Uses an engaging, conversational, and occasionally humorous style to explain key concepts and principles underlying human cognition, learning, and brain function • Although relatively short, it provides a comprehensive overview of key topics in the field (e.g., brain structure and functioning, the nature of working memory and long-term memory, effective learning strategies, metacognition, and self-regulation) • Highlights 28 common misconceptions about thinking, learning, memory, and the brain • Provides many concrete examples to illustrate key points; some examples are results of research studies, whereas others are the author’s personal anecdotes Educational psychology

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 224pp 978-1-107-16511-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-61684-0 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

P P

05/01/2017 12:36


Psychology

John Dewey’s Democracy and Education

Knowing Hands

A Centennial Handbook Edited by Leonard J. Waks | Temple University, Philadelphia

The Cognitive Psychology of Manual Control David A. Rosenbaum | University of California, Riverside

For scholars; teachers; students in education, philosophy, and teacher education programs; school teachers; the educating public (parents, schoolboard members, journalists, leaders, and education agencies). This book will help decode Democracy and Education, which they will most likely encounter in educational criticism and alternative schooling. • A companion Handbook to John Dewey’s classic Democracy and Education, providing a companion chapter to each chapter of the original text and offering a guide to the complete book • Part II delves deeper still, offering philosophical, historical, and practical contexts of Democracy and Education • With contributions from more than thirty scholars from philosophy and education around the world, diverse and comprehensive expertise has been collected for the benefit of both novice undergraduates and advanced scholars

Knowing Hands analyzes the cognitive psychology of manual control. This book will appeal to general readers interested in an accessible overview of the psychology and neuroscience underlying motor control. It will also serve as a supplemental text in a wide range of courses, including cognition, perception, occupational therapy, and robotics. • Shows how preparation for physical action actually works, so cognitive psychologists interested in embodiment will be interested in the book • Provides the first cognitive-psychological account of the means by which the hands use tools, gesture and receive tactile information • There have been many groundbreaking advances in the field, and this book brings them together in one place

Educational psychology

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-107-09472-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-107-47664-6 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

February 2017 253 x 177 mm 374pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-14030-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99

P

The Cambridge Handbook of Creativity and Personality Research

Scott D. Slotnick | Boston College, Massachusetts

Edited by Gregory J. Feist | San José State University, California

This Cambridge Handbook is the first book of its kind to explore how personality and behavior affects creativity. Contributors from around the globe present cutting-edge research about how personality traits and motives make creative behavior more likely. • The only book on the market to focus on personality and creativity, and will be a definitive source for readers • The writing is scholarly but still accessible to all, giving the book a wider readership • Contributions from an international group of scholars from varying cultures provide the reader with many different perspectives Educational psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

R

This is the first book to provide a comprehensive and up-to-date treatment on the cognitive neuroscience of memory. Topics include cognitive neuroscience techniques and human brain mechanisms underlying long-term memory success, long-term memory failure, working memory, implicit memory, and memory and disease. • Offers a detailed overview of terminology, techniques, and findings in the cognitive neuroscience of memory • Written accessibly so that students without a background in psychology or neuroscience can engage with the text • Employs helpful figures throughout each chapter to clearly present abstract or complex data Cognition | Cambridge Fundamentals of Neuroscience in Psychology

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 334pp 72 b/w illus.   978-1-107-08435-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-44626-7 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$49.99

P P

The Constructive Mind Bartlett’s Psychology in Reconstruction Brady Wagoner | Aalborg University, Denmark

Metaphor Wars Conceptual Metaphors in Human Life Raymond W. Gibbs Jr | University of California, Santa Cruz

The study of metaphor is now firmly established as a central topic within cognitive science and the humanities. This book explores the critical role that conceptual metaphors play in language, thought, cultural and expressive actions. It evaluates the arguments and evidence for and against conceptual metaphors across academic disciplines. • Presents a complete hearing of the empirical evidence on conceptual metaphors • Discusses the criticisms of conceptual metaphor • Proposes how to move research forward on the role that conceptual metaphors play in human life Cognition

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 337pp 2 b/w illus.   978-1-107-07114-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

P P

Cognitive Neuroscience of Memory

key refereNce

February 2017 253 x 177 mm 428pp 978-1-107-10759-5 Hardback £110.00 / US$150.00

23

Cognition

C

The Constructive Mind presents the life, work and legacy of Frederic Bartlett (1886–1969), one of the leading psychologists of the twentieth century. Wagoner describes Bartlett’s fundamental ideas – such as constructive remembering, imagining, thinking, schema and cultural dynamics – and how these have developed from Bartlett’s time until today. • The first integrative account of Bartlett’s work and legacy, situating his celebrated ‘reconstructive’ theory of remembering within a broader framework • Provides a powerful theory of cultural transmission and transformation, as well as a methodology to study it • Offers a fascinating account of psychology (and to some extent anthropology) at the University of Cambridge from the late-nineteenth to the mid-twentieth century Cognition

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 240pp 10 b/w illus.   978-1-107-00888-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 34382.indd 23

05/01/2017 12:36


Psychology

HigHligHt

The Neuroscience of Expertise Merim Bilalić | Alpen-Adria-Universität Klagenfurt, Austria

24

This book is the first work on neuroscientific aspects of expertise, and it provides a unifying framework to explain a wide range of expertise domains. It is an ideal supplement for undergraduate cognitive psychology and cognitive neuroscience courses, as well as an accessible primer for interested researchers. • Offers the first look into the neuroscience of expertise, a field not previously studied thoroughly • Analyses a wide range of expertise domains, divided into three groups: perceptual, cognitive, and motor • Tying the newest research on the neuroscience of expertise with studies in cognitive science, the book provides a strong and unifying framework • Supplementary online material includes PowerPoint slides for teaching, high-resolution color images from the book and a collection of internet links about the topics discussed in the book Cognition | Cambridge Fundamentals of Neuroscience in Psychology

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 240pp 58 b/w illus.  10 colour illus.   978-1-107-08459-9 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$109.99 P 978-1-107-44651-9 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99 P textbook

A Handbook for the Study of Mental Health Social Contexts, Theories, and Systems Third edition Edited by Teresa L. Scheid | University of North Carolina, Charlotte

The third edition of A Handbook for the Study of Mental Health provides an updated and comprehensive review of the sociology of mental health, with chapters written by leading scholars and researchers. This volume is a key resource for students, researchers, advocates, and policy-makers seeking to understand mental health and mental health delivery systems. • With two new chapters and substantial revisions on mental health policy, the volume analyzes the impact of the passing of the Affordable Care Act on mental health care • Several new chapters address the DSM-5 and its potential influence on diagnosis and research on mental health outcomes • Due to an increased attention on adolescent suicide and prevention efforts in mental health, new chapters have been added to address these issues Contents: Part I. Theoretical Perspectives on Mental Health and Illness: 1. An overview of sociological perspectives on the definitions, causes, and responses to mental health and illness; 2. The measurement of mental disorder; 3. Defining mental disorders: sociological investigations into the classification of mental disorders; 4. The dual continua model: the foundation of the sociology of mental health and mental illness; 5. What outcomes should the study of mental health try to explain?; 6. Biological approaches to psychiatric disorders: a sociological approach; 7. Sociological approaches to mental illness; 8. Mental health in cross-cultural context; Part II. The Social Context of Mental Health and Illness: 9. Studying stress in the twenty-first century: stress concepts and research; 10. Understanding the connection between social support and mental health; 11. Work and unemployment as stressors; 12. Socioeconomic stratification and mental disorder; 13. Gender and mental health; 14. Race and mental health; 15. African American women and mental well-being: the triangulation of race, gender, and socioeconomic status; 16. Marital status and mental health; 17. Well-being across the life course; 18. Mental health and terrorism; Part III. Mental Health Systems and Policy: 19. Labeling and stigma; 20. The context and dynamic social processes underlying mental health treatment: classic and contemporary approaches to understanding individuals’ responses to illness in light of the Affordable Care Act; 21. Community mental health care organizations; 22. Integrating service delivery systems for persons with severe mental illness; 23. Mental illness

34382.indd 24

and the criminal justice system; 24. Cultural diversity and mental health treatment; 25. Preventing adolescent suicidal behavior: integrating sociology and public health; 26. The mental health consumers/survivors movement in the US; 27. The HIV-mental health challenge; 28. Mental health policy in the United States: critical reflection and future directions for sociological research; Epilogue: the three solitudes of the sociology of mental health. Health and clinical psychology

February 2017 253 x 177 mm 736pp 36 b/w illus.  15 tables   978-1-107-13487-4 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$109.99 X 978-1-316-50096-5 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$64.99 X textbook

Substance and Behavioral Addictions Concepts, Causes, and Cures Steve Sussman | University of Southern California

This book presents the etiology, assessment, prevention and cessation of eleven focal addictions within an appetitive motivation framework of addiction. It is intended for upperlevel undergraduates and graduate students, practitioners, and researchers who want an introduction to cutting edge research and practice in the addictions field. • Provides an introduction to cutting edge research and practice in the addictions field – encompassing neuroscience information and global coverage, with a focus towards the addictive process • Offers case examples at the beginning of each chapter, helping students gain empathy on the problems of addiction and more easily learn theoretical concepts • Includes learning objectives, chapter summaries, suggestions for further reading, and a full glossary to enhance student understanding of the material Contents: Part I. Addiction and Addictive Effects: 1. A general introduction to the concept of addiction and addictive effects; 2. Addictive effects and appetitive needs; 3. Variables that increase the likelihood of developing an addiction; 4. Consequences of addiction; Part II. Types of Addictions: 5. Types of addictions: general overview; 6. Substance addictions: their prevalence and co-occurrence; 7. Behavioral addictions: their prevalence and co-occurrence; 8. Patterns of addiction co-occurrence, replacement, and lifestyle demands; 9. Assessing the 11 focal addictions; Part III. Resolving the Problems of Addiction and Future Directions: 10. Resolving the problems of addiction – prevention: general principles; 11. Prevention: intrapersonal-level approaches; 12. Prevention: extrapersonal-level approaches; 13. Resolving the problems of addiction – cessation: general principles; 14. Cessation: intrapersonal-level approaches; 15. Cessation: extrapersonal-level approaches; 16. Future considerations for substance and behavioral addictions; Glossary; Bibliography; Index. Health and clinical psychology

January 2017 246 x 189 mm 352pp 4 b/w illus.  23 tables   978-1-107-10035-0 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$120.00 X 978-1-107-49591-3 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$64.99 X

05/01/2017 12:37


Psychology

Working Relationally in and across Practices

Purpose and Cognition Edward Tolman and the Transformation of American Psychology David W. Carroll | University of Wisconsin, Superior

A Cultural-Historical Approach to Collaboration Edited by Anne Edwards | University of Oxford

This book offers resources for reflecting on and developing professional and research practices, and the conditions in which they occur. It is based in cultural-historical approaches and focuses on learning and change; the three ideas at the core of the arguments presented are relational expertise, common knowledge, and relational agency. • The use of common concepts organized into three sections makes this a coherent read and points readers to areas of substantive interest • Offers a model of the Vygotskian idea that concepts are tools which are used to understand the world and are refined when they are used and reflected on • Ideas are tested in concrete settings, showing how useful they are as tools for understanding how people work together, and the mistakes that can be made if the ideas are not attended to Applied psychology

November 2016 228 x 152 mm 336pp 978-1-107-11037-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

This book will be of value to psychologists and historians interested in twentieth-century American psychology. It discusses how Edward Tolman drew from European psychology (particularly Gestalt theory) to promote the concept of the cognitive map. His story is an essential contribution to our understanding of America, and American psychology, at mid-century. • Will appeal to those interested in the origin of the cognitive map concept, analyzing how Edward Tolman developed a theory of purposive behavior • Illuminates the influence of the fear of communism on academia in the 1950s, discussing Tolman’s leadership role in the California loyalty oath controversy • Underscores the political nature of theoretical controversies in psychology, assessing the relationship between Tolman’s theoretical research and his political activities

25

History of psychology

C

textbook

Cyberpsychology An Introduction to Human-Computer Interaction Second edition Kent Norman | University of Maryland, College Park

This textbook uses clear, non-technical language to give students in psychology and computer science a comprehensive understanding of the human-computer interface. Covering the past, present, and future developments in technology and psychology, it combines cutting-edge research with engaging illustrations, examples, and discussion questions. • Explains psychology and computer science concepts in non-technical terms so that the material is accessible to students from either background • This updated and more comprehensive edition includes additional material on virtual reality, cybersecurity, e-learning, and video games • Opening chapter narrative scenarios provide students with context for how the material can have real-life impacts • Pedagogical features include chapter overviews, review questions, suggested exercises and detailed figures to help illustrate the material Contents: Part I. Fundamentals: 1. Introduction: importance, implications, and historical perspectives; 2. Fundamentals: biological and technological bases; 3. Theoretical approaches: models and metaphors; 4. Research: modes and methods; Part II. Systems: 5. Sensory-motor interfaces: input and output; 6. Virtual environments; 7. Learning and memory, transfer and interference; 8. Thinking and problem solving; 9. Language and programming; Part III. Relationships: 10. Individual differences: people, performance, and personality; 11. Motivation, emotion, and affective computing; 12. Social media and interpersonal relations; 13. Cyberpathologies and cybertherapies; Part IV. Applications: 14. Automation and artificial intelligence; 15. Assistive technologies; 16. Video games and entertainment; 17. Technology and education; 18. Cybersecurity; 19. The future: the ultimate human-computer interface. Applied psychology

February 2017 253 x 177 mm 488pp 161 b/w illus.  50 tables  83 exercises   978-1-107-10254-5 Hardback c. £63.00 / c. US$99.99 X 978-1-107-50055-6 Paperback c. £24.95 / c. US$49.99 X

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 313pp 19 b/w illus.   978-1-107-12250-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

HigHligHt

The Late Sigmund Freud Or, The Last Word on Psychoanalysis, Society, and All the Riddles of Life Todd Dufresne | Lakehead University, Ontario

In his last phase, Freud produced his most popular works, The Future of an Illusion and Civilization and its Discontents. Dufresne provides a fundamental reassessment of these works, arguing that they represent Freud’s final word on the authentic meaning of psychoanalysis and its application to culture and society. • This is Dufresne’s final work on Freud and an unmissable addition to his previously acclaimed scholarship • One of the very few book-length treatments of the late Freud as a whole, offering a critical yet balanced analysis • Written in a punchy, accessible style to appeal to a wide audience of students, scholars, and lay readers History of psychology

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-17872-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$110.00 978-1-316-63102-7 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

textbook

The Psychologist’s Companion for Undergraduates Robert Sternberg | Cornell University, New York

Written in an engaging, reader-friendly style, this comprehensive guide provides undergraduates with the essential tools for communicating successfully in psychology, preparing them for careers in the field. Students will learn how to effectively plan and write papers, present data in posters and talks, and evaluate their own and others’ work. • Discusses key practical points about careers in psychology • Features exercises that allow students to apply what they have learned • Includes a chapter on how to prepare a poster presentation Contents: Preface; Introduction; Part I. Planning and Formulating Papers: 1. Getting started; 2. Eight common misconceptions about psychology papers; 3. How to generate, evaluate, and present your ideas for research and papers; 4. Literature research; 5. Writing a literature review; 6. Planning and writing the experimental research paper; 7. Ethics in research and writing; Part II. Presenting Your Ideas in Writing: 8. A word about content, language, and style; 9. Commonly misused words; 10. American Psychological Association guidelines for psychology papers;

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 34382.indd 25

05/01/2017 12:37


Psychology / Politics, social theory, history of ideas

11. Guidelines for data presentation; Part III. Preparing and Writing Papers: 12. Paper writing 101; 13. How to make your paper even better: proofreading, revising, and editing; Part IV. Presenting Yourself to Others: 14. Preparing a poster presentation; 15. Writing a talk; Epilogue. Psychology research methods/statistics

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-16529-8 Hardback c. £62.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-316-61696-3 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

X X

Politics, social theory, history of ideas Disability and Political Theory 26

Edited by Barbara Arneil | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Bringing together prominent and newly emerging scholars in the fields of political theory and disability studies, this groundbreaking volume presents the first full-length book on political theory approaches to disability issues. Combining contemporary political theory with historical analysis, it will interest readers of political theory, disability studies, and related disciplines. • Disability is an exploding field in other disciplines, but has been virtually ignored by political theory and political science more broadly – this is the first volume to combine these fields • Combines contemporary political theory with historical analysis • Features contributions from leading experts in the joint fields of political theory and disability studies Political theory

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 334pp 1 table   978-1-107-16569-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Thomas Jefferson and the Science of Republican Government

Bo Rothstein | University of Oxford

From being largely ignored in research, corruption has recently become one of the most important social issues. Yet defining corruption has resulted in profound disagreement. This book presents a bold and innovative solution to this problem, which will appeal to students of political theory, political philosophy, sociology and social anthropology. • Presents new results from historical, anthropological and survey based studies arguing for a universal understanding of corruption, along with a critique of relativistic approaches • Provides theoretical and empirical arguments for the possibility to define and measure the opposite of corruption, and how this can be studied • Offers a chapter devoted to China, which despite having high levels of corruption has had a remarkable increase in economic prosperity and human development Political theory

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 190pp 3 b/w illus.  5 tables   978-1-107-16370-6 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99 978-1-316-61527-0 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99

P P

Deliberation across Deeply Divided Societies Transformative Moments Jurg Steiner | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

Based on discussion groups with ex-guerrillas and ex-paramilitaries in Colombia, Serbs and Bosnjaks in Bosnia, and police officers and locals in Brazilian favelas, this book has relevance for trouble spots around the world and shows ways in which these deep divisions can be overcome. • The book is supported by an extensive online database of research records, transcripts and translations of the discussion groups • Adopts an interpretative qualitative approach, allowing readers to understand the material without analysing complex tables and statistics Political theory

A Political Biography of Notes on the State of Virginia Daniel Klinghard | College of the Holy Cross, Massachusetts

Jefferson’s Notes on the State of Virginia blended Biblical language with Enlightenment science to influence American political thought. In this thorough analysis of the Notes, backed up by Jefferson’s personal correspondence, the authors argue that the work was intended for a wide audience and to shape constitutional debate in the critical 1780s. • Thoroughly analyses the Notes’ publication history, demonstrating how it shaped political events at the time and its intended audience • Provides important insight into the power of Biblical allusions in political discourse, of interest to all students of eighteenth-century political rhetoric • Through textual analysis and personal letters, the book provides the most thorough account of the relationship between John Adams’ Defense of the Constitutions of the United States and Jefferson’s Notes Political theory

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 346pp 1 table   978-1-107-15736-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Making Sense of Corruption

C

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 238pp 978-1-107-18772-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

A Democratic Bearing Admirable Citizens, Uneven Injustice, and Critical Theory Stephen K. White | University of Virginia

What does it mean today to be a democratic citizen? This book provides a rich conception of how an individual might become open to a more admirable style of public engagement. The book is intended for researchers, graduate students and advanced undergraduates in political science, sociology and philosophy. • Develops a novel, aspirational conception of democratic citizenship and provides a portrait of how an individual can become more engaged in democratic life • By presenting a critique of the Tea Party phenomenon, the book helps readers understand the negative effects the group has on democratic life • Shows that deliberative democracy does not always have the faults often associated with it by developing a theory of deliberative democracy that has a rich account of power Political theory

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-107-16847-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

34382.indd 26

P

05/01/2017 12:37


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Previously aNNouNced

The Ideology of Creole Revolution Imperialsim and Independence in American and Latin American Political Thought Joshua Simon | Columbia University, New York

This book offers a new, comparative account of the political ideas that arose in the American and Latin American independence movements, highlighting social parallels between their political thinkers. It will be read in advanced undergraduate and graduate courses on American political thought, comparative politics, and the ideology of imperialism. • Offers a detailed comparison of the ideas arising in the American and Latin American independence movements, giving readers new insights into the ideas of these movements • Employs a rigorous comparative method between American and Latin American political thought, giving readers insights into issues such as imperialism and race • Situates its study of political ideas within a study of political institutions, appealing to a wide range of political scientists, historians, economists, and sociologists History of ideas | Problems of International Politics

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-15847-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-61096-1 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Politics from the Bottom Up Ruth Lane | American University, Washington DC

This book represents a revolutionary approach to political science, revealing the practical human basis of why the world works as it does. Using micro-sociology, political economics and nontechnical game theory within the unifying theory of complexity, the text shows how the politics of daily life can be explained and transformed. • Proposes a new way of looking at politics, appealing to anyone discontented with present-day politics • Offers varied examples of politics in many different areas giving readers an analytically based understanding of the many views found around the world • Sees individual men and women as the centre of political life, encouraging readers to engage in political life at all levels

27

American government, politics, policy

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-16374-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-61528-7 Paperback £28.99 / US$34.99

P P

Conservative but Not Republican

HigHligHt

The Paradox of Party Identification and Ideology among African Americans Tasha S. Philpot | University of Texas, Austin

Previously aNNouNced textbook

Nietzsche: On the Genealogy of Morality and Other Writings Third edition Friedrich Nietzsche Edited by Keith Ansell-Pearson | University of Warwick

Revised and updated throughout, this is the third edition of the best-selling, concise introduction and translation of Nietzsche’s influential work on ethics and politics, On the Genealogy of Morality (1887). It is an essential resource for both undergraduate and graduate courses on Nietzsche, the history of political thought and philosophy. • A best-selling, concise introduction and translation of one of the most influential works on ethics and politics • Includes an expanded introduction, an updated bibliography and a guide to further reading • Revised and updated throughout to take account of new scholarship • Features timelines and biographical synopses Contents: Acknowledgements and a note on the text; A note on the revised edition; Editor’s introduction: on Nietzsche’s critique of morality; Chronology; Guide to further reading; Biographical synopses; On the Genealogy of Morality; Supplementary material to On the Genealogy of Morality; ‘The Greek State’; ‘Homer’s Contest’; Index of names; Index of subjects. Texts in political thought | Cambridge Texts in the History of Political Thought

December 2016 216 x 138 mm 260pp 978-1-107-14851-2 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00 978-1-316-60259-1 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$24.99

The Complexity of Self Government

X X

Conservative but Not Republican explores why the increase in Black conservatives has not met with a corresponding rise in the number of Black Republicans. It is primarily designed for political science, but is also relevant to African-American studies, communication studies, and psychology. Including easy to read tables and figures, it is accessible not only to academic audiences, but also to journalists and practitioners. • Uses multiple quantitative and qualitative data sources, and appeal to a variety of scholars using different methodological approaches • Utilizes easy-to-read figures and tables while reserving technical information for the appendices so that readers can understand the material without needing a lot of statistical expertise • Draws upon multiple literatures across several disciplines and will appeal to a wide audience interested in this topic American government, politics, policy

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 200pp 56 b/w illus.  20 tables   978-1-107-16438-3 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 C

States in the Developing World Edited by Miguel A. Centeno | Princeton University, New Jersey

Suitable for scholars of Africa, Latin America, South Asia, and comparative politics, this empirical study presents a theory of state capacity, what it consists of, and how it may be measured. It is argued that historical origins and political decisions help drive the capacity of states to meet their goals. • Puts forward a new theory of state capacity • Offers a comparative study of empirical historical cases • Presents a fresh view on the challenges facing developing countries Comparative politics

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 384pp 21 b/w illus.  14 tables   978-1-107-15849-8 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 34382.indd 27

05/01/2017 12:37


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

28

Institutions on the Edge

The Many Hands of the State

The Origins and Consequences of Inter-Branch Crises in Latin America Gretchen Helmke | University of Rochester, New York

Theorizing Political Authority and Social Control Edited by Kimberly J. Morgan | George Washington University, Washington DC

Why do institutional crises emerge, spread, and repeat in some Latin American countries, but not in others? This book shows that concentrating power in the executive branch not only fuels presidential crises under divided government, but also triggers broader constitutional crises that cascade on to the legislature and the judiciary. • Offers the first comprehensive dataset on institutional crises across all three major branches of government (presidents, legislatures, courts) for contemporary Latin America • Substantively shows that presidents with stronger constitutional powers are more prone to crisis, conditional on presidents being in the minority • Provides the first unified theory of inter-branch crises, showing that presidential crises are linked to legislative and judicial crises • Proposes a new micro-level approach to understanding the origins of institutional instability, drawing on formal bargaining models traditionally used in international relations literature

This book aims to be a foundation for future work on the state – a foundational concept in the social sciences and history. The book is directed at an interdisciplinary audience and can inform the research and learning of students and faculty alike. • Provides scholars and students with a conceptual apparatus and set of questions that can guide their research • Allows readers to gain an overview of where research currently stands and where it could go next • Provides a synthetic view of a diverse scholarly literature

Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 192pp 28 b/w illus.  20 tables   978-0-521-49614-8 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00 P 978-0-521-73840-8 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$26.99 P

Institutional Origins of Islamist Political Mobilization R. Quinn Mecham | Brigham Young University, Utah

This book is a comprehensive overview of why Islam becomes politicized in some places and not in others. It is designed for all students and scholars of political Islam, especially those focusing on the Middle East and Africa. It examines cases of protest, voting, and violence from 1970 to the present. • Takes a comprehensive look at Islamist politics in all Muslim areas of the world, and will appeal to students of political Islam in the Middle East, Africa, Asia and more • Provides comprehensive data on Islamist mobilization over four decades and in more than fifty countries, so readers will have an opportunity to look at extensive and varied data Comparative politics

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 282pp 12 b/w illus.  2 maps  14 tables   978-1-107-04191-2 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-61510-6 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99 P

Political Trials in Theory and History Edited by Jens Meierhenrich | London School of Economics and Political Science

From archival research to participant observation, and from linguistic anthropology to game theory, this volume offers a genuinely interdisciplinary set of approaches to a most salient phenomenon of our times. The heavily textured analyses substantially advance existing knowledge about what political trials are, how they work, and why they matter. • Offers an account of political trials that is both empirically rigorous and theoretically sophisticated • Advances an interdisciplinary approach to the study of political trials • Embraces diverse methodological approaches, from archival research to linguistic anthropology to game theory

Comparative politics

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 424pp 12 b/w illus.  3 maps   978-1-107-13529-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-50113-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

P P

How Leaders Mobilize Workers Social Democracy, Revolution, and Moderate Syndicalism Konstantin Vössing | Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin

This book combines a thorough analysis of class politics in twenty countries between 1863 and 1919 with a general theory of political mobilization focusing on individual leadership. It explains why leaders chose social democracy, revolution, or moderate syndicalism to mobilize workers, and shows what lasting consequences their choices produced. • Explains the causes and consequences of differences in class politics • Conducts a rich and multifaceted empirical analysis using statistical and historical methods • Will appeal to readers who are interested in political mobilization, decision-making, or leadership Comparative politics

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 52 b/w illus.  16 tables   978-1-107-16517-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Rivalry and Revenge The Politics of Violence during Civil War Laia Balcells | Duke University, North Carolina

An analysis of violence against civilians during civil war. Balcells focuses on strategic motives in civil war in Spain and the Ivory Coast, in addition to the emotions that drive revenge. This is essential reading for students and researchers of politics, history, sociology, conflict processes, and conflict resolution. • A major reinterpretation of the Spanish Civil War with great data to support this novel view • Incorporates both political and emotional factors in a strategic explanation of violence, which will appeal to those who believe rational choice models are too narrow to explain complex social phenomena • Combines research methodology using statistical analyses, archival evidence, case studies and interviews Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 328pp 29 b/w illus.  8 maps   978-1-107-11869-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Comparative politics

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 430pp 6 b/w illus.   978-1-107-07946-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

34382.indd 28

C

05/01/2017 12:37


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Allies or Adversaries

The Forgotten Front

NGOs and the State in Africa Jennifer N. Brass | Indiana University, Bloomington

Patron-Client Relations in Counter Insurgency Walter C. Ladwig III | King’s College London

Jennifer N. Brass explains how proliferation of NGOs in developing countries has changed the nature of service provision, governance, and statedevelopment in the early twenty-first century. Allies or Adversaries is ideal for scholars, international development practitioners, and students interested in global or international affairs. • Provides in-depth and detailed case studies of NGOs within Kenya and explores how these differ from those located elsewhere • Appeals to multiple types of data and analysis, making it accessible to both qualitative and quantitative scholars, as well as practitioners • Differs from the standard literature on the topic by offering ‘on-theground’ views of NGOs, taking data from rural or small town situations where most NGOs actually implement their work, rather than from just a national level

Despite supporting counterinsurgency campaigns of allied governments, the US has repeatedly struggled to convince them to follow their advice. Drawing on a rich range of archival sources, this book argues that the best way to assist a local government is often to withhold aid rather than support them unconditionally. • Addresses a problem of contemporary policy relevance that has been overlooked in the scholarly literature on both counterinsurgency and alliance behaviour • Offers counterintuitive policy recommendations for influencing local allies in counterinsurgency, providing both academic and practical insights for managing these difficult partnerships • Presents a vast amount of primary source material, some of which has only recently been declassified, to provide a more nuanced view of US relations with its local partners than exists in current literature

International relations, international organisations

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 374pp 978-1-107-17077-3 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-62180-6 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99

August 2016 228 x 152 mm 292pp 8 b/w illus.  27 tables   978-1-107-16298-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

P P

The Ideology of Failed States

Tokens of Power Rethinking War Ann Hironaka | University of California, Irvine

Reexamining assumptions about why states go to war, this book presents an alternative narrative of military history about the motivations of state actors whose decisions are based not in military reality, but in a social construction of who is a ‘Great Power’ – leading to irrational plays for control and dominance. • Theorises wars of the twentieth century and the prospects for peace in the twenty-first century • Includes chapters on WWI, WWII, the nuclear arms race and the Korean War, and the conclusion touches briefly on the Vietnam War, and regional and civil wars • Provides a framework for liberals that justifies peace over war International relations, international organisations

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 314pp 978-1-107-17511-2 Hardback £76.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-62682-5 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

29

International relations, international organisations

Why Intervention Fails Susan L. Woodward | City University of New York, Graduate Center

This book aims at the unquestioned colloquial use of the term ‘failed states’ and its idea that they are now the primary threat to international peace and security. The book will be of interest to academic researchers in international relations and comparative politics, as well as to a broader audience. • Offers an interdisciplinary approach to the concept of ‘failed states’ that will appeal to academics in different subject areas • Written in clear, non-specialized language, the book will be accessible to a broad audience that has an interest in the topic • Opposing many long-held beliefs about failed states, the book will be of use to practitioners at international organizations International relations, international organisations

P P

Resisting War How Communities Protect Themselves Oliver Kaplan | University of Denver

Based on fieldwork and statistical analysis, this book explains how local social organization and cohesion enable both covert and overt nonviolent strategies, including avoidance, cultures of peace, protest, and negotiation. These ‘autonomy’ strategies help civilians retain their agency and avoid becoming helpless victims by limiting the inroads of armed groups. • Offers new perspectives on civilian agency and autonomy of decisionmaking to ‘resist war’ • Encourages a re-thinking of counterinsurgency and how wars are fought • A soulful literary history in the tradition of Gabriel García Márquez that exposes the trials and tribulations of Colombian civilians in war • Presents evidence on civilian resilience and nonviolent strategies in war time, including how to build a ‘culture of peace’ and other causal mechanisms for ‘civilian self-protection’ (CSP)

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 5 tables   978-1-107-17642-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-316-62958-1 Paperback £19.99 / US$27.99

P P

Global Norms with a Local Face Rule-of-Law Promotion and Norm-Translation Lisbeth Zimmermann | Goethe-Universität Frankfurt Am Main

Lisbeth Zimmermann analyses the interaction of external rule-oflaw promotion and norm translation in post-conflict states, using an innovative theoretical approach, and an in-depth case study of Guatemala. It will appeal to scholars of International Relations, Peacebuilding, and International Law as well as to practitioners in democracy promotion and development. • Provides a new explanation of the effects of efforts to promote rule of law in post-conflict states • Reveals local struggles over rule-of-law norms and how external actors become part of these struggles • Offers researchers, policy makers and practitioners ideas with which to improve democracy and rule of law promotion International relations, international organisations | Cambridge Studies in International Relations

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-17204-3 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

International relations, international organisations

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 376pp 34 b/w illus.  12 maps  21 tables   978-1-107-15980-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 34382.indd 29

05/01/2017 12:37


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

previously announced

Building Democracy in the Yugoslav Successor States

textbook

The Environment and International Relations

Accomplishments, Setbacks, and Challenges since 1990 Edited by Sabrina P. Ramet | Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim

Second edition Kate O’Neill | University of California, Berkeley

30

The new edition of this invaluable introduction has been updated and revised throughout, including new figures, examples, textboxes, and a new chapter. Using an innovative framework, the book introduces students to the ways in which the theories and tools of international relations can be used to analyse and address global environmental problems. • Builds an innovative analytical framework, enabling students to apply their own critical understanding of environmental issues using tools of international relations • All chapters have been thoroughly revised and updated to reflect the latest developments in the field, incorporating new perspectives and recent thinking, including the December 2015 Paris Climate Agreement • Incorporates new examples, textboxes, and figures throughout to explain key concepts and debates, enabling students to connect theory with practice Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; List of commonly used abbreviations; 1. Introduction: the environment and international relations; 2. Global environmental problems; 3. Actors in global environmental politics; 4. State-led global environmental governance; 5. The impacts and effectiveness of global environmental governance; 6. Global economic governance and the environment; 7. Non-state global environmental governance; 8. The global politics of market mechanisms; 9. Conclusions: the environment and international relations in the twenty-first century; References; Index. International relations, international organisations | Themes in International Relations

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-107-06167-5 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-67171-3 Paperback £21.99 / US$36.99

X X

The Politics of Crisis in Europe Mai’a K. Davis Cross | Northeastern University, Boston

This insightful analysis explores the patterns seen in the three major existential crises that have affected the resilience of the European Union in the first few years of the twenty-first century. Using a comparative framework, it will appeal to scholars in political science, sociology, international relations, communications, and media studies. • Contains a wealth of empirical evidence, including both qualitative and quantitative media content analysis, public opinion polls, and decision-making document analysis at both national and European level • Analyses Eurobarometer opinion polls to demonstrate societal tensions before and after each of the crises • The first book of its kind to review the major existing theories about the causes of each crisis

Written by leading authorities on the politics of Eastern and Southeastern Europe, this comprehensive analysis details how the Yugoslav successor states have coped with the challenges of democracy-building since 1990. The volume identifies the chief problems and obstacles, debates and policy choices, and achievements and controversies since the breakup of socialist Yugoslavia. • The first comprehensive overview of politics in the Yugoslav successor states • Contains an extensive up-to-date bibliography for further reading • Cites the most reliable figures for casualties and destruction of property during the War of 1991–95, for measures of economic progress and levels of corruption Russian, East European government, politics, policy

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 446pp 4 b/w illus.  17 tables   978-1-107-18074-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

The Origins of Dominant Parties Building Authoritarian Institutions in Post-Soviet Russia Ora John Reuter | University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee

This book examines ruling parties under autocracy, exploring why dominant political parties emerge in some autocracies, but not in others. Particular emphasis is placed on the construction of ruling parties in contemporary Russia and it deepens our understanding of both modern autocracy and the foundations of Vladimir Putin’s regime. • The first full-length study of the origins of dominant party regimes, shedding new light on why some countries democratize, but others do not • Challenges a number of myths about the nature of political power in Putin’s Russia • Draws on an array of new empirical data, including original data on Russian political elites, extensive fieldwork in Russia, and cross-national quantitative data enriching understanding of both authoritarian and Russian politics Russian, East European government, politics, policy

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 336pp 19 b/w illus.   978-1-107-17176-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Beyond Shariati Modernity, Cosmopolitanism, and Islam in Iranian Political Thought Siavash Saffari | Columbia University, New York

This book, for researchers of Iranian political thought, post-revolutionary Iran and its effect on the wider Middle East, provides a new reading of Shariati’s intellectual legacy, focusing on the theoretical deconstruction of the Islam/Modernity binary and examining the role of neo-Shariatis in modern Iranian political thought. Middle East government, politics, policy

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-107-16416-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

European government, politics, policy

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 256pp 16 b/w illus.  11 tables   978-1-107-14783-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

34382.indd 30

05/01/2017 12:37


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Al-Qaida in Afghanistan

Caste, Class, and Capital

Anne Stenersen | Norwegian Defence Research Establishment

The Social and Political Origins of Economic Policy in India Kanta Murali | University of Toronto

This book presents an alternative view of al-Qaida’s role in Afghanistan, arguing that they were a cohesive organization with clear long-term goals and strategies. It will be of interest for scholars and academics in the fields of Afghan history and politics, Islamic fundamentalism, terrorism and international relations, as well as for a general readership. • Examines al-Qaida’s activities in Afghanistan prior to 9/11, maintaining focus on how the group organised itself and its members • Uses internal documents from al-Qaida’s top leadership to provide new insight into the creation and implementation of strategy • Makes systematic use of new and inaccessible primary sources in Arabic and Pashto, presenting a novel and convincing narrative of the history of al-Qaida’s relationship with the Taliban

South Asian government, politics, policy

Middle East government, politics, policy

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 4 maps   978-1-107-07513-9 Hardback £80.00 / US$99.99 978-1-107-42776-1 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

This book offers a novel explanation on the determinants of economic policy in India in its high growth phase. It is written to meet the highest standards of scholarship yet also be accessible to a variety of readers including scholars, students, journalists, policymakers and anyone interested in the politics of economic development. • Advances a new argument on the political economy of India • Written in an accessible fashion, this topic of current significance in India will appeal to a wide range of readers including undergraduates and scholars in political science, economics, development studies, sociology, anthropology and geography • Uses a multi-method research design December 2016 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-107-15450-6 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

P P

31

C

China’s Governance Puzzle

Leading from the Periphery and Network Collective Action

Enabling Transparency and Participation in a Single-Party State Edmund J. Malesky | Duke University, North Carolina

Navid Hassanpour | Higher School of Economics, Moscow

Political revolutions, economic meltdowns, mass ideological conversions and collective innovation adoptions occur often; nevertheless, when they happen, they tend to be the least expected. Taking as evidence two Middle Eastern uprisings, as well as behavioural experiments of collective risktaking, Hassanpour offers an explanation based on a novel paradigm of ‘leading from the periphery’. • Online appendices provide access to extensive scans of emails referenced in the text, hundreds of survey interviews and further visualisations • Utilises new modes of data, such as internet-induced information and online behavioural experiments, as well as novel methods such as quasi-experiments of media disruption on a national scale to test the theories • Combines analytical and empirical results intended for an academic reader, along with textual representation targeted for a wider general audience Middle East government, politics, policy | Structural Analysis in the Social Sciences

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 200pp 55 b/w illus.  1 map  23 tables   978-1-107-14119-3 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$95.00 P 978-1-316-50645-5 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$35.99 P

Why Representation Matters The Meaning of Ethnic Quotas in Rural India Simon Chauchard | Dartmouth College, New Hampshire

Supporters of political quotas for members of marginalized groups often argue that they can improve the nature of intergroup relations. Drawing on a careful multi-method exploration of quotas for the ‘untouchable’ castes in India, this book shows that these measures contribute to improving common interpersonal interactions. • Provides rich contextual information about local-level institutions in India • Will appeal to readers interested in political methodology and in research designs in comparative politics • Relies on an innovative and multi-method research strategy South Asian government, politics, policy

The apparent contradiction between China’s rapid economic reforms and political authoritarianism is much debated by scholars of comparative political economy. This is the first examination of this issue through the impact of a series of administrative reforms intended to promote government transparency and increase public participation in China. • A detailed study of governance reform in a single-party state, shedding new light on authoritarian institutions • Brings together a team of experts from both in and outside China to offer new information and place Chinese governance in a comparative perspective • Cutting-edge quantitative and qualitative methodology provides a model of integrated research design East Asian government, politics, policy

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 340pp 33 b/w illus.  1 map  14 tables   978-1-107-12263-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-107-55332-3 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$34.99 P

Rebelocracy Social Order in the Colombian Civil War Ana Arjona | Northwestern University, Illinois

Challenging the conventional perception that war zones are chaotic and anarchic, this study analyses rebel institutions, social order and civiliancombatant relations in the Colombian civil war. The results of extensive fieldwork shed light on how war transforms communities, patterns of local governance, non-violent resistance, state building, and political order. • Sheds light on how war can transform communities, local governance, and political order • Challenges the popular perception of war zones being chaotic and anarchic Latin American government, politics, policy

November 2016 228 x 152 mm 392pp 47 b/w illus.  5 maps  20 tables   978-1-107-12603-9 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 322pp 22 b/w illus.  1 map  28 tables   978-1-107-12592-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 34382.indd 31

05/01/2017 12:37


Politics, social theory, history of ideas

Social Policy Expansion in Latin America Candelaria Garay | John F. Kennedy School of Government, Massachusetts

This book uncovers and explains widespread social policy expansion in Latin America and accounts for cross-national variation in policy models. It will interest political scientists, sociologists, historians, and economists, and will also attract policy analysts seeking to understand why governments expand social provisions to excluded populations in developing countries. • Provides a new interpretation of social policy expansion and crossnational variation in social policy in Latin America • Focuses on the understudied topic of social policy for informal-sector, unemployed, and rural workers • Provides a comprehensive analysis of the adoption and design of health care, income transfer, and pension programs using process tracing and employing original qualitative and quantitative data

32

Latin American government, politics, policy

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 398pp 978-1-107-15222-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$105.00 978-1-316-60640-7 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

P P

Ethnic Politics and State Power in Africa The Logic of the Coup-Civil War Trap Philip Roessler | College of William and Mary, Virginia

This book models the trade-off that rulers of weak, ethnically-divided states face between coups and civil war. Drawing evidence from extensive field research in Sudan and the Democratic Republic of the Congo combined with statistical analysis of most African countries, it develops a framework to understand the causes of state failure. • Fills the gap in civil war literature on the strategic logic of why rulers choose policies that lead to large-scale political violence • Serves as an exemplar of how to combine qualitative and quantitative research methods for theory building and testing in comparative politics • Provides new insights into the origins of two of Africa’s deadliest conflicts – the civil war in Darfur, Sudan and Africa’s Great War in the Democratic Republic of the Congo African government, politics, policy

Zimbabwe’s International Relations Fantasy, Reality and the Making of the State Julia Gallagher | Royal Holloway, University of London

This book examines the Zimbabwean state and its international relations from the perspective of its citizens, drawing on numerous interviews and over three years of research. It will appeal to those researching International Relations in Zimbabwe and Africa, but also those examining the wider state of the field. • Provides a new, compelling insight into the more recent politics of Zimbabwe, highlighting the connections between its domestic and international affairs • Uses extensive interviews and political theory to contribute to offer a ‘bottom-up’ approach to the study of African state-society relations • Offers an innovative approach to how international relations shapes state subjectivity, using the African experience to shed light on broader theoretical debates in international relations African government, politics, policy

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-107-18320-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

Intimate Interventions in Global Health Family Planning and HIV Prevention in Sub-Saharan Africa Rachel Sullivan Robinson | American University, Washington DC

This book is a comparative study of links between HIV prevention programs in sub-Saharan Africa and the family planning programs that preceded the epidemic, and how factors influenced the response to the epidemic. It is intended for scholars and academics in global health, international development, African studies, sociology and political science. • Groundbreaking in its approach, considering family planning programs and HIV prevention efforts in tandem • Combines analysis at global, regional (across sub-Saharan Africa) and national levels (within Malawi, Nigeria and Senegal), demonstrating that African countries’ experience of the AIDS epidemic varies greatly • Identifies country-level features, including relationships with the international community and technocratic leadership, which will influence responses to any emerging global health threat

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 420pp 13 b/w illus.  6 maps  18 tables   978-1-107-17607-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-316-62821-8 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99 P textbook

Case Study Research Principles and Practices Second edition John Gerring | University of Texas, Austin

Thoroughly updated throughout, the new edition of this leading textbook provides an understanding of the case study method and specific tools for its successful implementation. It is an essential resource for a range of postgraduate courses in fields including political science, sociology, business, communications, education, anthropology and medicine. • The only book of its kind to break down traditional boundaries between qualitative and quantitative, experimental and nonexperimental methods • An excellent teaching tool for students in all fields where the case study method is prominent, such as business, anthropology, economics, education and medicine • Thoroughly revised and updated throughout to take account of recent developments and up-to-date studies Contents: Preface; Part I. Case Studies: 1. Surveys; 2. Definitions; Part II. Selecting Cases: 3. Overview of case selection; 4. Descriptive case studies; 5. Causal case studies; 6. Algorithms and samples; Part III. Analyzing Cases: 7. A typology of research designs; 8. Quantitative and qualitative modes of analysis; Part IV. Validity: 9. Internal validity; 10. External validity; Part V. Conclusions: 11. Tradeoffs; Part VI. References; Index. Research methods in politics | Strategies for Social Inquiry

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 383pp 5 b/w illus.  35 tables   978-1-107-18126-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$99.99 X 978-1-316-63250-5 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99 X

African government, politics, policy

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 5 b/w illus.  4 maps  4 tables   978-1-107-09072-9 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 C

34382.indd 32

05/01/2017 12:37


Politics, social theory, history of ideas / Economics, business studies

HigHligHt

Open versus Closed

Inside Job

Personality, Identity, and the Politics of Redistribution Christopher D. Johnston | Duke University, North Carolina

This book explains how deep-seated personality traits shape citizens’ attitudes toward economic redistribution, and what it means for American democracy. It will be of interest to researchers from across the social sciences, as well as citizens, pundits, political observers, and commentators from across the political spectrum. • Integrating cutting-edge research from multiple fields, including psychology, political science and political economy, the book will be of interest to researchers from across the social sciences, as well as political observers from across the political spectrum • Uses a multi-method empirical approach focusing on national surveys, thereby demonstrating how research in political psychology can harness the power of nationally representative samples Politics (general)

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 304pp 37 b/w illus.  41 tables   978-1-107-12046-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$94.99 P 978-1-107-54642-4 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99 P

How Government Insiders Subvert the Public Interest Mark A. Zupan | Alfred University, New York

Much attention has been paid to the negative effects of government outsiders – such as special interest groups – influencing government agencies and officials. In this book, Mark A. Zupan addresses the equally important phenomenon of government insiders influencing the machinery of the state and putting their interests above the public interest. • Focuses on a new topic: the potential for special interests from the supply side of the political market – insiders – in contrast to most work in this area, which overwhelmingly focuses on the demand side of politics – outsiders • The first book of its kind to show that democracy, on average, improves public sector integrity, while at the same time offering recommendations for improving the functioning of government for the public good • Provides examples from the broad course of history, ranging across both autocracies and democracies, unlike the existing economic model of politics which typically focuses on democracies

33

Public economics and public policy

Economics, business studies HigHligHt

P P

Going Beyond Aid

The Selected Letters of John Kenneth Galbraith

Development Cooperation for Structural Transformation Justin Yifu Lin | Peking University, Beijing

Edited by Richard P. F. Holt | Southern Oregon University

In his long and cosmopolitan life, Galbraith wrote thousands of letters, and Richard P. F. Holt has selected the most important of these from his archival research. Now available in print for the first time, these letters reveal the charm and brilliance of one the great American liberals of the twentieth century. • Selected letters are available in print for the first time and annotated for ease of reading • Shows insights into Galbraith’s time as a well-known American intellectual who was actively involved in US politics and economic policy for over fifty years • Provides an insider’s view into the history of American liberalism and some of the great political debates of the twentieth century Macroeconomics and monetary economics

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-01988-1 Hardback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 978-1-107-01988-1 Hardback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 1 b/w illus.  2 tables   978-1-107-15373-8 Hardback c. £59.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-316-60777-0 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

C C

This book uses the theoretical foundations of New Structural Economics and the experiences from emerging market economies such as China, Brazil, South Korea and India to examine South-South development aid and cooperation. It will be of interest to academic researchers and policymakers working on international development and aid effectiveness. • Proposes a new view about international aid from the Global South • Presents the economic rationales for the controversial approaches used by emerging development partners • Points to the ineffectiveness of traditional ‘aid with conditionality’ • Mathematical treatments are avoided Economic development and growth

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-15329-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-60715-2 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 34382.indd 33

05/01/2017 12:37


Economics, business studies

HigHligHt

Beyond US Hegemony in International Development

On the Shoulders of Giants

The Contest for Influence at the World Bank Jiajun Xu | Peking University, Beijing

34

This book is a study of China’s increasing influence over the US hegemonic architecture of international financial institutions. It will be a valuable read for academics and scholars studying international financial institutions and US-China relations, and for policy-makers concerned with the inner workings of the World Bank and China’s influence over international aid. • Will appeal to those interested in debating power transitions and keen to uncover how international institutions adapt to a shifting balance of power • Will also appeal to those interested in learning Chinese perspectives on the role of China in an era of US hegemonic decline • Relies on World Bank official documents, declassified for the first time, and dozens of interviews with key decision-makers about how the World Bank’s soft window was financed and how donors leveraged financial strength to seek influence Economic development and growth

November 2016 228 x 152 mm 322pp 978-1-107-17284-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Colleagues Remember Suzanne Scotchmer’s Contributions to Economics Edited by Stephen M. Maurer | University of California, Berkeley

This book presents the late Professor Scotchmer’s contributions to the field of economics. Several leading economists and legal scholars recall her life and work, and provide authoritative introductions to eleven of her most influential papers. This book will be useful to readers interested in the history of modern economic theory. • Includes essays from leading economists that recall Professor Scotchmer’s life and work • Reprints classic economics papers that focus on modern innovation and cumulative innovation theory • Documents the life and work of a leading female economist, with insights and inspiration for young economists just starting their careers Econometrics, statistics and mathematical economics | Econometric Society Monographs, 57

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-107-13116-3 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-107-57896-8 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

P P

C

Financial Crisis, Corporate Governance, and Bank Capital

Rulers, Religion, and Riches Why the West Got Rich and the Middle East Did Not Jared Rubin | Chapman University, California

Sanjai Bhagat | University of Colorado Boulder

This book discusses the role that Islam and Christianity played in the long-run economic reversal of fortunes between Western Europe and the Middle East. Instead of focusing on the content of the religions, it documents the importance of religious legitimacy in politics as a driving force in the economic divergence. • Verbalizes economic models, but avoids maths and econometrics, helping readers to understand the arguments without wading through mathematics • Mixes modern economic techniques with historical narrative • Avoids jargon, remaining accessible to readers outside of economics Economic development and growth | Cambridge Studies in Economics, Choice, and Society

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 12 b/w illus.  8 maps  19 tables   978-1-107-03681-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 P

This book proposes a solution to the ‘too big to fail’ problem that will help to prevent future financial crises through the restructuring of executive incentive programmes. It will be of great value to corporate executives, corporate board members, institutional investors and economic policymakers, as well as students studying finance, economics and law. • Presents a solution to the ‘too big to fail’ problem that will help to avoid future financial crises • Shows how damaging executive behaviours can be curbed through changing incentives rather than through excessive regulation • Tackles an issue that is at the heart of US presidential debates and post-Brexit UK politics Finance

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 200pp 22 b/w illus.   978-1-107-17064-3 Hardback c. £34.99 / c. US$59.99

P

Financial Systems and Economic Growth Edited by Peter L. Rousseau | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

This book examines the finance-growth nexus from historical and modern perspectives. It will be of interest to academics interested in economic and financial history as well as those interested in the recent financial crisis and its historical antecedents. • Appeals to readers who have broad interests in how financial systems evolved into their present form • Draws connections to historical precedents for today’s credit booms, busts, and weak financial regulatory schemes • Brings together the best of two key approaches to historical analysis, with data-based economic insights and supporting narratives Economic development and growth | Studies in Macroeconomic History

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 334pp 26 b/w illus.   978-1-107-14109-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

34382.indd 34

C

05/01/2017 12:37


Economics, business studies

textbook

Bond Pricing and Yield Curve Modeling

Short Introduction to Corporate Finance

A Structural Approach Riccardo Rebonato | Pacific Investment Management Company (PIMCO), California

Raghavendra Rau | Judge Business School, Cambridge

Rebonato provides an authoritative, clear and up-to-date explanation of the cutting-edge innovations in affine modeling for government bonds, and provides the readers with the precise tools to develop their own models. This book combines precise theory with up-to-date empirical evidence to build, with the minimum mathematical sophistication required for the task, a critical understanding of what drives the government bond market. • Presents a treatment of term-structure modeling that includes both the real-world and risk-neutral measures, allowing the reader to ask fundamental questions about bonds • Critically discusses important models used by practitioners, central bankers, academics, and investors, enabling the reader to understand why these models give different answers, and encouraging them to devise their own models • Minimal mathematics allows the reader to concentrate on the economic and financial content of the model, rather than mathematical equations Finance

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 520pp 978-1-107-16585-4 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$69.99

P

This book provides a concise examination of the six key areas of corporate finance, which explains in simple terms why these areas are important. It is aimed at executives, managers and industry professionals, as well as students studying courses in finance, banking, investment, corporate finance and corporate governance. • Introduces readers to the bedrocks of finance theory • Intuitive explanations allow readers to understand corporate finance without complex math • The concise yet rigorous exposition is drawn from the author’s teaching experience at the University of Cambridge’s Judge Business School, Sciences Po, Paris, and the University of California, Berkeley Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; 1. Who are the players in corporate finance?; 2. NPV and the investment decision of the firm; 3. Portfolio theory and the discount rate; 4. Capital structure theory; 5. Option pricing theory; 6. Asymmetric information; 7. Market efficiency; 8. Wrapping it up; Index. Finance | Cambridge Short Introductions to Management

January 2017 216 x 138 mm 214pp 32 b/w illus.  12 tables   978-1-107-08980-8 Hardback £44.99 / US$79.99 P 978-1-107-46148-2 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99 P

Loss Coverage

The Kremlin Strikes Back

Why Insurance Works Better with Some Adverse Selection Guy Thomas | University of Kent, Canterbury

Russia and the West After Crimea’s Annexation Steven Rosefielde | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

A novel book that argues that, contrary to received wisdom, some adverse selection in insurance markets is beneficial to society as a whole. It is for all those interested in public policy arguments about insurance and discrimination: policymakers, academics, actuaries, underwriters, disability activists, geneticists and other medical professionals. • Offers new insights into adverse selection in insurance • Provides an authoritative text on loss coverage, written by the originator of the concept • Written by an author possessing orthodox expertise and credentials, combined with an unusual independence from industry or disciplinary affiliations Finance

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 200pp 25 b/w illus.  9 tables   978-1-107-10033-6 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-107-49590-6 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$35.99 P

35

In his book, The Kremlin Strikes Back, Steven Rosefielde provides insight into the current crisis in Ukraine and Crimea and situates it within a larger geopolitical context. He highlights post-Soviet economic, political, and security developments and parallel changes in the United States and the European Union. • Formulates the post-Crimean annexation as problematic, providing an inclusive rather than piecemeal analytic framework • Provides an inclusive net assessment of the trend in the balance of power between the West and Russia, including economic and military factors • Objectively evaluates the possibilities of a détente and peaceful coexistence as alternatives to the West staying its post-Soviet course International economics

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 6 b/w illus.  2 maps   978-1-107-12965-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 978-1-107-57295-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$34.99

P P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 34382.indd 35

05/01/2017 12:37


Economics, business studies / Law

Previously aNNouNced textbook

A Course in Environmental Economics Theory, Policy, and Practice Daniel J. Phaneuf | University of Wisconsin, Madison

36

This unique graduate textbook draws on the latest international research to present a compelling narrative of environmental economics that integrates theory, policy, and empirical topics. It includes both traditional and emerging perspectives, and provides students with numerous data-based examples and exercises to develop their skills. • Presents both traditional and emerging perspectives, incorporating cutting-edge research • Employs a standard notation never used before • Authors are well known and respected globally and are heavily involved in cutting-edge research Contents: Part I. Economics and the Environment: 1. Environmental economics and the theory of externalities; 2. Environmental problems and policy issues; 3. Introduction to the theory of environmental policy; Part II. The Design of Environmental Policy: 4. Imperfect information; 5. Competitive output markets; 6. Non-competitive output markets; 7. Environmental policy with pre-existing distortions; 8. Institutional topics in cap and trade programs; 9. Ambient pollution control; 10. Liability; 11. Innovation and adoption of new technology; 12. International environmental problems; 13. Accumulating pollutants; Part III. Valuing the Environment: 14. Theory of applied welfare analysis; 15. Revealed preference models; 16. Discrete choice models; 17. Recreation; 18. Property value models; 19. Stated preference methods; 20. Health valuation; Part IV. The Practice of Environmental Economics: 21. Cost-benefit analysis: modeling; 22. Cost-benefit analysis: empirical; 23. Final thoughts. Natural resource and environmental economics

January 2017 253 x 177 mm 500pp 72 b/w illus.  5 tables   978-1-107-00417-7 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$150.00 X 978-0-521-17869-3 Paperback c. £38.00 / c. US$65.00 X key refereNce

A Handbook of Primary Commodities in the Global Economy Second edition Marian Radetzki | Luleå University of Technology

This book is aimed at academic researchers, graduate students, and practitioners in the energy and mineral sectors. It is a revised introduction to primary commodities, a crucial part of the world economy. It explains the impact on such of recent events, such as the financial crisis and the shale revolution. • Provides a broad understanding of the functioning of commodity markets, avoiding technical jargon • This thoroughly updated second edition has a new chapter on fossil fuels and more on the role of China and India as consumers of imported primary commodities • Explains the shift in commodity consumption from the prosperous OECD nations towards the populous developing Asian nations Natural resource and environmental economics

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 316pp 18 b/w illus.  34 tables   978-1-107-12980-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 C

Law The Unsteady State General Jurisprudence for Dynamic Social Phenomena Keith Culver | University of British Columbia

This title addresses students and academics in legal philosophy, socio-legal studies, political science, and related disciplines. The book offers a general account of the preconditions and continuity of legal order, with a particular focus on law’s relations to environment, security, and technology. • Develops an account of general jurisprudence not restricted to state contexts, and will appeal to those who wish to understand law across several geographical and non-geographical levels • Proposes a view of analytical jurisprudence which is appropriately responsive to new phenomena, and will be of interest to students and academics in philosophy as well as those in empirical legal studies • Combines theoretical investigation of law with sustained attention to real examples, demonstrating to readers a way in which abstract philosophy of law can be applied in practice Jurisprudence, legal theory

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-13480-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

The Unexpected Scalia A Conservative Justice’s Liberal Opinions David M. Dorsen | Sedgwick LLP, Washington DC

Justice Scalia was an important and divisive force in the United States, and his recent death has prompted widespread interest in his legal opinions. The unique point of view presented in this book, written by a personal friend, will attract considerable attention, from both scholars of politics and the general public. • Provides a comprehensive view of the judicial philosophy of Justice Scalia • Will inform the public of the reasons why Justices disagree about cases, especially on philosophical grounds • Explains how and why the Supreme Court divides on constitutional and statutory cases Jurisprudence, legal theory

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-18410-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-316-63535-3 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

Free Expression and Democracy A Comparative Analysis Kevin W. Saunders | Michigan State University

The book analyzes how democracies are addressing issues of freedom of expression. It will be used as a supplemental text in courses on constitutional rights, government policies, media studies, and comparative politics. • By examining national differences in the treatment of free expression, readers will see how differently democracies balance free expression against other values • Compares countries that are listed by The Economist as fullyfunctioning democracies • The issue of freedom of expression is one that is prevalent in today’s news cycles, so the book will be well-received and well-timed Jurisprudence, legal theory

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 420pp 978-1-107-17197-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$110.00 978-1-316-62308-4 Paperback £27.99 / US$39.99

34382.indd 36

P P

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

A Critique of Proportionality and Balancing Francisco Urbina | Pontificia Universidad Catolica de Chile

The principle of proportionality has become the standard test for adjudicating human and constitutional rights disputes in jurisdictions worldwide. This book provides a comprehensive critique of the proportionality principle, and particularly of its most characteristic component, balancing. • A comprehensive critique of the proportionality test aimed at academics working in human rights and constitutional law • Proposes an alternative to current and prevalent understandings of human rights, appealing to critics of current developments in human rights law from both a legal and political perspective • The book’s argument applies to a great range of jurisdictions and will serve as a point of reference for those writing on proportionality Jurisprudence, legal theory

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-17506-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

Rule of law and constitutional ideals are understood as necessary to create a just political order. This book explores how political reality and constitutional ideals mutually inform and influence one another. • Contains new historical conceptual and empirical analysis providing readers with an interdisciplinary approach • A combination of case studies with theoretical and transnational approaches gives readers a broad scope of constitutionalism and the rule of law • Presents a comprehensive view of political reality and constitutionalism and rule of law ideals, with new material on how constitutionalism and the rule of law evolve January 2017 228 x 152 mm 564pp 978-1-107-15185-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Edited by George Duke | Deakin University, Victoria

This collection provides an overview of contemporary natural law jurisprudence – an influential yet frequently misunderstood branch of legal theory. It brings together leading international experts on natural law theory to provide perspectives on the nature and foundations of law and its most pressing issues. • Brings together leading international experts in the field • Provides a comprehensive overview of cutting edge scholarship in the area • Can serve as an introduction to the central area of legal theory, or the first ‘port of call’ for scholars and students of natural law Jurisprudence, legal theory | Cambridge Companions to Law

P P

Calvin’s Political Theology and the Public Engagement of the Church

37

C

Administrative Law from the Inside Out Essays on Themes in the Work of Jerry Mashaw Edited by Nicholas R. Parrillo | Yale Law School

This collection of twenty-one essays on administrative law provides a snapshot of cuttingedge thinking in this important field, which forms part of the practice of a large portion of the legal profession and affects the lives of all Americans from air quality to car safety and to social security. • Contributions from twenty-three scholars of administrative law give readers a solid overview of the field and an analysis of current issues • Examines the work of Jerry Mashaw, the leading scholar in his field, appealing to researchers and students of administrative law and legal theory • This collection of original essays is incomparable in the field of administrative law, being invaluable for both students and academics Constitutional and administrative law, public law

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 544pp 2 b/w illus.  6 tables   978-1-107-15951-8 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Christ’s Two Kingdoms Matthew J. Tuininga | Calvin Theological Seminary, Michigan

This book presents a model of relevant cultural engagement for religious communities with its basis in John Calvin’s two kingdoms theology. Matthew J. Tuininga outlines a mode of participation in democratic politics in a way that takes faith seriously while accepting pluralism and respecting the rights of others. • The first thorough exploration of Calvin’s two kingdoms theology, demonstrating how crucial political theology was to Calvin’s thought and offering a corrective to past interpretations that emphasized Calvinism as a triumphalistic, transformationalist faith • Links Calvin’s political thought to his more basic theology, bringing together his commentaries, exegesis of scripture, understanding of core gospel themes and political theology • Proposes a fresh, constructive way to engage liberal, pluralistic society, while remaining rooted in Christian tradition Jurisprudence, legal theory | Law and Christianity

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-17143-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Bridging Idealism and Realism Edited by Maurice Adams | Universiteit van Tilburg, The Netherlands

Constitutional and administrative law, public law

The Cambridge Companion to Natural Law Jurisprudence

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 430pp 978-1-107-12051-8 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$115.00 978-1-107-54646-2 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$41.99

Constitutionalism and the Rule of Law

C

C

Proportionality and Judicial Activism Fundamental Rights Adjudication in Canada, Germany and South Africa Niels Petersen | Westfälische Wilhelms-Universität Münster, Germany

This book analyses the predominant tool of fundamental rights review in the world – the proportionality test. An empirical and comparative analysis of courts in Canada, Germany and South Africa, it shows that courts avoid using proportionality as a means to make policy through legal decision making. • Provides the first systematic empirical analysis of the use of the proportionality test in three constitutional courts, informing the reader on how these courts use proportionality in a comprehensive and comparable analysis • Offers the first analysis of proportionality jurisprudence of the German Constitutional Court in the English language, enabling non-German readers to review this examination • Contributes to the discussion on judicial activism through judicial review, providing readers with a focused analysis of specific doctrinal framework and its potential for judicial activism Constitutional and administrative law, public law

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 258pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-17798-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 34382.indd 37

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

38

Australia’s Constitution after Whitlam

Institutionalizing Rights and Religion

Brendan Lim | University of New South Wales Law

Competing Supremacies Edited by Leora Batnitzky | Princeton University, New Jersey

This book offers scholars and students of law, legal theory and history a new treatment of the 1975 Australian constitutional crisis. It traces the emergence of this fundamental constitutional debate in the turbulent Whitlam years and chronicles its subsequent iterations in institutional configurations. • Proposes a new understanding of the 1975 constitutional crisis in Australia and its ongoing effects, based on competing accounts of informal constitutional change • Draws on theoretical insights from both American and British constitutional models • Explains key developments in Australian constitutional law and theory with sensitivity to social and political context Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Cambridge Studies in Constitutional Law, 17

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 3 b/w illus.   978-1-107-11946-8 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$120.00

This book illuminates the institutional challenges posed by, and possible responses to, the fraught relationship between religion and rights in the world today. It will be of interest to students and professionals focusing on law, religion, public policy, political theory, and sociology. • Illuminates institutional challenges posed by the fraught relationship between religion and rights, giving possible responses • Studies how religions are structured as normative institutions and how they function, helping readers to understand the pros and cons of different approaches • Explores how social and political institutions shape religious behavior and affect human rights, offering insights into unintended consequences of existing structures Comparative law

C

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 400pp 2 b/w illus.   978-1-107-15371-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

HigHligHt

Regulatory Waves

American Spies Modern Surveillance, Why You Should Care, and What to Do About It Jennifer Stisa Granick | Stanford Law School

American Spies is an accessible discussion of the incredibly complicated issue of modern surveillance in the United States. Written for a general audience by a legal expert, the book educates readers about how the reality of modern surveillance differs from popular understanding. • An intellectually sophisticated exposition of the technology and law enabling massive modern surveillance • Written in an entertaining and accessible style • Reveals what is different and dangerous about modern surveillance, which the public may have lost sight of from the more recent and complex Snowden disclosures US law

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 344pp 978-1-107-10323-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99 978-1-107-50185-0 Paperback £23.99 / US$34.99

P P

Strategic A2/AD in Cyberspace Alison Lawlor Russell | Merrimack College, Massachusetts

This book is for readers interested in exclusion from cyberspace, cyber security, cyber policy, and deterrence and coercion theory in international relations. It focuses on the ability of states to be excluded, or cut off entirely, from cyberspace, which would have serious ramifications for economy, society, government, and military operations. • Discusses how cyberspace works from a non-technical perspective • Provides a cross-domain analysis examines A2/AD strategy as a policy applicable for cyberspace • Proposes a new view of how exclusion from cyberspace can be used as a coercive tool in diplomacy US law

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 120pp 2 b/w illus.  2 tables   978-1-107-17648-5 Hardback £76.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-62962-8 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

P P

Comparative Perspectives on State Regulation and Self-Regulation Policies in the Nonprofit Sector Edited by Oonagh B. Breen | University College Dublin

This book provides an analysis of nonprofit regulatory theory which will be of interest to scholars, students and practitioners in the fields of law, regulation, nonprofit studies and policy formation. It provides comparative analysis of nonprofit regulation in sixteen different jurisdictions. • Analyzes both state regulation and self-regulation of nonprofit organizations at the country level in detailed ways and in historical and political perspectives • For the first time, it analyzes the relationship between state control and regulation on one side, and self-regulatory initiatives on the other • Takes the nonprofit sector’s self-regulatory initiatives as a major topic for academic and policy inquiry Comparative law

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 264pp 1 map   978-1-107-16685-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

The Beijing Consensus? How China Has Changed Western Ideas of Law and Economic Development Edited by Weitseng Chen | National University of Singapore

Is there a distinctive Chinese model for law and economic development? The book answers this question as China rises higher in its global standing. Advancing debates on alternative development programs, with a particular focus on social and political contexts, this book demonstrates that essentially, no model exists. • Offers a theoretical framework analyzing China’s law and economic development over the past three decades, giving readers a thorough understanding and solid background • Provides a comparative perspective to China’s law and economic development, allowing readers to see how China has progressed from the experiences of other developed and developing countries • Looks at specific policies in China’s law and economic development, providing readers with in-depth analyses and examples Comparative law

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 346pp 6 b/w illus.   978-1-107-13843-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

34382.indd 38

C

C

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

Comparative Constitutional Reasoning

Civil Society in Europe

Edited by András Jakab | Max-Planck-Institut für ausländisches öffentliches Recht und Völkerrecht, Germany

Examining reasoning practices of constitutional judges across eighteen legal systems globally, this book focuses on leading cases in order to compare processes, using a combination of qualitative and quantitative analysis. Contributors offer the most comprehensive and systematic account of constitutional reasoning to date, in the first ever study of this scale. • A comprehensive and systematic analysis of constitutional reasoning on a global scale • Contributors from a broad range of jurisdictions report on significant cases and analyse data in order to compare processes across legal systems • Brings to light similarities and differences between judicial decisions by examining subtleties in form, style or language Comparative law

This book investigates the approaches to civil society regulation taken at the European Union level, as well as in the domestic regimes of twelve member states. From this emerge the minimum norms and optimal conditions under which civil society organisations can thrive. • Compares civil society law amongst different European countries, giving the reader insights into the variations between different countries • Minimum and optimal norms of civil society law provide guidelines for the development of positive relations between CSOs and the state • Systematic presentation of civil society laws throughout Europe gives the reader a meaningful framework for comparing CSO law and creating a benchmark

39

Comparative law

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 704pp 19 b/w illus.  6 tables   978-1-107-08558-9 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00 C

April 2017 229 x 152 mm 548pp 978-1-107-14608-2 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Eminent Domain

C

The Indian Legal Profession in the Age of Globalization

A Comparative Perspective Edited by Iljoong Kim | Sungkyunkwan University, Seoul

The taking of private property for development projects has often caused controversy when used to benefit powerful interests at the expense of the general public. This collection of essays analyzes the use and abuse of eminent domain in nations across the world, including Germany, the US, Taiwan, and South Korea. • Discusses common patterns of eminent domain abuse in a variety of countries • Provides an analysis of proposed remedies for eminent domain abuse, put forward in many nations • Offers an understanding of ways to strengthen protection for property rights and to promote economic development without abusing the power of eminent domain Comparative law

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 30 b/w illus.  18 tables   978-1-107-17729-1 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 C 978-1-316-62833-1 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$44.99 C

The Rise of the Corporate Legal Sector and its Impact on Lawyers and Society Edited by David B. Wilkins | Harvard Law School, Massachusetts

This high-level Harvard research project on the legal environment in India will be well received by all interested in legal professionalism in emerging nations. It is for anyone interested in understanding how globalization can impact the legal profession of a large diverse democracy striving for greater development. • Examines how the impact of globalization on the legal profession is mediated by local forces and structures • Provides an empirically grounded analysis of the impact of globalization on the legal profession in a major emerging market • Appeals to readers interested in how change occurs in the legal profession and legal system of a large diverse democracy Comparative law

October 2016 228 x 152 mm 768pp 978-1-107-15184-0 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

Privacy and Power

C

Anti-Impunity and the Human Rights Agenda

A Transatlantic Dialogue in the Shadow of the NSA-Affair Edited by Russell A. Miller | Washington and Lee University, Virginia

Edited by Karen Engle | University of Texas, Austin, School of Law

The NSA-Affair proved that Americans and Europeans have wildly divergent understandings of privacy and intelligence gathering. This book documents and explains this fundamental difference, featuring commentary from leading commentators, scholars and practitioners from both sides of the Atlantic. • Documents the different legal and social responses to the Snowden leaks in the US and Europe • Provides policy-makers and scholars with an accurate picture of the differing approaches to the issues of privacy and intelligence-gathering • Surveys the legal frameworks for privacy and intelligence oversight in the US and Europe Comparative law

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 805pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-15404-9 Hardback £120.00 / US$190.00

Minimum Norms and Optimum Conditions of its Regulation Edited by Tymen J. van der Ploeg | Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam

Aimed at scholars, students, and practitioners of human rights and transitional justice, this volume presents and critiques the international human rights movement’s focus on fighting impunity through criminalization in the twenty-first century. It considers the perspectives of multiple disciplines and takes into account a variety of institutional and geographical frameworks. • This book both identifies and critically analyses a major trend in international law and human rights • The volume considers case studies from a number of institutions, regions, and countries • Written with an interdisciplinary focus, the book will appeal to scholars of law, political science, history, and anthropology Human rights

C

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 378pp 1 b/w illus.  1 table   978-1-107-07987-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-43922-1 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99 P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 34382.indd 39

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

40

Social Rights Judgments and the Politics of Compliance

Religious Leaders and Conflict Transformation

Making It Stick Edited by Malcolm Langford | Universitetet i Bergen, Norway

Northern Ireland and Beyond Nukhet A. Sandal | Ohio University

This book is the first to engage in a broad comparative study of the enforcement of judgments of social rights (e.g. health, housing, social security and education). It finds both spectacular successes and failures and analyses why there is a variance and what can be done to improve compliance with court rulings. • Seeks to identify the factors affecting compliance and focuses on key explanations rather than a single or exhaustive theory • Provides successful strategies to improve enforcement • Maps levels of compliance with social rights judgments across fourteen jurisdictions Human rights

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 494pp 5 b/w illus.  9 tables   978-1-107-16021-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Human rights

C

The Human Right to Water

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 224pp 978-1-107-16171-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

In the last decade, the right to water has emerged from relative obscurity to occupy a prominent place in human rights. This is the first book to engage in a comprehensive examination of the right to water in theory and in practice across a diverse range of themes. • Analyses the rise of the right to water and its normative implications • Features multi-disciplinary perspectives from law, politics, economics, anthropology and geography • Provides a nuanced analysis of the challenges, opportunities and difficulties with advancing the right to water Human rights

C

Conceptual Limits and States’ Positive Obligations in European Law Vladislava Stoyanova | Lunds Universitet, Sweden

The first ever analysis of the right not to be held in slavery, servitude and forced labour, in terms of its definition and scope. This book will appeal to students, scholars and legal practitioners interested in human rights law, migration law, criminal law and EU law. • Critiques and compares the definitions of human trafficking, slavery, servitude and forced labour by applying a case study approach • Highlights the inconsistencies and contradictions inherent in antitrafficking and human rights frameworks operating alongside one another • Offers a detailed clarification of the applicable law which will appeal on both individual and institutional levels

A Global Political Morality

Human rights

Human Rights, Democracy, and Constitutionalism Michael Perry | Emory University, Atlanta

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 496pp 978-1-107-16228-0 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

This book is for all those who are interested in the morality of human rights, the first truly global political morality in human history; in the relationship of the morality of human rights to democracy; and in the role of courts – especially the US Supreme Court – in protecting human rights. • The first truly global political morality in human history

In Flight from Conflict and Violence

C

UNHCR’s Consultations on Refugee Status and Other Forms of International Protection Edited by Volker Türk | United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNCHR), Geneva

Human rights

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-15851-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 978-1-316-61100-5 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

C

Human Trafficking and Slavery Reconsidered

Theory, Practice and Prospects Edited by Malcolm Langford | Faculty of Law, University of Oslo

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-01070-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

With the rise of religious conflicts and fundamentalisms worldwide, there is an increasing demand for resources that bridge religion and conflict resolution. Sandal’s book on religious leaders and conflict resolution introduces a novel way of looking at religious expertise in divided societies. • Proposes a new theoretical framework to understand the role of religious leaders in conflict transformation • Uses a case study to explain the theory, and shows applications to other cases as well • Rich in extensive primary material including declarations and newspaper articles from the past fifty years, providing extensive quotes from religious leaders at different time points

P P

The impact of violence and conflict on refugee protection is increasingly relevant to practitioners, governmental decision-makers and judges, scholars, students and international and nongovernmental organizations. This book is a timely contribution to the legal literature dealing with international refugee law in respect of asylum claimants. • Explores the changing nature and trends of situations of armed violence and conflict, using specific examples such as the Afghanistan, Colombia and Somalia conflicts • Uses both historical and contemporary perspectives to consider the interpretation and application of international laws to claimants • Provides an overview of the challenges in the determination of refugee status to special groups Human rights

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 322pp 2 b/w illus.  3 tables   978-1-107-17199-2 Hardback £90.00 / US$115.00 978-1-316-62309-1 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

34382.indd 40

P P

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

Voting Rights of Refugees

International Law and New Wars

Ruvi Ziegler | University of Reading

Christine Chinkin | London School of Economics and Political Science

This book on the legal and political predicament of refugees recognised in the 1951 Geneva Convention will interest legal scholars, researchers and students in the areas of refugee law, human rights law and international law. Its coverage of the interrelations of citizenship and voting will also appeal to political scientists. • Brings together elements of the political theory and refugee law discourses by conceptualising the legal and political predicament of recognised refugees as non-citizens in their state of asylum • Will be a valuable source for refugee and international law scholars seeking to explore questions of out-of-country voting, protection abroad, expulsion of non-citizens and voting rights jurisprudence • Contributes to the discourse concerning the interrelations between citizenship and the right to vote

This book provides an introduction to international law as it relates to the use of force and to competing approaches of security that can be identified in the context of ‘new wars’. It examines topics including weapons, human rights, gender and peacekeeping, using case studies from a number of recent conflicts. • Argues how international law no longer fits contemporary forms of political violence and new wars, and exposes readers to a critique of contemporary legal regulation of the use of force • Offers a critical introduction to international law as it relates to the use of force, giving the book a wide appeal • Integrates gender throughout, exposing readers to an overlooked perspective in the context of contemporary wars Public international law

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 380pp 978-1-107-17121-3 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$120.00 978-1-316-62209-4 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$36.99

41

P P

Human rights

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 290pp 978-1-107-15931-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

The Child in International Refugee Law Jason M. Pobjoy | Blackstone Chambers, London

The first comprehensive study of the challenges faced by children in establishing entitlement to refugee protection. This book, which draws extensively on national case law from the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, New Zealand and Australia, will be an invaluable resource for any academic, decision-maker or practitioner working in the area. • Situates the refugee child within the broader framework of international human rights law • Provides a comprehensive analysis of the key questions faced by decision makers and practitioners dealing with refugee children • Has a broad jurisdictional appeal, drawing on a review of over two thousand domestic cases from the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, New Zealand and the United States Human rights | Cambridge Asylum and Migration Studies

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 364pp 978-1-107-17536-5 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00 978-1-316-62740-2 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99

P P

Judicial Dialogue and Human Rights

Experts, Networks and International Law Edited by Holly Cullen | University of Western Australia, Perth

The challenges raised by globalization – from environmental management to financial sector regulation – have encouraged the emergence of new actors in international governance, such as experts and networks. This book explains how these new actors function and interact with one another, and examines their legitimacy and effectiveness. • Explains through a range of case studies how globalization is reshaping traditional forms of international governance • Brings together experts and networks, showing how these actors interact with and relate to one another in the operations of international governance, and how they both share the challenges of establishing legitimacy and justifying their power and influence • Focuses on the operation of networks and experts in a practical context, and draws on insights from international relations and political science as well as international law • Covers a wide range of subject areas, such as human rights, financial sector governance and environmental protection, which will appeal to a broad range of readers Public international law

Edited by Amrei Müller | Universitetet i Oslo

A comprehensive analysis of domestic and international courts’ judicial dialogue on human rights. The analysis covers Eastern Europe, Latin America, Canada, Nigeria and Malaysia, and also focuses on how the European Court of Human Rights interacts with domestic and international courts, as well as the role of NGOs promoting this dialogue. • Presents an analysis of various domestic courts’ engagement in judicial dialogue guided by a clear and straightforward common framework • Shows how developments in constitutional law in non-English speaking jurisdictions are influenced by foreign and international law and jurisprudence, and vice versa • Focuses on the contribution of judicial dialogue to the development of regional and international human rights law

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 308pp 978-1-107-18442-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

Human rights | Studies on International Courts and Tribunals

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 620pp 11 b/w illus.   978-1-107-17358-3 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 34382.indd 41

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

textbook

International Law as a Profession

International Dispute Settlement

Edited by Jean d’Aspremont | University of Manchester

42

This volume approaches international law as a professional activity practised by scholars, judges, counsels, and legal advisers. Its self-reflective essays provide insights into how a professional capacity may inform one’s views on international law and, conversely, how one’s international law discourse may impact the way the profession is exercised. • A series of self-reflective essays on international law as a profession, which demonstrate to law professionals how the understanding of international law is connected to their profession • Offers a new approach to international law, namely one that allows an understanding of international law not only as a body of rules but also as professional activity • Includes multidisciplinary research to enable international lawyers to reach out to other disciplines Public international law

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 484pp 978-1-107-14039-4 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

C

The Writing on the Wall Rethinking the International Law of Occupation Aeyal Gross | Tel-Aviv University

As the Israeli occupation of the Occupied Palestinian Territory nears its fiftieth anniversary, Gross offers a critical perspective on the international law of occupation, advocating a normative and functional approach to occupation and the question of when it exists, and critically considers the application of humanitarian and human rights law. • Offers a critical discussion of the law of occupation and its legitimizing role, providing readers with a critical analysis of law rather than just a description • Provides a detailed legal history of the Israeli occupation of the Occupied Palestinian Territory, giving readers the necessary background to the conflict • Discusses the role of the law of occupation in a comparative perspective, allowing readers to see an analysis of occupation in other territories Public international law

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 478pp 1 table   978-1-107-14596-2 Hardback £79.99 / US$120.00 978-1-316-50932-6 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

Drug Control and Human Rights in International Law Richard Lines | University of Essex

Human rights violations occurring as a consequence of drug control are a growing international concern. Drawing upon domestic and international examples, this book proposes an interpretive framework for resolving tensions and conflicts between drug control and human rights treaty regimes. • Highlights a new and emerging area of human rights inquiry as the first major work on the human rights impacts of drug control • Explores the tensions and conflicts between international human rights law and international drug control law and offers models of treaty interpretation to resolve them in a manner that promotes human rights • Includes case examples in both international and domestic law and provides analysis relevant to human rights scholars

Sixth edition J. G. Merrills | University of Sheffield

The fully updated sixth edition of this successful textbook explains the legal and diplomatic techniques and organizations used to solve international disputes, how they work and when they are used. Using numerous examples, it shows the strengths and weaknesses of different methods. It is an essential resource for international dispute settlement courses. • Provides a guide to the tools of international dispute settlement – diplomatic and legal methods, as well as institutions – what they are, how they work and when they are used • Examples place the theory of how things are supposed to work in the context of real-life events so that the reader can understand the strengths and weaknesses of different methods in practice • Fully updated to include all the latest case law, as well as new sections on investment arbitration and regional trade disputes Contents: 1. Negotiation; 2. Mediation; 3. Inquiry; 4. Conciliation; 5. Arbitration; 6. The International Court I: organisation and procedure; 7. The International Court II: the work of the Court; 8. The Law of the Sea Convention; 9. International trade disputes; 10. The United Nations; 11. Regional organisations; 12. Trends and prospects; Appendices; Index. Public international law

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 475pp 2 tables   978-1-107-16406-2 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$125.00 978-1-316-61573-7 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$70.00

X X

The International Responsibility of International Organisations Cooperation in Peacekeeping Operations Moritz P. Moelle | Federal Foreign Office, Berlin

What is the extent to which international organisations can be said to bear joint responsibility for violations of international law? This book sets out how responsibility in peacekeeping operations has been distributed between international organisations in the past, and proposes a new methodology according to the criterion of normative control. • Proposes a new criterion of attribution for international organisations co-operating in peacekeeping operations • Adopts a holistic approach by analysing different levels of interplay between the UN and the regional organisations • Uses case studies to analyse the practice of international organisations (the United Nations, NATO, the European Union, the African Union and the Economic Community of West African States) on an interinstitutional level, as well as in the field Public international law

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 404pp 978-1-107-12415-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

Public international law

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 238pp 978-1-107-17117-6 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

34382.indd 42

C

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

Sovereignty and Territorial Temptation

Defence Perspectives on International Criminal Justice

The Grotian Tendency Christopher Rossi | University of Iowa

Edited by Gentian Zyberi | Universitetet i Oslo

This powerful reworking of the liberal tradition of international law uses Grotius as the vehicle for understanding coming challenges to the global commons. Fundamental problems of scarcity, sovereignty, anachronistic thinking, and territorial temptation are interwoven in historical and contemporary contexts to illuminate the tendency among states to share resources, but only when necessary. • Provides a grounded contextualization to theoretical treatments of sovereignty • Highlights anachronistic portrayals of liberal internationalism’s intellectual promise, accentuating the need to reinforce liberalism’s project without throwing the baby out with the bathwater • Situates conflict within the realm of scarcity, heightening understanding by Acknowledging constructivist solutions but also unintended consequences or use of soft law to forestall solutions Public international law

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 354pp 978-1-107-18353-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

An Introduction to the International Criminal Court Fifth edition William A. Schabas | Middlesex University, London

Written by a leading commentator, this book is an authoritative and up-to-date introduction to the legal issues involved in the creation and operation of the Court since it became fully operational. The book’s accessible language will appeal to students of international criminal law. • The fifth edition of this classic text explores the legal framework of the Court, examining its cases and rulings • Considers the political debates surrounding the Court’s operation for context • Written in an accessible way for non-specialists Public international law

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 604pp 978-1-107-13370-9 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00 978-1-107-59017-5 Paperback £36.99 / US$59.99

P P

International Law in a Transcivilizational World Onuma Yasuaki | University of Tokyo

With the resurgence of Asian nations such as China, current West-centric international law is changing in the twenty-first century. Adopting a ’trans-civilizational’ perspective, this book will appeal to generalist international law scholars and students, and anyone interested in nonWestern perspectives on international law. • Provides a comprehensive functional understanding of international law as it is practiced in both international and domestic societies on a daily basis • Evaluates West-centric international law in its current form, highlighting its positive and negative functions

In this book, leading international practitioners and scholars examine the role of the defence in international criminal proceedings and highlight its contribution to the development of international criminal law and the fair administration of international criminal justice. • Contributors include leading international practitioners and scholars • Combines the practice and theory of international criminal law in order to explore carefully selected topical issues • Takes into account recent substantive and procedural changes, such as the Mechanism for International Criminal Tribunals (MICT) Public international law

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 551pp 978-1-107-08667-8 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

C

43

Third-Party Countermeasures in International Law Martin Dawidowicz | Stockholms Universitet

This systematic study of third-party countermeasures and its associated safeguards regime in international law offers a balanced analysis of the turbulent and idiosyncratic development of countermeasures in state practice and the work of the International Law Commission and the UN General Assembly Sixth Committee: Legal on state responsibility. • Offers a unique contribution to the debate surrounding the position of third-party countermeasures in international law • Identifies the tensions inherent in third-party countermeasures, with supporting and opposing viewpoints • Explores key concepts within third-party countermeasures, including state practice and the safeguards regime Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 131

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 426pp 978-1-107-01479-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

key refereNce

International Law Reports Volume 167 Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht | University of Cambridge

Volume 167 reports on, amongst others, the arbitration award in the Bay of Bengal Maritime Boundary Arbitration (Bangladesh v. India), the European Court of Human Rights Grand Chamber 2011 and 2015 decisions in Chiragov v. Armenia and the judgment of the Supreme Court of Uganda in Uganda v. Kwoyelo. • Contains the 2014 arbitration award in Bay of Bengal Maritime Boundary Arbitration (Bangladesh v. India) • Contains the European Court of Human Rights Grand Chamber 2011 and 2015 decisions in Chiragov v. Armenia • Contains the 2015 judgment of Supreme Court of Uganda in Uganda v. Kwoyelo Public international law | International Law Reports, 167

January 2017 219 x 146 mm 700pp 978-1-107-05914-6 Hardback c. £160.00 / c. US$260.00

R

Public international law

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 762pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-02473-1 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$125.00

P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 34382.indd 43

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

Key Reference

The Practice of Shared Responsibility in International Law

International Law Reports Volume 168 Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht | University of Cambridge

44

Volume 168 reports on, amongst others, the 2012 judgment of International Court of Justice in Jurisdictional Immunities of the State (Germany v. Italy) and related decisions from Belgium, Brazil, Italy, Poland and Slovenia, the 2014 judgment of European Court of Human Rights in Jones v. United Kingdom and Judgment No 238/2014 of the Italian Constitutional Court. • Includes the 2012 judgment of International Court of Justice in Jurisdictional Immunities of the State (Germany v. Italy) and related decisions from Belgium, Brazil, Italy, Poland and Slovenia • Includes the 2014 judgment of European Court of Human Rights in Jones v. United Kingdom • Judgment No. 238/2014 of the Italian Constitutional Court is also provided Public international law | International Law Reports, 168

April 2017 219 x 146 mm 758pp 978-1-107-19187-7 Hardback c. £160.00 / c. US$260.00

R

This comprehensive volume seeks to provide a better understanding of the practice of shared responsibility. The authors explore a wide range of different issue areas and regimes, and in so doing expose the significant differences and enlightening commonalities in the practice of this vitally important aspect of international law. • Offers the broadest possible outlook of the practice of shared responsibility, reviewing the practice in thirty-nine specific issue areas of international law • No other single volume exists in which so many issue areas of international law have been analysed and collected • Provides unique insights and contributes to the understanding of how questions of shared responsibility have been dealt with in practice, in multiple different issue areas of international law Public international law | Shared Responsibility in International Law, 3

Key Reference

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 1198pp 978-1-107-10709-0 Hardback £125.00 / US$200.00

International Law Reports, Consolidated Index

C

Previously Announced

Volumes 1–160 Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht | University of Cambridge

An updated consolidation which offers an indispensable guide to the one hundred years of international law jurisprudence which the International Law Reports contain. • Improves on the existing consolidation, as volumes 1-35 have been re-indexed and the volumes 36-125 consolidated index updated • An indispensable guide to International Law Reports volumes’ content, as well as being an essential compendium to the vast range of international law jurisprudence over the last hundred years • Covers in a single consolidation all treaties referred to in volumes 1-160 of the International Law Reports by date, treaty title and article number • Indicates where early treaties and non-multilateral treaties may be found Public international law | International Law Reports

March 2017 219 x 146 mm 1800pp 978-1-107-08127-7 3 Volume Hardback Set

Edited by André Nollkaemper | Universiteit van Amsterdam

c. £480.00 / c. US$780.00 R

Key Reference

International Law Reports, Consolidated Table of Treaties

The Legitimacy of International Criminal Tribunals Edited by Nobuo Hayashi | Universitetet i Oslo

Today’s international criminal jurisdictions are at a critical juncture – their legitimacy cannot be taken for granted. This multidisciplinary volume investigates the challenge of attaining legitimacy by international criminal courts and tribunals. Expert authors and emerging scholars challenge received wisdom and shed new light on a range of issues. • Topics cover not only law but also philosophy, political science, social anthropology and criminology, appealing to scholars, students and practitioners in these fields • Provides contributions from seasoned academics and emerging scholars giving readers access to well-established views as well as new critical approaches • The book’s organisational structure will allow it to be referred to either systematically or thematically Public international law | Studies on International Courts and Tribunals

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-107-14617-4 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

Volumes 1–160 Edited by Elihu Lauterpacht | University of Cambridge

C

An updated consolidation which offers an indispensable guide to the one hundred years of international law jurisprudence which the International Law Reports contain. It contains all treaties referred to in volumes 1-160 of the International Law Reports by date, treaty title and article number. • Covers in a single consolidation all treaties referred to in volumes 1–160 of the International Law Reports by date, treaty title and article number • Indicates where early treaties and non-multilateral treaties may be found Public international law | International Law Reports

March 2017 219 x 146 mm 800pp 978-1-107-18974-4 Hardback c. £160.00 / c. US$260.00

34382.indd 44

R

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

HPCR Practitioner’s Handbook on Monitoring, Reporting, and Fact-Finding

International Trade in Sustainable Electricity Regulatory Challenges in International Economic Law Edited by Thomas Cottier | Universität Bern, Switzerland

Investigating International Law Violations Edited by Program on Humanitarian Policy and Conflict Research | Harvard University, Massachusetts

This book offers a portrait of the practice of monitoring, reporting, and fact-finding in the domain of international law. By analyzing the experiences of fifteen recent missions, the book illuminates the key issues that these missions face and offers a roadmap for practitioners working on future missions. • Presents a comparative analysis of the practices and experiences of fifteen monitoring, reporting and fact-finding missions to allow the reader to ascertain how different missions have adopted various approaches • Divided into two parts, an accessible handbook for practitioners and a scholarly examination, the book makes the material relevant for both audiences with an interest in the subject • Based in part on interviews conducted with practitioners who worked on recent missions, allowing readers to gain insight through information otherwise not readily available to the public

P

Transatlantic Defence Procurement

C

Reassertion of Control over the Investment Treaty Regime Edited by Andreas Kulick | Eberhard-Karls-Universität Tübingen, Germany

EU and US Defence Procurement Regulation in the Transatlantic Defence Market Luke R. A. Butler | University of Bristol

This study offers a comparative insight into the regulation of defence procurement in the US and EU and significantly contributes to the contemporary debate on barriers to transatlantic trade. Primarily aimed at lawyers interested in procurement and international trade, acquisition professionals and researchers. • Offers a first legal analysis of the external or so-called ‘international dimension’ of the EU Defence Procurement Directive, with a particular focus on the Directive’s interface with the US through US contractors, EU subsidiaries and government-to-government contracts • Provides the first legal analysis of key incidents of comparison and contrast in the US and EU defence procurement law systems. • Seeks to introduce a legal perspective on barriers to transatlantic trade, an area historically dominated by political and economic analysis International economic and trade law, WTO law

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 468pp 978-1-107-11551-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

45

International economic and trade law, WTO law

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 502pp 10 b/w illus.  13 tables   978-1-107-16334-8 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

UN and international organisations

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 9 tables   978-1-107-16447-5 Hardback £100.00 / US$125.00

This book targets policy-makers, academics and those in civil society concerned with how trade in electricity is changing and its effects on climate. It examines developments in electricity trade integration, explores the reasons, the implications for the trade and investment legal framework, and the future agenda for long-distance trade in renewable energy. • Meets the need for an informed discussion in the rapidly evolving field of international trade in electricity, particularly renewably produced electricity • Illustrates the foundations of the vision of a global electricity grid, and connects it to the debate on the decarbonisation of the electricity sector • Analyses the main challenges posed by the changing landscape of (sustainable) electricity trade in the multilateral trading and investment framework

C

Driven by public opinion in host states, contracting parties to investment agreements are pursuing many avenues in order to curb the powers of the investment treaty regime. This is the first book to examine the nature and efficacy of the means by which states are attempting to reassert control. • Focuses on procedural and substantive avenues of reassertion of control, appealing particularly to practitioners confronted with specific legal issues • Identifies and elaborates the paradigm of assertion control, tackling an emerging trend head on, and reflecting about its theoretical and practical implications • Discusses how states may reassert control over IIAs, the first book of its kind to do so systematically and with the aim to cover the main avenues of assertion International economic and trade law, WTO law

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 406pp 2 tables   978-1-107-17265-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

African Perspectives on Trade and the WTO Domestic Reforms, Structural Transformation and Global Economic Integration Edited by Patrick Low | The University of Hong Kong

This volume provides insights and detailed analyses on Africa’s potential for greater participation in world trade and economic growth from a variety of experts and contributors. It will be of interest to economics and trade policy-makers, academics and practitioners, as well as those interested in the World Trade Organization. • Offers a complete picture of the evolution of African trade policy over twenty years • Presents contributions from academics and specialists with expert knowledge of trade policy and development in Africa • Examines Africa’s potential for growth in the world economy International economic and trade law, WTO law

September 2016 228 x 152 mm 508pp 51 b/w illus.   978-1-107-17447-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$110.00 978-1-316-62652-8 Paperback £25.99 / US$39.99

P P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 34382.indd 45

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

Freedom of Transit and Access to Gas Pipeline Networks under WTO Law

46

Vitaliy Pogoretskyy | Advisory Centre on WTO Law, Geneva

Dispute Settlement Reports 2015

This book analyses all major WTO provisions relating to the transit of pipeline gas and is essential reading for practitioners and regulatory authorities interested in the WTO’s regulation of trade in energy, as well as legal and non-legal researchers analysing energy-related issues that are indirectly related to WTO law, and generalists in the field of public international law. • Provides a historical overview of the evolution of the key principles relevant to gas transit • A comprehensive study of the major WTO provisions concerning gas transit • Proposes concrete solutions to the problem of ineffective gas transit, explaining how the WTO could play a more prominent role in the international regulation of gas transit

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2015: III. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes

Volume 3: Pages 1269–1722 World Trade Organization

International economic and trade law, WTO law | Cambridge International Trade and Economic Law, 35

International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 365pp 5 b/w illus.  2 maps  2 tables   978-1-107-16364-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 C

October 2016 240 x 160 mm 456pp 978-1-107-18835-8 Hardback £160.00 / US$255.00

R

Key Reference

Key Reference

Dispute Settlement Reports 2015

Dispute Settlement Reports 2015

Volume 4: Pages 1723–2456 World Trade Organization

Volume 1: Pages 1–576 World Trade Organization

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2015: I. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2015: IV. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes

International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

October 2016 240 x 160 mm 576pp 978-1-107-18824-2 Hardback £160.00 / US$255.00

October 2016 240 x 160 mm 736pp 978-1-107-18838-9 Hardback £160.00 / US$255.00

R

R

Key Reference

Key Reference

Dispute Settlement Reports 2015

Dispute Settlement Reports 2015

Volume 5: Pages 2457–3114 World Trade Organization

Volume 2: Pages 577–1268 World Trade Organization

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2015: II. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes

34382.indd 46

Key Reference

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2015: V. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes

International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

October 2016 240 x 160 mm 694pp 978-1-107-18832-7 Hardback £160.00 / US$255.00

December 2016 240 x 160 mm 658pp 978-1-107-19181-5 Hardback £160.00 / US$225.00

R

R

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

key refereNce

Clean Power Politics

Dispute Settlement Reports 2015

The Democratization of Energy Joseph P. Tomain | University of Cincinnati College of Law

Volume 6: Pages 3115–3564 World Trade Organization

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2015: VI. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

December 2016 240 x 160 mm 451pp 978-1-107-19179-2 Hardback £160.00 / US$225.00

Clean Power Politics describes a clean energy future and what is necessary to achieve it, including technological innovation, new business models, and regulatory reforms. The book will appeal to general readers and undergraduate and graduate students studying law, political science, and other energy and environmental policy disciplines. • Defines the term ‘clean power’ amidst conflicting legislation and regulations • Focuses on innovation in three forms: an embrace of technological innovation, new business models for utilities, and regulatory reforms • Describes the resources that are used for clean power transition and critiques other resources like clean coal, nuclear power, and shale gas February 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-03917-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$115.00 978-1-316-64213-9 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

R

47

Environmental law

P P

key refereNce

The Cambridge Handbook of Antitrust, Intellectual Property, and High Tech

Dispute Settlement Reports 2015 Volume 7: Pages 3565–4082 World Trade Organization

Edited by D. Daniel Sokol | University of Florida

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2015: VII. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

December 2016 240 x 160 mm 521pp 978-1-107-19169-3 Hardback £160.00 / US$225.00

This Handbook brings together law and economics professors to assess the state of theory and practice, and to expose fault lines in the economics and legal doctrines surrounding the interface of antitrust, intellectual property, and high tech in an increasingly globalized world. • Analyses the existing academic literature and antitrust case law in antitrust, intellectual property and high tech, allowing readers to dive into the material without having to synthesize the literature themselves • Includes economic analysis of antitrust law and policy, helping readers appreciate the non-technical discussion of economics • Provides readers in law and economics with a one-stop reference for the most important antitrust questions in a fast-moving field Competition law, anti-trust law

R

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 506pp 4 b/w illus.  1 colour illus.  3 tables   978-1-107-15913-6 Hardback £160.00 / US$200.00 R

key refereNce

Understanding the Company

Dispute Settlement Reports 2015

Corporate Governance and Theory Edited by Barnali Choudhury | University College London

Volume 8: Pages 4083–4570 World Trade Organization

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2015: VIII. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes International economic and trade law, WTO law | World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

December 2016 240 x 160 mm 490pp 978-1-107-19162-4 Hardback £160.00 / US$225.00

Using comparative perspectives, this book explores how companies should be conceptualized and regulated in the future. It will appeal to academics working in the area of corporate law, corporate governance and business and management, as well as corporate law foundations. • Explores key corporate governance issues within different jurisdictions, enabling readers to access a wider variety of perspectives • Situates companies in the context of society, exploring both their rights and obligations • Provides insights and suggestions for regulation, using a normative approach to explore the conceptualization of the company Corporate law, commercial law, company law

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 350pp 8 b/w illus.  1 table   978-1-107-14607-5 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

C

R

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 34382.indd 47

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

textbook

textbook

European Company Law Text, Cases and Materials Nicola de Luca | Libera Università Internazionale degli Studi Sociali Guido Carli, Roma

Taking a text, cases and materials approach, this is the first and only student textbook on European company law, providing an insight into the subject and shedding light on its future development. An essential resource for the growing number of graduate courses on European company law, European business law, and comparative corporate law. • Provides the first and only student textbook covering the subject of European company law • Approaches the subject from a text, cases and materials perspective • Includes all European company law sources, highlighting relevant excerpts

48

Contents: Part I.. The Origins and Future of ECL: 1. TFEU provisions on company law; 2. The company law directives; 3. Uniform company law; 4. Simplifying and modernising ECL; Part II. The Right of Establishment: 5. Primary establishment in ECJ case law; 6. Secondary establishment in ECJ case law; 7. New legislative trends; Part III. Formation: 8. The setting-up of a NewCo; 9. The formation of an SE; Part IV. Finance and Accounts: 10. Legal capital and capital formation; 11. Capital maintenance; 12. Annual and consolidated accounts; Part V. Corporate Governance: 13. Corporate governance; 14. Management and control; 15. General meeting; 16. Protection of minorities and equal treatment of shareholders; Part VI. Capital Markets and Takeover Regulation: 17. Capital markets; 18. Takeover regulation; Part VII. Merger, Division, Dissolution and Insolvency: 19. Merger and division; 20. Dissolution and insolvency. European law

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 462pp 978-1-107-18418-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$130.00 978-1-316-63537-7 Paperback £37.99 / US$64.99

X X

Jan Oster | Universiteit Leiden

This textbook is the first to offer a comprehensive overview of European, transnational, and international media law. With engaging case examples, it discusses how a variety of topics – such as communication via mass media, social norms, media economics, media technology, and globalisation’s effects on domestic law – relate to media law. • Provides a concise, comprehensive overview of European and international media law in a single text • Introduces the legal framework for globalised communication via mass media, and considers the transformative effect globalisation has had on domestic media law • An instructional textbook with engaging case examples to inspire students’ critical thinking Contents: Preface; 1. Introduction; 2. Fundamental rights and principles; 3. Restrictions on freedom of expression and media freedom; 4. The jurisdictional question; 5. Broadcasting and other audiovisual media services; 6. Internet governance and regulation; 7. Telecommunications; 8. Data protection; 9. Copyright; 10. Media competition law; 11. Media law and state aid. European law

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 654pp 978-1-107-02658-2 Hardback £105.00 / US$145.00 978-1-107-62076-6 Paperback £44.99 / US$74.99

X X

The Governance of EU Fundamental Rights Mark Dawson | Hertie School of Governance, Berlin

Previously aNNouNced

EU Citizenship and Federalism The Role of Rights Edited by Dimitry Kochenov | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

This definitive collection examines the foundational importance of citizenship rights in delimiting the scope of EU legislation. Leading experts in EU constitutional law establish an innovative framework that locates these rights beyond the context of the internal market and free movement, outlining key options for a Europe of the future. • Firmly rooted in the case law of the European Court of Justice as well as legal-theoretical approaches to the issues discussed, and boasts both theoretical and practical significance, thus appealing to the theorists of integration as well as practising lawyers and students • Provides a pioneering presentation of EU citizenship as the key building block of EU constitutionalism, adding to the understanding of the EU’s constitutional structure by providing an innovative forwardlooking assessment and building on important interconnections • The diverse mix of authors, including researchers, professors, practitioners from EU institutions and Judges and Advocates General of the Court of Justice of the EU, ensures a balanced and clear presentation of the material European law

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 852pp 978-1-107-07270-1 Hardback £110.00 / US$175.00

European and International Media Law

C

This book provides a comprehensive overview of how human rights are protected in the EU. As well as tracking the performance of different EU institutions in relation to rights, it examines two important policy fields in greater depth: social rights and rule of law protection. • Takes a holistic view of EU fundamental rights, exploring their development across political and legal institutions • Examines new challenges in the fundamental rights field, such as the impact of the EU Charter, and the development of new mechanisms for human rights protection in specific fields, such as data and rule of law protection • Develops a governance approach to fundamental rights and considers how the study of human rights can benefit from insights developed in EU governance research, combining empirical and doctrinal approaches European law | Cambridge Studies in European Law and Policy

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 2 tables   978-1-107-07049-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

New Labour Laws in Old Member States Trade Union Responses to European Enlargement Rebecca Zahn | University of Strathclyde

The EU’s Eastern enlargements have had a profound impact on the regulation of labour law in Europe. This book explores how trade unions in five Member States have responded, and could respond, to the effects of the enlargements, and in particular to the increased migration of workers across borders. • Uses an innovative comparative method to elaborate ways in which trade unions could better respond to increased migration • Gives the reader a broad overview of trade union responses in different countries • Provides the reader with a number of suggestions as to what trade unions could learn from each other European law | Cambridge Studies in European Law and Policy

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 374pp 978-1-107-03733-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

34382.indd 48

C

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

The Logic of Securities Law

International Criminal Tribunals

Nicholas Georgakopoulos | Indiana University

A Normative Defense Larry May | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

Finance is alien to our daily experience and its regulation is incomprehensible. This book reveals the world of finance and shows the engine of its regulation with simplicity, examining securities law in great detail. • Reveals the central theme of securities law, allowing students, lawyers and judges to understand how to interpret securities law • Explains the virtuous cycle from accurate securities prices to more trading, and to greater market liquidity, which explains the virtuous cycle to non-specialists • Shows how the rules of securities law are synergistic with the virtuous cycle, allowing readers to understand the central single theme of securities law

Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

Financial law, banking law

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 225pp 14 b/w illus.   978-1-107-15850-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Bankruptcy and the U.S. Supreme Court Ronald J. Mann | Columbia Law School

In this book, Ronald J. Mann provides detailed case studies of the Supreme Court’s closely divided bankruptcy cases, based on the Justices’ private papers and a detailed examination of the sources on which the Justices rely. This book will appeal to scholars, students, and practitioners in the fields of bankruptcy and constitutional law. • The analysis of closely divided cases provides crucial new evidence on the Court’s interpretive methods • Uses new empirical methodology to illuminate evidence about where the Court looks for information in its decision-making process • Provides insights about what drives the Court to its narrow bankruptcy decisions Financial law, banking law

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 8 b/w illus.  8 tables   978-1-107-16018-7 Hardback £90.00 / US$115.00

P

Wrongful Convictions and the DNA Revolution

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 230pp 978-1-107-12820-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

49

C

HigHligHt

Tallinn Manual 2.0 on the International Law Applicable to Cyber Operations Second edition General Editor Michael N. Schmitt | United States Naval War College, Newport, Rhode Island

Prepared by an international group of experts, Tallinn Manual 2.0 provides a comprehensive treatment of public international law as it applies to cyberspace. The manual builds on the highly influential first edition by expanding its treatment to the law of peacetime cyber operations. • Revised and updated, Tallinn Manual 2.0 now covers peacetime legal regimes • ‘Black letter’ rules state the international law applicable to cyber warfare • The commentary discusses the rules and lays out their legal basis and logic Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

Twenty-Five Years of Freeing the Innocent Edited by Daniel S. Medwed | Northeastern University School of Law, Boston

For centuries, most people believed the criminal justice system worked – that only guilty defendants were convicted. DNA technology shattered that belief. DNA has now freed more than three hundred innocent prisoners in the United States. This book examines the lessons learned from twenty-five years of DNA exonerations and identifies lingering challenges. • Includes timely contributions from the largest collection of elite American scholars in the field, providing easy access to the best scholarship on DNA evidence in a single volume • The clear two-part structure offers guidance to scholars looking either to the past or to the future to readily identify relevant content • Contains a comprehensive examination of a distinct and pivotal era in criminal justice (the DNA revolution from 1989 to 2014) Criminal law

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 407pp 978-1-107-12996-2 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

This book considers the myriad of critics of international criminal law concerning normative concepts of legitimacy, sovereignty, responsibility, punishment, economics, politics, evidence, and fairness. This is the first book to provide a thorough defense of international criminal tribunals, especially the International Criminal Court, from critics of diverse perspectives and disciplines. • A comprehensive treatment of eight underlying normative concepts of international criminal tribunals • Considers the myriad of recent critics of international criminal tribunals • Offer a conceptual treatment of the pros and cons and provides a detailed overview and discussion in each chapter

C

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-107-17722-2 Hardback £100.00 / US$125.00 978-1-316-63037-2 Paperback £44.99 / US$59.99

P P

Intellectual Property Rights and Climate Change Interpreting the TRIPS Agreement for Environmentally Sound Technologies Wei Zhuang | University of Geneva

This book aims to make the international regime of intellectual property rights more climate-friendly, enabling better access to and increased use of low carbon technologies. In the context of the recently signed Paris Agreement, this multidisciplinary and thorough study offers innovative ideas and practical guidance for academics as well as policymakers. • Provides a comprehensive analysis of innovation and transfer of environmentally sustainable technologies • An interdisciplinary work, covering economics and various areas of law including intellectual property law, competition law, environmental law, the law of treaties and WTO law • Has a practical relevance, especially after the adoption of the Paris Agreement Intellectual property

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 434pp 7 b/w illus.   978-1-107-15808-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 34382.indd 49

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

available oPeN access

Plants, People and Practices

Trademark and Unfair Competition Conflicts

The Nature and History of the UPOV Convention Jay Sanderson | University of the Sunshine Coast School of Law

Historical-Comparative, Doctrinal, and Economic Perspectives Tim W. Dornis | Leuphana Universität Lüneburg, Germany

50

This book will be of interest for all jurists doing research and working practically in intellectual property law and international economic law. It should be an element of the base stock for every law school library and specialized law firm. This title is available as Open Access. • The first and only comprehensive comparison of common law and civil law in the field (US and EU), and the first and only analysis of international trademark and unfair competition conflicts written in English • The product of a truly ‘hybrid’ jurist, trained in the civil-law tradition, but who has studied, done research, and practiced law in common-law jurisdictions for many years • The book is a ‘habilitation’ thesis, which is aimed at fundamental research and still provides for practically applicable results • This title is available as Open Access Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 34

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 802pp 2 b/w illus.   978-1-107-15506-0 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

C

An Engine of Free Expression in China? Ge Chen | Mercator Institute for China Studies, Germany

This book examines the topic of copyright and freedom of expression as an interdisciplinary issue. The book is not only targeted at copyright lawyers but it will also be of interest to those in the fields of human rights, global trade, economic history, political science, and modern China in general. • A topic rarely dealt with in Chinese copyright law scholarship, providing readers with an overall understanding of Chinese copyright law • The analysis of copyright and freedom of expression gives readers a new understanding of this relationship • Examining the historical development of China’s copyright law exposes readers to the external influences on Chinese and international copyright law Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 35

34382.indd 50

Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 37

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 372pp 978-1-107-12649-7 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C

Discrimination Laundering The Rise of Organizational Innocence and the Crisis of Equal Opportunity Law Tristin K. Green | University of San Francisco School of Law

Copyright and International Negotiations

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 289pp 978-1-107-16345-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

This book provides the first sustained and detailed account of the International Union for the Protection of New Varieties of Plants (UPOV) Convention and its key concepts and principles. This study highlights the importance of the Convention’s open-ended and contingent relationships with scientific, legal, technical, social and political actors. It will appeal to academics, policy makers, agricultural managers and researchers. • Provides readers with an analysis of the history and nature of the Union for the Protection of New Varieties of Plants (UPOV) Convention’s key principles – plant breeder, plant variety, plant names (denomination), characteristics, protected material, essentially derived varieties (EDV) and farm saved seed (FSS) • Will appeal to those interested in the UPOV Convention, plant variety rights, intellectual property, genetic resources and agriculture • Will be useful for scholars, policy makers, intellectual property and government workers, plant breeders, lawyers and NGOs • Avoids artificial or exaggerated controversies and criticisms over the UPOV Convention

C

This book explains how discrimination operates, shows how and why recent changes in the law are incentivizing the wrong organizational efforts, and proposes a way forward. The book will appeal to readers interested in race and gender, discrimination and inequality, civil rights, organizational responsibility, and business efforts to manage diversity. • Explains laws clearly using examples of past legal cases, remaining accessible to those not fully steeped in legal theories and doctrines • Connects specific laws to an understanding of how discrimination operates, showing readers the law in action in daily life • Uses social science to show what organizations are and should be doing to minimize discrimination, proposing a better future for workplace equality and employment discrimination law Employment law, labour law

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 212pp 978-1-107-14200-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$115.00 978-1-316-50699-8 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

P P

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

The Net and the Nation State

Mental Capacity in Relationship

Multidisciplinary Perspectives on Internet Governance Edited by Uta Kohl | Aberystwyth University

Decision-Making, Dialogue, and Autonomy Camillia Kong | University of Oxford

This book should be of interest to anyone investigating the debate on internet governance from a legal or social science perspective, including politics, media studies and human geography. The book connects ideas about internet jurisdiction with issues of censorship and freedom of expression, and free trade. • Proposes a wider legal and non-legal framework within which the internet jurisdiction debate could and should be placed, enabling readers with interests in internet governance to see the various points of contact between different debates • The focus on online content and infrastructure will be useful to readers who have an interest in the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) and other internet infrastructure issues • Social science discussions from politics, human geography and media studies are presented in an interesting and accessible style, allowing legal academics and lawyers more generally to tap into ‘parallel’ debates occurring in other disciplines

This interdisciplinary book for philosophers, legal scholars, and medico-legal practitioners offers a unique relational account of mental capacity through critical analysis of concepts such as autonomy and rationality. It explores how relationships, and specific relational, dialogical practices, can enable or disable the decision-making of individuals with impairments. • Puts forward a more nuanced and relational concept of mental capacity that is key to determining how relationships affect the decision making of individuals with impairments • Offers a more shared account of philosophical concepts which would include, rather than exclude, the experiences of individuals with impairments • Utilises an interdisciplinary approach which draws upon eclectic philosophical theories and legal analysis to provide a rich analysis of the medico-juridical concept of mental capacity

E-commerce law, internet law

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 224pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16400-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 250pp 12 b/w illus.  6 maps  1 table   978-1-107-14294-7 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 C

C

The End of Professional Dominance? Oliver Quick | University of Bristol

Law and Policy Sharona Hoffman | Case Western Reserve University School of Law, Ohio

A comprehensive resource on health information technology and its legal, ethical, and policy implications, focusing on the intersection of law and policy. Combining exhaustive research with accessible writing, it will appeal to readers with diverse levels of expertise, including academics, students, health care providers, attorneys, and policy-makers. • Offers technical insights alongside legal, ethical, and policy analysis, providing readers with a comprehensive education about EHR systems, medical big data, and their various implications • Formulates a large body of recommendations of interest to policymakers and practitioners who seek to improve health information technology’s safety, security, and efficacy, for both clinical and secondary uses • Combining exhaustive research with accessible writing makes this book an easy-to-understand resource for readers with diverse levels of expertise Medical law, health law | Cambridge Bioethics and Law, 32

P P

This illuminating study provides a detailed discussion of the role of law and regulation in patient safety and argues that medical professionalism must evolve to embrace a patientcentred perspective. It will appeal to researchers of medical law and ethics, and those working on public health and social policies. • Brings together key literatures on professions, regulation, trust, medical law and health services research, which will have a wide appeal to scholars from these disciplines, and will also introduce them to material from other disciplines which they may not be familiar with • Evaluates both formal and informal mechanisms of regulating patient safety, bringing both together in one text and benefitting the reader by providing a fuller account • Argues that patient centredness rather than professional dominance is better suited to improving patient safety, providing some history of the evolution of the modern medical profession and the need for a new vision of professionalism Medical law, health law | Cambridge Bioethics and Law, 35

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 198pp 978-0-521-19099-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00 978-0-521-19099-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C C

The Global Health Crisis Ethical Responsibilities Thana Cristina de Campos | University of Ottawa

Solidarity in Biomedicine and Beyond Barbara Prainsack | King’s College London

In times of global economic and political crises, the notion of solidarity is gaining new currency. Exemplified by three case studies from medicine and health, this book shows how solidarity can make a difference in how we frame problems in biomedicine, and help develop innovative solutions. • Proposes a new understanding of ‘solidarity as practice’ • Offers a systematic overview of the use of the term ‘solidarity’ in bioethical and related political and social theoretical scholarship • Explores how solidarity can be applied to biomedical practice using three case studies: health databases, personalised health care, and organ donation Medical law, health law | Cambridge Bioethics and Law, 33

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 256pp 1 b/w illus.  4 tables   978-1-107-07424-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Medical law, health law | Cambridge Bioethics and Law, 34

Regulating Patient Safety

Electronic Health Records and Medical Big Data

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 200pp 2 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16654-7 Hardback £59.99 / US$115.00 978-1-316-61768-7 Paperback £24.99 / US$39.99

51

Proposing a new view of global justice based on natural law, this book presents a philosophical discussion of the ethical values informing contemporary medicine and health, notably in relation to the problem of neglected diseases. • Reframes the mainstream concept of ‘global justice’ around the natural law ideas of commutative justice and common good • Proposes a new way to frame and discuss institutional reform proposals addressing the problem of neglected diseases, based on the theological/philosophical distinction between justice and benevolence • Will appeal to those who are uncomfortable with globalism/ cosmopolitanism Medical law, health law | Cambridge Bioethics and Law, 36

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 299pp 978-1-107-19035-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 34382.indd 51

05/01/2017 12:37


Law

Israel and its Palestinian Citizens

Palaces of Hope The Anthropology of Global Organizations Edited by Ronald Niezen | McGill University, Montréal

Ethnic Privileges in the Jewish State Edited by Nadim N. Rouhana | The Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy, Tufts University, Massachusetts

52

This volume, with contributions by Arab, Israeli, and American scholars, examines the status of the Palestinian citizens in Israel and their collective experience as both citizens and settler-colonial subjects. It presents new perspectives of Israeli and Palestinian society, ethnic privileging, and dynamics of social conflict. • Presents a new approach to understanding the Israeli state and the relationship of Israeli society to its Arab citizens • Provides a new understanding of the dynamics of ethnic privileging • Offers new perspectives on the conflict between Zionism and the Palestinian National Movement Socio-legal studies

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 454pp 978-1-107-04483-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-62281-4 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99

Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

P P

Federal Intervention in American Police Departments

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 338pp 978-1-107-12749-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

C

The Choice Theory of Contracts Hanoch Dagan | Tel-Aviv University

Stephen Rushin | University of Alabama

Over the last twenty years, the federal government has used a little known statute to overhaul many of the nation’s largest police departments, including those in Los Angeles, Chicago, Seattle, New Orleans, Washington, DC, and many more. This book provides the first empirical evaluation of how this reform process works. • Provides a detailed, descriptive account of how federal intervention works in American police departments • Helps readers understand how the process works and the trends in enforcement over time, and how effective this process is at bringing about sustainable police reform • Includes quotes from in-depth interviews conducted with relevant stakeholders involved in federal intervention cases • Allows readers to hear from those directly involved in the process Socio-legal studies

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-10573-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-107-51356-3 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

This volume assembles in one place the work of scholars who are making key contributions to the anthropological approach to the UN, other global organizations and international law more broadly. This emerging literature offers new perspectives on topics of timeless interest: bureaucracy, international law, advocacy, and, ultimately, justice. • Will appeal to those interested in how the UN and related agencies work in practice • Includes an introduction that offers an overview of the ethnography of organizations, so readers will be able to grasp the new approach to global organizations • Demonstrates the potential of an ethnographic approach to the anthropology of law, suggesting alternative ways to bridge the different disciplines in the study of law

P P

The Reinvention of Magna Carta 1216–1616 John Baker | University of Cambridge

Magna Carta was largely ineffective as a constitutional document for hundreds of years until it was reinvented for practical purposes by lawyers between the 1580s and 1616. This book reveals, partly from unpublished legal sources, the steps by which this occurred, and examines the causes. • Provides a new history of early modern constitutional law, concentrating on the protection of personal liberties through recourse to Magna Carta • Shows how constitutional developments occurred in practice, looking at real cases and highlighting the importance of unpublished legal texts • Includes new biographical and bibliographical material, which will be of interest to historians both of historical thought and of legal literature

The Choice Theory of Contracts is an engaging landmark in law and jurisprudence that shows, for the first time, exactly why and how freedom matters to contract. This concise, readable book gives contract scholars, teachers, and students a coherent liberal account that clarifies canonical cases and solves long-standing doctrinal puzzles. • Introduces ‘choice theory’, the first general and liberal approach to contract law, appealing to scholars, teachers, and students • Uses simple, readable text to help readers understand difficult and contested legal and philosophical terrain, and the strengths and limits of the leading private law theories • Explains contract law as a whole, helping readers to see how contracts in the commercial, family, work, and home spheres relate to and influence each other Contract law

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 188pp 2 b/w illus.   978-1-107-13598-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-316-50170-2 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Obligations Law and Language Martin Hogg | University of Edinburgh

This book examines in depth the language used by courts, legislators, and academic commentators when describing the nature of obligations law. A comparison is undertaken, analysing the law of England, Scotland, the United States, Canada, and Australia, providing an in-depth analysis of each jurisdiction. • Examines the meaning of the fundamental language used to describe legal obligations, appealing to those interested in the way the law uses words to give shape and definition to obligations law • Explores the language of obligations from both a theoretical and practical perspective and is comprehensive in the source material it examines: statutes, case law and academic commentary • A comparison of legal systems in different countries will be of use to readers all over the world Contract law

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 370pp 978-1-107-08795-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$115.00

C

Legal history | Cambridge Studies in English Legal History

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-18705-4 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

34382.indd 52

C

05/01/2017 12:37


Education / British history

Education

10. Material Britain; Part III. The Great Divorce: 11. Redefining Britain, 1217–1337; 12. Scotland, 1306–1514; 13. Dynastic struggles, 1337–1485; Conclusion; Chronology of rulers; Index.

The Cambridge Handbook of Service Learning and Community Engagement

History of Britain – 1066 – 1450 | Cambridge History of Britain, 2

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 400pp 19 colour illus.  6 maps   978-0-521-19071-8 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$99.00 978-0-521-14967-9 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$36.99

Edited by Corey Dolgon | Stonehill College, Massachusetts

This book is for administrators, staff, faculty, and students who are interested in service learning, community engagement, and ways in which engaged teaching and scholarship can effect social change. Community organizations and non-profits will also benefit from thinking about ways they can partner with educational institutions to create local change. • Offers a broad and critical historical context for service learning and community engagement • Focuses on policies and professional support that document and evaluate institutional change, and the potential for future changes within higher education and engagement • Readers will be able to consider some of the most sophisticated and fundamental criticisms of service learning and community engagement while considering how such challenges might improve or re-shape their practices Education, history, theory | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

January 2017 253 x 177 mm 552pp 7 b/w illus.  6 tables   978-1-107-15378-3 Hardback £110.00 / US$175.00

R

British history Anglo-Saxon England Volume 44 Edited by Rosalind Love | University of Cambridge

The forty-fourth volume of Anglo-Saxon England contains three contributions on eighth century religious culture in Northumbria, two discussions of Old English prose, and two of Old English poetry. This volume also addresses penance in the eleventh century, Edward the Confessor, and military organization throughout the period. • A collection of original research embracing all aspects of study regarding Anglo-Saxon England • Includes a comprehensive bibliography of publications on Anglo-Saxon England during 2014 • Contributions are provided by notable scholars History of Britain before 1066 | Anglo-Saxon England, 44

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-14717-1 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

Textbook

Medieval Britain, c.1000–1500

X X

Textbook

The Cambridge Social History of Modern Ireland Edited by Eugenio F. Biagini | University of Cambridge

This is the first textbook on the history of modern Ireland to adopt a social history perspective. Written by an international team of leading scholars, it draws on a wide range of disciplinary approaches and consistently sets Irish developments in a wider European and global context. • The first major work on the history of modern Ireland to move away from the traditional domination of political narratives and adopt a social history perspective • Incorporates up-to-date research on topics such as population, the economy, occupations, property ownership, class and migration • Examines the interaction of the individual and the state in the areas of welfare, education, crime and policing

53

Contents: Editors’ introduction; Part I. Geography, Occupations and Social Classes: 1. Irish demography since 1740; 2. Occupation, poverty and social class in pre-famine Ireland 1740–1850; 3. Famine and famine relief 1740–2000; 4. Languages and identities; 5. Catholic Ireland 1740–2016; 6. Protestant Ireland 1740–2016; 7. Town and city; 8. The farmers since 1850; 9. The Irish working class and the role of the state, 1850–2016; 10. The Big House; 11. Elite formation, the professions, industry and the middle-class; Part II. People, Culture and Communities: 12. Consumption, living standards and the state; 13. Housing in Ireland 1740–2016; 14. Feast, famine and food poverty: food in Ireland, 1740 to the present; 15. Literacy and education; 16. Health and welfare; 17. Old age, death and mourning; 18. Celebrations and the rituals of life; 19. Women and gender roles; 20. Childhood; 21. Family, sex and the law; 22. Crime and policing; 23. Sport, associational culture and national awareness in Ireland; Part III. Emigration, Immigration and the Wider Irish World: 24. Irish emigration in a comparative perspective; 25. The diaspora in comparative and inter-generational perspective; 26. Minorities; 27. Political violence and the diasporas since 1740; 28. The Irish in Australia and New Zealand; 29. Mobility, money and nostalgia: the Irish in America; 30. The Irish in Britain; 31. Missionary empires and the worlds they made; 32. Cultural transmission, the Irish associational culture and the ‘marching’ tradition; 33. Immigration, emigration and the cultural impact of the ‘new’ Irish since 1991; Epilogue: remembering and forgetting in Irish history. History of Britain after 1450

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 490pp 978-1-107-09558-8 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$105.00 978-1-107-47940-1 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$34.99

X X

David Crouch | University of Hull

This introductory textbook offers a fully integrated perspective of medieval Britain, from 1000 to 1500. Written in an engaging and accessible style and organised thematically, the book emphasises elements of medieval life over political narrative. It will be an essential resource for undergraduate students taking courses on medieval Britain. • A truly integrated narrative of medieval Britain • Organised thematically, emphasising elements of medieval life over political narrative • Offers an up-to-date presentation and summary of medieval historiography Contents: List of figures; List of maps; Preface; Introduction; Part I. The Empire of Britain: 1. A century of conquest: 1000–1100; 2. Francophone Britain: 1100–1217; Part II. Living in Medieval Britain: 3. Peoples and languages; 4. Monarchy; 5. The State; 6. Establishing the Church; 7. The wealth of Britain; 8. The organisation of society; 9. Life experience;

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 34382.indd 53

05/01/2017 12:37


British history

textbook

Early Modern Britain, 1450–1750 John Miller | Queen Mary University of London

54

This introductory textbook is a wide-ranging, accessible survey of the political, social, cultural and economic history of early modern Britain. The only textbook at this level to cover Britain and Ireland in depth over three centuries, it is an essential resource for undergraduate courses on the history of early modern Britain. • A wide-ranging survey of the political, social, cultural and economic history of early modern Britain, covering Britain and Ireland in depth over three centuries • Features source textboxes, illustrations, highlighted key terms, timelines and student questioning, enabling students to gain an in-depth understanding of a long period • Provides annotated further reading suggestions, including key websites and links, to guide students through further research • Provides a glossary of key terms enabling students to grasp unfamiliar terms Contents: List of figures; List of maps; List of tables; Preface; Prologue: Kent, 1450; 1. Kings, lords and peoples; 2. The lives of the people; 3. Monarchies and their problems, 1450–1536; 4. Henry VIII’s Reformation; 5. The growth of Protestantism to 1625; 6. State and society, 1536–1625 1. England and Wales; 7. State and society, 1536–1625 2. Scotland and Ireland; 8. The coming of war in three kingdoms, 1625–42; 9. British wars, English conquests, 1642–60; 10. Empire; 11. Prosperity and poverty, 1660–1750; 12. Money and power: the growth of the British State, 1640–1750; 13. Crown and Parliament, 1660–1750 1. England; 14. Crown and Parliament, 1660–1750 2. Scotland and Ireland; 15. The fragmentation of Protestantism, 1640–1750; 16. Popular politics, 1640–1750; Conclusion; Glossary; Index. History of Britain after 1450 | Cambridge History of Britain, 3

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 500pp 43 b/w illus.  6 maps  2 tables   978-1-107-01511-1 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 X 978-1-107-65013-8 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$36.99 X

democracy; 11. Social democracy and the Cold War; 12. The ends of social democracy; Part V. 1976-: A New Liberalism?: 13. The neoliberal revolution and the making of homo economicus. History of Britain after 1450 | Cambridge History of Britain, 4

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 450pp 84 b/w illus.  14 maps   978-1-107-03133-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-68600-7 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99

X X

textbook

A Social History of England, 1500–1750 Edited by Keith Wrightson | Yale University, Connecticut

The first overview of early modern English social history since the 1980s, with thematic chapters by leading scholars arranged to provide a comprehensive overview of social and cultural change in a period vital to the development of English social identities. Essential reading for students, teachers and general readers. • The first overview of early modern English social history in more than three decades • Brings together all the leading experts in the field, providing an up-todate critical synthesis of existing literature • An accessible and authoritative starting point for students, teachers and general readers Contents: Introduction: framing early modern England; Part I. Discovering the English: 1. Crafting the nation; 2. Surveying the people; 3. Little commonwealths I: the household and family relationships; 4. Little commonwealths II: communities; Part II. Currents of Change: 5. Reformations; 6. Words, words, words: education, literacy and print; 7. Land and people; 8. Urbanization; 9. The people and the law; 10. Authority and protest; 11. Consumption and material culture; Part III. Social Identities: 12. ‘Gentlemen’: re-making the English ruling class; 13. The ‘middling sort’: an emergent cultural identity; 14. The ‘meaner sort’: labouring people and the poor; 15. Gender, the body and sexuality; 16. The English and ‘others’ in England and beyond; Coda: history, time and social memory. History of Britain after 1450 | A Social History of England

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 380pp 978-1-107-04179-0 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99 978-1-107-61459-8 Paperback £21.99 / US$32.99

X X

textbook

Modern Britain, 1750 to the Present James Vernon | University of California, Berkeley

A wide-ranging introduction to the history of modern Britain, from 1750 to the present day. James Vernon examines the rise, fall and revival of liberalism, with economic and imperial history at the centre. An essential resource for introductory courses on the history of modern Britain. • Features maps, figures, source textboxes, guides to further reading, key terms and a glossary, to support student understanding of significant people and places • Offers a distinctive argument about the growth of liberalism over this period • Each chapter is structured around explaining a process of change, with economic and imperial history at the centre of the debates • Supplementary online resources include additional primary sources, chapter abstracts, discussion questions and additional further reading suggestions, including useful links

Civil Liberties and Human Rights in Twentieth-Century Britain Chris Moores | University of Birmingham

A history of civil liberties activism in twentieth-century Britain, focusing primarily on the National Council for Civil Liberties (NCCL). This study traces the NCCL’s development over the past eighty years. It accounts for the emergence of human rights in political discourse and offers insights into Britain’s changing political culture. • Presents a new history of civil liberties activism in the United Kingdom • Offers a longitudinal analysis of the National Council for Civil Liberties • Places the emergence of human rights on a global scale within a British context 20C history of Britain

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 350pp 2 b/w illus.  2 tables   978-1-107-08861-0 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

C

Contents: Part I. 1750–1819: The Ends of the Ancien Regime: 1. The imperial state; 2. An enlightened civil society and its others; 3. An imperial economy and the population question; Part II. 1819–85: Becoming Liberal and Global: 4. Reform and revolutions in government; 5. An empire of free trade?; 6. Practicing democracy; Part III. 1885–1931: The Crises of Liberalism: 7. The British imperium; 8. The social problem; 9. The rise of the mass; Part IV. 1931–76: Society Triumphant: 10. Late imperialism and social

34382.indd 54

05/01/2017 12:37


American history

American history

HigHligHt

The Afterlife of John Fitzgerald Kennedy

Lincoln and the Democrats

A Biography Michael J. Hogan | University of Illinois, Springfield

The Politics of Opposition in the Civil War Mark E. Neely, Jr | Pennsylvania State University

This book supplies crucial political history of the Northern war effort. It will be widely adopted in courses on American history and may also attract attention from the general audience interested in the Civil War. There is high interest on the heels of the sesquicentennial of the War. • Revives political history as centered on candidates, elections, and voting, rather than soft categories such as ‘power relationships’ and ‘political culture’ • Realizes that in the Civil War era constitutional history was a branch of political history • Assesses the usefulness of ‘white supremacy’ as an historical explanation for complex events Early republic and antebellum history | Cambridge Essential Histories

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 248pp 978-1-107-03626-0 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$75.00 978-1-107-63763-4 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$24.99

P P

55

20C American history

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 31 b/w illus.   978-1-107-18699-6 Hardback £23.99 / US$29.99

Owning Ideas The Intellectual Origins of American Intellectual Property, 1790–1909 Oren Bracha | University of Texas, Austin

Owning Ideas explores the history of the emergence of intellectual property in the United States during the nineteenth century, examining the fields of both patent and copyright. It will appeal to readers interested in the concept of ideas as private property, and how it holds a dominant position in modern economic and cultural life. • Fills a gap in the literature by investigating the ideas of American patent and copyright in their formative period in history • The examination of both patent and copyright ideas allows for a comparative dimension to the discussion, exploring elements of divergence and convergence between these two major fields • Functions as a legal-intellectual history which is sensitive to social context Early republic and antebellum history | Cambridge Historical Studies in American Law and Society

December 2016 234 x 156 mm 331pp 978-0-521-87766-4 Hardback £34.99 / US$49.99

Written in easily accessible prose, this book captures how we have come to remember one of the most popular presidents in modern American history. It is directed toward a general audience of educated readers, and toward graduate and undergraduate students in disciplines ranging from history and sociology to political science and cultural studies. • Uses conceptual frameworks drawn from recent work in history, literary studies, and the social sciences to help readers see the Kennedy legend in a new and interesting light • Draws heavily on theoretical works in cultural studies and the social sciences, offering new insights while remaining easily accessible to general readers • Focuses primarily on the afterlife of Kennedy in American memory rather than his life, proposing a new and original path through the vast literature on John Fitzgerald Kennedy

G

Progressive Challenges to the American Constitution A New Republic Edited by Bradley C. S. Watson | St Vincent’s College, Pennsylvania

Details the origins and implications of American progressivism, the movement that has thoroughly rejected the Founders’ Constitution of limited government. The arguments of the book are vital for understanding central problems of American politics in the 21st century - including the reasons behind the incredible expansion of government powers. • A major contribution to the scholarly literature on progressivism, and will have an enduring impact on the conversation about America’s constitutional origins and direction • Extraordinarily integrated and cohesive, so it can be read as a unified book rather than a collection of essays • Designed to be a ‘go-to’ volume of the leading scholars in the field, that incorporates a vast range of discussions on the topic 20C American history

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 312pp 978-1-107-09437-6 Hardback c. £34.99 / c. US$49.99

C

Thomas Jefferson, Legal History, and the Art of Recollection

C

World War I and the American Constitution William G. Ross | Samford University, Alabama

Matthew Crow | Hobart and William Smith Colleges, New York

Thomas Jefferson, Legal History, and the Art of Recollection offers an original account of the legal and political thought of Thomas Jefferson and the reception of narratives of empire and constitutional transformation during the era of the American Revolution. This book uniquely places Jefferson’s own attention to history in conversation with modern thought. • Sheds new light on Jefferson’s thinking through original archival research and situates Jefferson’s intellectual practice in a variety of contexts such as legal history and colonialism • Focuses on a single figure while showing the historical and theoretical relationships between legal, political, and historical thought in the early modern Atlantic world and the founding of the United States • Expands our understanding of the history and politics of historical thought by putting Jefferson’s use of history in dialogue with the present

World War I and the American Constitution analyzes how the First World War transformed American constitutional law. Ross examines the social, political, economic and legal forces that generated rapid change in traditional understandings of constitutional relationships, and how war laid the foundations for the modern administrative state. • Analyzes both the economic and non-economic aspects of federal and state regulation during the First World War • Draws on extensive research and a range of original primary source materials • Provides a fresh perspective on the development of the American Constitution 20C American history | Cambridge Studies on the American Constitution

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 404pp 978-1-107-09464-2 Hardback £44.99 / US$59.99

C

Early republic and antebellum history | Cambridge Historical Studies in American Law and Society

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 297pp 978-1-107-16193-1 Hardback £34.99 / US$49.99

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 34382.indd 55

05/01/2017 12:37


American history / European history

Reviewing the South The Literary Marketplace and the Southern Renaissance, 1920–1941 Sarah Gardner | Mercer University, Georgia

A new take on the origins of the Southern literary renaissance, Reviewing the South shows how book reviewing played a vital role in shaping an image of the South in the American national consciousness during the interwar years. • Highlights the role of the critic in shaping public discourse, demonstrating how the process of reviewing worked • Examines the internal records of publishing firms, weeklies, and newspapers, as well as correspondence among authors, critics, editors, and readers • Links both the southern and Harlem renaissances through the literary marketplace 20C American history | Cambridge Studies on the American South

56

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 348pp 978-1-107-14794-2 Hardback c. £34.99 / c. US$49.99

C

Judicial Review and American Conservatism Christianity, Public Education, and the Federal Courts in the Reagan Era Robert Daniel Rubin

An Argument for Child-Centered Slavery Studies Edited by Anna Mae Duane | University of Connecticut

Experts agree that children constitute a large proportion of enslaved populations, both before and after legal emancipation. This anthology foregrounds children on the long continuum of slavery’s history to ask how and why the enslavement of children has been central to slavery’s continuation on a global level, even after legal emancipation. • Offers an innovative perspective both to historians working in the history of slaveries and to theorists and activists concerned with modern slavery • Brings together conversations about pre- and post-emancipation slavery, allowing readers to trace continuities and differences between legal and illegal enslavement • Creates several points of connection across historical and disciplinary boundaries, aiming to engage scholars from different disciplines and historical periods African American history | Slaveries since Emancipation

Focusing on a conflict in Alabama during the 1980s, Robert Daniel Rubin considers how conservative evangelicals forged a political identity. To protect Christianity’s role in public education, they both resisted and solicited the federal courts. This book will be of interest to historians, political scientists, and constitutional lawyers. • Examines the role of constitutional politics in recent US history to give a greater understanding of how different groups responded to the ‘rights revolution’ of the 1960s • Examines the hostility toward federal judges in the recent American Right to give insight into a neglected aspect of recent political history • Makes copious use of interviews to show that real individuals, and not just ideas, drove the events in the story American history after 1945 | Cambridge Historical Studies in American Law and Society

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 360pp 978-1-107-06055-5 Hardback £44.99 / US$59.99

Child Slavery before and after Emancipation

C

The Age of Charisma Leaders, Followers, and Emotions in American Society, 1870–1940 Jeremy C. Young | Dixie State University, Utah

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 5 b/w illus.  1 table   978-1-107-12756-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-56670-5 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

European history Byzantine Legal Culture and the Roman Legal Tradition, 867–1056 Zachary Chitwood | Johannes Gutenberg Universität Mainz, Germany

This social history of Byzantine law offers an introduction to one of the world’s richest yet hitherto understudied legal traditions. The first study of its kind, it explores and reinterprets the seminal legal-historical events of the Byzantine Empire under the Macedonian dynasty. • Presents an accessible social history of Byzantine law • Avoids the specialist digressions of Byzantine legal historians • Uses sources from a wide variety of genres, not just normative legal texts European history – 450 – 1000

The Age of Charisma examines a uniquely emotional type of social movement based on personal magnetism which dominated American society from the Gilded Age to the eve of World War II. This book is unique in its ability to address political, social, cultural, and intellectual history under the single banner of charisma. • Identifies an emotional speaking style that dominated turn-of-thecentury public discourse and explores how that style resonated with their audiences • Emphasizes how emotional experience shapes large-scale historical trends, focusing on the link between individual agency and broad historical change • Challenges common assumptions about participation, recognizing the importance of sub-verbal cues and emotional affinities in shaping societies

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 248pp 978-1-107-18256-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

American history – 1861 – 1900

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 337pp 15 b/w illus.   978-1-107-11462-3 Hardback £34.99 / US$49.99

34382.indd 56

C

05/01/2017 12:37


European history

The Architecture of the Christian Holy Land Reception from Late Antiquity through the Renaissance Kathryn Blair Moore | Texas State University, San Marcos

In this book, Moore traces and re-interprets the significance of the architecture of the Christian Holy Land within changing religious and political contexts, from the First Crusade and the emergence of the Franciscan Custody of the Holy Land to the anti-Islamic crusade movements of the Renaissance, as well as the Reformation. • Proposes a new geographical scope for the origins and development of European architectural history, a new conceptualization of symbolism in Christian architecture, and a new theory of the relationship between books and buildings in the context of pilgrimage to the Christian Holy Land • Situates the creation and reception of European architecture in the context of antagonism between Christianity and Islam • Explores the mediated nature of architectural experience in the context of pilgrimage European history – 450 – 1000

March 2017 279 x 216 mm 437pp 223 b/w illus.  22 colour illus.   978-1-107-13908-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

Thomas Kuehn | Clemson University, South Carolina

This book explores the varied relationships within Italian families, specifically including paternal power, gender stereotypes, marriage, and inheritances, through the fourteenth to the seventeenth centuries. It shows the importance of law to families during this time, and reveals how pliable law was in regards to gender. • The comprehensive legal sense of family and household shows readers the complexity of marriage, marital property, and in heritance arrangements of this time • Offers a broad scope of the role of families and gender in Italy as a whole, allowing for a degree of comparison across times and places • The lucid language and the absence of legal jargon makes writing appealing for readers of all backgrounds European history after 1450

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 375pp 978-1-107-00877-9 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$85.00 978-1-107-40132-7 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$32.99

57 P P

Raphael and the Redefinition of Art in Renaissance Italy

Key Reference Previously Announced

Robert Williams | University of California, Santa Barbara

Medieval European Coinage Volume 12: Northern Italy William R. Day, Jr | University of Cambridge

This is the first comprehensive survey of the coinage of north Italy, c.950–1500. The volume reveals for the first time the wider trends that shaped the coinages of the region, incorporating a fully illustrated catalogue of the Fitzwilliam Museum’s unrivalled collection of north Italian coins and numerous detailed appendices. • The first comprehensive survey of the medieval coinages of north Italy • Makes previously inaccessible specialist work available to an international audience • The illustrated catalogue enables easy comparison and familiarisation, including coins from the world-famous Grierson collection European history – 1000 – 1450 | Medieval European Coinage, 12

This book advances a set of hypotheses about the aims and aspirations of Italian Renaissance art in general and the nature of art-historical inquiry. It draws upon the history of literature, philosophy, and religion, economic history along with detailed and illuminating accounts of Raphael’s major works. • Provides a new account of Raphael’s artistic achievements, highlighting his importance and showing how he transformed ideas of what art is • Reassesses the essential motives at work in the development of Italian Renaissance art and its relation to artistic modernism • Makes use of a richly interdisciplinary approach while maintaining its focus on the development of a specifically art-historical understanding European history after 1450

April 2017 279 x 216 mm 350pp 23 b/w illus.  88 colour illus.   978-1-107-13150-7 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$115.00 C Previously Announced

November 2016 246 x 189 mm 1163pp 152 b/w illus.  6 maps  61 tables   978-0-521-26021-3 Hardback £175.00 / US$265.00 R

The Jewish Ghetto and the Visual Imagination of Early Modern Venice Dana E. Katz | Reed College, Oregon

Informed by contemporary and current theories of space and histories of the senses, this book explores the urban form of the Jewish ghetto in Venice from the sixteenth to the eighteenth century. It will be essential reading for academic scholars, and graduate and undergraduate students in the arts, humanities, and social sciences. • Presents a new approach to the urban spaces of Venice by exploring the influence of the Jewish ghetto • Situates the study of ghetto architecture in the context of the senses, particularly seeing (and touching) • Offers a study of Venetian architecture that goes beyond the sumptuousness of Renaissance palaces European history after 1450

March 2017 253 x 177 mm 300pp 40 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16514-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Family and Gender in Renaissance Italy, 1300–1600

C

Naples Edited by Marcia B. Hall | Temple University, Philadelphia

This book examines works of visual art and architecture produced in the city of Naples between 1300 and 1600. The six overview chapters focus on urban design, ecclesiastical architecture, painting, tomb sculpture, and aristocratic palaces, prefaced by a substantial account of the city’s turbulent social and political past. • Following a substantial overview of the history of Naples, the book approaches its subject through a series of chronologically ordered chapters on particular art forms • The patronage of art is not explained in a separate discussion but is treated throughout each chapter • The introductory historical overview chapter is one of the most substantial accounts of Renaissance Naples available in English, and it is a trusty companion for the student or scholar who is new to the subject European history after 1450 | Artistic Centers of the Italian Renaissance

January 2017 279 x 216 mm 400pp 202 b/w illus.  36 colour illus.   978-0-521-78000-1 Hardback £110.00 / US$180.00 R

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 34382.indd 57

05/01/2017 12:37


European history / History – other areas

Previously Announced

Key Reference

Theresienstadt 1941–1945

The Cambridge Intellectual History of Byzantium

The Face of a Coerced Community H. G. Adler Translated by Belinda Cooper | World Policy Institute, New York

Edited by Anthony Kaldellis | Ohio State University

The first comprehensive survey of Byzantine intellectual endeavors, exploring areas from religion and rhetoric to politics and medicine. Essential for scholars of ancient and medieval intellectual history, Islamic and Renaissance thought, and the history of philosophy, as well as for students of Byzantium. • The only history of Byzantine intellectual life within its historical context • Features explorations of major topics in the history of thought alongside new and understudied areas of interest • An important and authoritative volume for scholars of Byzantium and of all branches of intellectual history

First published in 1955, with a revised edition appearing five years later, H. G. Adler’s Theresienstadt, 1941–1945 is a foundational work in the field of Holocaust studies. It is the single most detailed account of any concentration camp and is now available in English for the first time. • A foundational work in Holocaust literature • Has not appeared in the English language until now • Hundreds of pages long; goes into exhaustive detail 20C European history

58

March 2017 253 x 177 mm 886pp 1 map   978-0-521-88146-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$125.00

European history (general)

C

Jews and Leftist Politics

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 800pp 978-1-107-04181-3 Hardback c. £120.00 / c. US$195.00

Judaism, Israel, Antisemitism, and Gender Edited by Jack Jacobs | The Graduate Center, City University of New York

History – other areas

This volume, which will be of interest to both academics and general readers, considers such matters as the political implications of Judaism, the histories of Jews on the Left, anti-Zionism and antisemitism, the relationships between Jews and Communist parties, and the importance of gendered perspectives. • Offers new perspectives on Jews and the Left, making a major contribution to debates on significant topics • Sheds light on controversial issues of wide interest including the relationships of anti-Zionism to antisemitism and of Jews to Communist parties • Chapters from world-renowned scholars provide readers with a wideranging perspective on Jews and the Left

Tamta’s World

20C European history

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 382pp 978-1-107-04786-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

C

Living with the Enemy

The Life and Encounters of a Medieval Noblewoman from the Middle East to Mongolia Antony Eastmond | Courtauld Institute of Art, London

The compelling story of a thirteenth-century Christian noblewoman ransomed to the family of Saladin, made a ruler by the Mongols, and with extraordinary connections across continents and cultures from the Mediterranean to Mongolia. This book will be important for students and scholars of Byzantine, Crusader and Islamic history, art and architecture. • The first general account of the medieval world to the north of the Crusader states in which Christians and Muslims lived and fought each other • Highlights the networks between cultures and religions, and demonstrates the high degree of mobility of people – including women – in this period • Concentrates on finding a voice for the women who are excluded from most histories, by exploring the monuments they commissioned to give themselves a public face History (general) before 1500

German Occupation, Collaboration and Justice in the Western Pyrenees, 1940–1948 Sandra Ott | University of Nevada, Reno

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 400pp 158 b/w illus.  6 maps   978-1-107-16756-8 Hardback c. £35.00 / c. US$55.00

This is a compelling study of human folly, vengeance, opportunism and betrayal during the German occupation of the French Basque Country and Béarn. Based on extensive fieldwork and a close reading of trial dossiers, Ott focuses on ordinary people who formed relationships with Germans during 1940–1944 and were later accused of ‘collaboration’. • Reconstructs the richness of wartime social life in nine narratives about ordinary but colorful individuals • Takes a unique ethnographic approach to the trial dossiers of suspected collaborators, appealing to anthropologists and historians alike • Detailed archival research reveals the role of German prisoners-of-war as insiders in a post-liberation court of justice, a phenomenon that has not been reported by other historians of the period

Empire’s Guest Workers

20C European history

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-17820-5 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-63087-7 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

R

P P

C

Haitian Migrants in Cuba during the Age of US Occupation Matthew Casey | University of Southern Mississippi

This innovative study reconstructs Haitian guest workers’ lived experiences as they moved among the rural and urban areas of Haiti and the sugar plantations, coffee farms, and cities of eastern Cuba. It offers an unprecedented glimpse into the daily workings of empire, labor, and political economy in Haiti and Cuba. • Offers an opportunity to overcome the linguistic fragmentation in the Caribbean and to understand the effects of US foreign policy on individual lives • Provides glimpses into previously unseen aspects of Cuban and Haitian history such as daily life in eastern Cuba’s sugar and coffee zones and the experiences of rural Haitians under US military occupation (1915–34), differing from many studies that focus only on the capitals of Havana and Port-au-Prince • Connects local actions to global trends and emphasizes the benefits of interpreting Cuba and Haiti within a global framework • Provides something of a pre-history to the contemporary Haitian diaspora that is normally associated with destinations like the Dominican Republic, the Bahamas and the United States Latin American history | Afro-Latin America

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 326pp 11 b/w illus.  2 maps  4 tables   978-1-107-12769-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

34382.indd 58

05/01/2017 12:37


History – other areas

Latin America and the First World War

Vietnam’s Communist Revolution

Stefan Rinke | Freie Universität Berlin

The Power and Limits of Ideology Tuong Vu | University of Oregon

Latin America and the First World War employs a transnational lens to offer a comprehensive study of the subcontinent during World War I. Using a sweeping range of textual and visual sources, this book breaks new ground and adds a fresh dimension to the historiography of the Great War, of Latin America, and of international relations. • The first global history of Latin America’s involvement in the First World War • Provides a comprehensive view of Latin America beyond traditional diplomatic history • Includes Latin America as a whole within the context of global history and the First World War Latin American history | Global and International History

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 348pp 978-1-107-12720-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-56606-4 Paperback £18.99 / US$29.99

P P

This book uses new Vietnamese sources to challenge conventional scholarship and the popular image of the Vietnamese revolution and the Vietnam War. It is valuable for scholars, students, and general readers interested in Vietnam, Southeast Asia, the Vietnam War, the Cold War, American foreign relations, revolutions and communism. • Proposes a fresh look at the Vietnamese revolution, placing it in the context of modern world history and showing its similarity to other revolutions in world history • Uses new sources that became recently available from Vietnamese archives to reveal the worldview of Vietnamese communist leaders and challenge the conventional image of the Vietnamese revolution • Challenges the American-centric view of the Vietnam War, placing the Vietnamese at the center of the various wars they fought with external powers over many decades

59

South-East Asian history | Cambridge Studies in US Foreign Relations

A History of Modern Uganda Richard J. Reid | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

A comprehensive history of Uganda, from its precolonial origins to the present, examining the political, economic, and social turning points that have shaped its national development. This book is for graduate and high-level undergraduates studying Uganda’s role in African history and African politics, as well as elements of British colonial history. • Adopts a long-term view of Ugandan history to explain modern issues in perspective • Ranges across a number of disciplines, including political, cultural, social, and economic history, making thematic connections throughout • Examines Uganda in terms of ‘nation’ and ‘national history’, enabling readers to consider Uganda as a more coherent space in historical perspective than before African history

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 350pp 8 maps   978-1-107-06720-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-67112-6 Paperback £18.99 / US$27.99

P P

World War One in Southeast Asia Colonialism and Anticolonialism in an Era of Global Conflict Heather Streets-Salter | Northeastern University, Boston

Ranging across British Malaya, the Dutch East Indies, and French Indochina, World War One in Southeast Asia extends our understanding of the conflict as a truly global phenomenon. It reveals how the war shaped the region’s political, economic, and social development both during 1914–18 and in the war’s aftermath. • The first study of the Great War’s impact on Southeast Asia • Gives a new meaning to the term ‘World War’ when talking about the First World War, analysing the conflict from a global perspective • Discusses the porous nature of colonial boundaries, demonstrating the many interactions between colonial subjects and administrators South-East Asian history

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 3 maps   978-1-107-13519-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-316-50109-2 Paperback c. £20.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-15402-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-60790-9 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Empire and the Meaning of Religion in Northeast Asia Manchuria 1900–1945 Thomas David DuBois | Australian National University, Canberra

DuBois shows how religion shaped the commercial, political and social development of a key region of Asia, revealing how many of these changes shaped the global personality of religion as we know it today. It will be of great interest to both scholars and students of Asian history alike. • Examines how a highly strategic region shaped international and global trends, both political and social • Accessible to introductory readers, with individual chapters designed to stand alone as course readings • Contributes to the larger questions in religious studies and the history of empire East Asian history

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 266pp 18 b/w illus.  3 maps   978-1-107-16640-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

The Japanese Empire Grand Strategy from the Meiji Restoration to the Pacific War S. C. M. Paine | United States Naval War College, Rhode Island

Charting the rise and fall of Japan, the model developing country of the nineteenth century, the overthrow of the traditional Asian balance of power, and enduring animosities, this is an essential guide for those interested in Asian and world history, comparative politics, international relations, security studies and Asian politics today. • Explains the transformation of Japan from the model developing country of the late-nineteenth century to a pariah state of the midtwentieth century • Analyzes Japanese choices in terms of policy objectives and strategies to attain their desired goals • Places Japanese choices in the context of the changing international and institutional environment East Asian history

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 248pp 5 b/w illus.  12 maps   978-1-107-01195-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-107-67616-9 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 34382.indd 59

05/01/2017 12:37


History – other areas

The Development of Chinese Martial Arts Fiction

A History of Muslims, Christians, and Jews in the Middle East

A History of Wuxia Literature Chen Pingyuan | Peking University, Beijing

Heather J. Sharkey | University of Pennsylvania

The seminal work on the evolution, aesthetics and politics in the late Qing period of wuxia, a genre of modern Chinese martial arts fiction, from one of China’s leading literary scholars, presented here in English translation for the first time. • Presents the seminal work of one of China’s leading literary scholars in English translation • Explores one of the most influential genres of martial arts fiction in the world • A major contribution to our understanding of the development of modern popular Chinese literature and culture

60

East Asian history | The Cambridge China Library

October 2016 228 x 152 mm 274pp 978-1-107-06988-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

Middle East history | The Contemporary Middle East, 6

C

Glubb Pasha and the Arab Legion Britain, Jordan and the End of Empire in the Middle East Graham Jevon | University of Oxford

A study of Britain’s role in the Middle East from the 1948 Arab-Israeli war to the 1956 Suez Crisis, based on significant new findings from the private papers of Glubb Pasha and the Arab Legion. This book revises several key narratives regarding the decline of Britain’s imperial presence in the region. • Provides unprecedented access to the unofficial archives of the Arab Legion, including Glubb’s private papers and the Arab Legion’s London office • Uses Glubb and the Arab Legion to guide the reader through the intersection of decolonisation, the Cold War and the Arab-Israeli conflict, thus synchronizing the major historical phenomena of the twentieth century • New research provides a fresh insight into the partition of Palestine and the 1948 Arab-Israeli war, and a major revision of the 1956 Suez debate Middle East history

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 304pp 1 b/w illus.  5 maps   978-1-107-17783-3 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 300pp 18 b/w illus.   978-0-521-76937-2 Hardback c. £65.99 / c. US$99.99 978-0-521-18687-2 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Transnationalism in Iranian Political Thought The Life and Times of Ahmad Fardid Ali Mirsepassi | New York University

An account of the rise of political Islam in modern Iran, following the intellectual journey of the philosopher Ahmad Fardid. This book will be of use to scholars in courses studying modern Iran, political Islam and the politics of the Middle East, philosophy, post-colonial studies, religious studies and social theory. • The most extensive study of ‘Westoxification’ discourse • Offers a history of the appropriation of anti-modern European philosophy by Iranian Islamist intellectuals • The study of Fardid stands as a cautionary tale, concerning the ideological perils of virulent ‘anti-modernism’ Middle East history | The Global Middle East, 1

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-18729-0 Hardback £59.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-63647-3 Paperback £19.99 / US$27.99

P P

C

A History of Algeria James McDougall | Trinity College, Oxford

This book is for students and scholars interested in the history and politics of Algeria, the Middle East, Africa, France and the Mediterranean. It covers five hundred years of history, from the arrival of the Ottomans in 1516 to the aftermath of the Arab uprisings of 2011. • A fully updated general history, based on brand new research and fieldwork, covering the whole period since the sixteenth century, filling in gaps left by previous literature • Focuses on the perspective of the Algerian people, rather than that of the English or French • Accessibly written as an introduction for non-specialist readers, such as undergraduate students, without any prior knowledge of the region Middle East history

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 280pp 32 b/w illus.  3 maps   978-0-521-85164-0 Hardback c. £40.00 / c. US$59.99 P 978-0-521-61730-7 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$29.99 P

34382.indd 60

This book examines relations between Muslims, Christians and Jews in the Ottoman Middle East before World War I. It describes how religion influenced state policies and popular attitudes, and how people mingled in daily life. Clearly and engagingly written, this book will appeal to undergraduates, experts, and general readers alike. • Addresses the topic of Middle Eastern religious affairs from the perspective of social and cultural history, rather than focusing on theologians and politicians • Establishes topics using clear, jargon-free language whilst drawing on cutting-edge scholarship to appeal to a broad audience, from graduate students to educated general readers • Approaches a sensitive topic with empathy and candor, providing both a culturally and religiously diverse perspective of events

The Last Battle Soldier Settlement in Australia 1916–1939 Bruce Scates | Monash University, Victoria

Richly illustrated with archival photographs and sketches, The Last Battle covers new ground in its social approach to the history of Australian soldier settlement and is an important contribution to the emerging field of repatriation studies. • Draws on recently uncovered archives to explore soldier repatriation after World War I • Richly illustrated with archival photos and sketches, bringing history to life • Explores the personal stories of the soldiers and the families they came home to, highlighting the widespread effect of imperfect repatriation policies Australian history

December 2016 245 x 170 mm 272pp 56 b/w illus.  8 colour illus.   978-1-107-12506-3 Hardback £39.99 / US$54.99 G

05/01/2017 12:37


History – other areas / History – cross discipline

History – cross discipline

Birth Control in the Decolonizing Caribbean Reproductive Politics and Practice on Four Islands, 1930–1970 Nicole C. Bourbonnais | Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Geneva

Available Open Access

Birth Control in the Decolonizing Caribbean explores how twentieth-century birth control campaigns intersected with wider debates over imperialism, nationalism, transnationalism, inequality, and culture in the Caribbean. This book will appeal to readers interested in Caribbean history, the African Diaspora, gender, race, and class politics, as well as transnational and social history. • Employs a multi-level analysis, bringing together consideration of transnational activism with local politics • Uses personal stories, humorous anecdotes, and lively quotations, remaining accessible and enjoyable to a broad audience • Pursues connections to larger questions surrounding reproductive rights and contemporary activism History (general), world history

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 272pp 3 b/w illus.  2 maps  3 tables   978-1-107-11865-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

The Tokyo Trial Recollections and Perspectives from China Compiled by The Tokyo Trial Research Centre | Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China

Claire Brock | University of Leicester

Drawing upon a rich archive, Brock explores the cultural, social and selfrepresentation of the woman surgeon in Britain from 1860 to the end of the Great War. This book is essential reading for those interested in medical history, providing wide-ranging new perspectives on the history of women, patient narratives and the history of surgery. This title is also available as Open Access. • Explores what women actually did in the operating theatre, providing a new perspective on how surgeons operate • Considers patient narratives, presenting the reader with a viewpoint rarely explored in the history of surgery • Draws upon archives of British hospital records in order to provide new insight into the history of surgery and women’s place within it, as practitioners and as patients • This title is also available as Open Access

61

History of medicine

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 288pp 47 b/w illus.  1 table   978-1-107-18693-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C

Freud in Cambridge John Forrester | University of Cambridge

The Tokyo Trial was held from 1946-8 to try Japanese military and civil officials for war crimes committed during World War II. The trial proceedings were controversial at the time and remain an emotive subject. This collection of translated essays represents a distinctively Chinese approach to the interpretation of the trial. • Includes essays from leading Chinese historians, presented here in English translation for the first time • A distinctively Chinese approach to the interpretation of the trial and its significance today • Includes firsthand accounts of the trial History (general), world history | The Cambridge China Library

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 286pp 978-1-107-06038-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

British Women Surgeons and their Patients, 1860–1918

C

The Cambridge World History of Slavery Volume 4: AD 1804–AD 2016 Edited by David Eltis | Emory University, Atlanta

This volume is aimed at both scholars and general readers who have an interest in how coerced labor operated in many different parts of the world, how it affected enslaved peoples, how it came to be abolished, and what forms of labor control followed in its aftermath. • Chapters include coverage of all parts of the world, providing a comparative presentation of slavery and related institutions • Contributions from leading authorities in their respective fields give authoritative reviews of major issues • The variety of ideological perspectives represented in the volume offer widely different worldviews and personal perspectives History (general), world history | The Cambridge World History of Slavery

April 2017 228 x 152 mm 800pp 9 b/w illus.  3 maps  16 tables   978-0-521-84069-9 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$175.00 R

Forrester and Cameron explore the transformative influence of Freud’s thinking on twentieth-century intellectual and scientific life within Cambridge and beyond. This highly original volume demonstrates the impact of Freud’s work across disciplines, from anthropology and psychology, to philosophy, literature, education and science. • Proposes a new view of the history of psychoanalysis and its impact on British intellectual life in the first part of the twentieth century • Demonstrates the profound linkage and interplay between Freudian ideas and other fields and the early importance of a distinctively British psychoanalysis • Recounts an original and surprising story of how psychoanalysis structured – and was structured by – individual lives and academic disciplines History of science and technology

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 812pp 44 b/w illus.  1 map   978-0-521-86190-8 Hardback £49.99 / US$74.99

C

Reinventing the Propeller Aeronautical Specialty and the Triumph of the Modern Airplane Jeremy R. Kinney | National Air and Space Museum, Washington DC

Reinventing the Propeller documents this story of a forgotten technology to reveal new perspectives on the technical development of the airplane and the rise of modern aviation. As a scholarly history of the airplane propeller, this book will appeal to specialists and general readers interested in aeronautical history, the history of flight, and science and technology. • Explores the technical, cultural, and social dimensions of engineering innovation • Highlights the central and often tumultuous relationship between inventors, private industry, the armed forces, and other government agencies in the development of new technologies • Compliments and goes beyond works on other aeronautical technologies to present a fuller picture of the nature of engineering innovation History of science and technology | Cambridge Centennial of Flight

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 393pp 25 b/w illus.  4 tables   978-1-107-14286-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 34382.indd 61

05/01/2017 12:37


History – cross discipline

62

Motivation in War

Vietnam’s Lost Revolution

The Experience of Common Soldiers in OldRegime Europe Ilya Berkovich | Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität Munchen

Ngô Đình Diêm’s Failure to Build an Independent Nation, 1955–1963 Geoffrey Stewart | University of Western Ontario

This book fundamentally revises our understanding of why soldiers of the eighteenth century served and fought. It reveals how these men embraced a unique corporate identity based on military professionalism, masculinity and hostility toward civilians, fostering notions of individual and collective soldierly honour and contributing to greater combat cohesion. • Formulates a new model for military motivation by applying modern psychological research to contemporary sources • Employs the largest collection of firsthand accounts by old-regime common soldiers assembled to date, integrating experiences across over a dozen different European armies • Sheds new light on one of the largest but most misunderstood social groups in early modern Europe Military history

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 320pp 5 b/w illus.  3 tables   978-1-107-16773-5 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 P 978-1-316-61810-3 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99 P

The British Army and the First World War Ian Beckett | University of Kent, Canterbury

This book presents a major new history of the shaping and performance of the British army during the First World War. Ian Beckett, Timothy Bowman and Mark Connelly examine the army’s strengths and weaknesses between 1914 and 1918 from recruitment, training, discipline and morale, to strategy and operations across all theatres. • Provides a comprehensive survey of the British army in the First World War • Offers an overview of British strategy and operations globally, rather than just focusing on the Western Front • Sheds new light on controversies surrounding generalship and the army’s learning during the course of the war Military history | Armies of the Great War

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 496pp 10 b/w illus.  19 maps   978-1-107-00577-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99 P 978-0-521-18374-1 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99 P

Decades of Reconstruction Postwar Societies, State-Building, and International Relations from the Seven Years’ War to the Cold War Edited by Ute Planert | University of Cologne

‘New wars’ of the present day have raised awareness about the importance of transformation between war and peace, which are shaped by substantial changes in economy, politics, society, culture. Examining the decades of reconstruction following wars from the eighteenth to the twentieth century in international comparison, this book demonstrates why foreign and domestic policy cannot separate. Military history | Publications of the German Historical Institute

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 356pp 4 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16574-8 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00

C

Vietnam’s Lost Revolution employs archival material from Vietnam to examine the First Republic of Vietnam’s Civic Action program, designed to recast the newly independent state as a modern, anticommunist nation. This book engages with topics like nationalism, post-colonialism, and development in its examination of events that led to the Vietnam War. • Focuses on Vietnam’s Civic Action program, showing readers the inner workings of the Ngô Đình Diêm government and its policies at the local level • The multi-archival international history of nation-building in Vietnam allows readers to understand the conflict in Vietnam from both the Vietnamese and American perspectives • Emphasizes the postcolonial aspect of the Vietnam War, going beyond the usual Cold War explanations Diplomatic, international history | Cambridge Studies in US Foreign Relations

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 228pp 8 b/w illus.  3 maps   978-1-107-09788-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 C

Carnal Knowledge Regulating Sex in England, 1470–1600 Martin Ingram | University of Oxford

How was the law used to control sex in Tudor England? What were the differences between secular and religious practice? This major study, based on a wide range of church and secular court archives, explores sexual regulation in London and provincial England before, during and immediately after the Reformation. • The first comprehensive account of sexual regulation by legal means in England in the century before 1570, with a concluding chapter that takes the story beyond 1600 • Sheds light on underlying patterns of sexual transgression, including adultery, pre-marital sex, maintaining mistresses, the practice of prostitution and clerical immorality • Combines evidence from ecclesiastical and secular sources in London and its suburbs, major provincial towns as well as rural areas, to appeal to a wide range of scholars and students interested in urban, social, cultural, religious and legal history Social, population history | Cambridge Studies in Early Modern British History

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 340pp 2 maps  13 tables   978-1-107-17987-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-63173-7 Paperback £21.99 / US$34.99

P P

Historicism and the Human Sciences in Victorian Britain Edited by Mark Bevir | University of California, Berkeley

This book studies the rise and nature of historicist approaches to life, race, character, language, political economy, and empire. Arguing that Victorians understood life and society as developing historically in a way that made history central to public culture, it will appeal to those interested in Victorian Britain, historiography, and intellectual history. • Shows how widespread historicism is in the study of human life and society, and reveals wider trends and parallels between particular disciplines • Highlights the distinctive and developmental nature of Victorian historicism and situates it in the context of romanticism and Enlightenment historicism • Brings together ten leading international scholars, representing a range of disciplines, to discuss developmental historicism across the human sciences History of ideas and intellectual history

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 273pp 978-1-107-16668-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

34382.indd 62

C

05/01/2017 12:37


History – cross discipline / Statistics and probability

Statistics and probability

John Selden and the Western Political Tradition Ofir Haivry | Shalem Center, Jerusalem

John Selden (1584–1654) was a formidable figure in Renaissance England, whose true importance and influence are now coming to be recognised after many years of neglect. This detailed analysis highlights his crucial role in the development of early modern political ideas, and the impact of Jewish ideas on Western political thought. • Proposes a new interpretation of Selden as an important thinker of the Anglo American constitutional tradition • Presents, for the first time, a comprehensive picture of Selden’s ideas on religion and society • Presents in full the role of Selden’s immersion in Jewish thought on his political ideas History of ideas and intellectual history

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 336pp 13 b/w illus.   978-1-107-01134-2 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00

C

Subhashis Ghosal | North Carolina State University

Written by top researchers, this self-contained text is the authoritative account of Bayesian nonparametrics, a nearly universal framework for inference in statistics and machine learning, with practical use in all areas of science, including economics and biostatistics. Appendices with prerequisites and numerous exercises support its use for graduate courses. • Written by a uniquely well-qualified team of authors • The unified framework clarifies which priors work and why • Treats computation as well as asymptotics

The World of Mr Casaubon

April 2017 253 x 177 mm 656pp 15 b/w illus.   978-0-521-87826-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99

Britain’s Wars of Mythography, 1700–1870 Colin Kidd | University of St Andrews, Scotland

While the efforts of George Eliot’s fictional Mr Casaubon to create a ‘Key to All Mythologies’ may seem fruitless and obscure, Colin Kidd’s interdisciplinary study excavates Casaubon’s hinterland and illuminates the fierce ideological war which raged over the use of pagan myths to defend Christianity from radical Enlightenment thought. • Illuminates the intellectual background to George Eliot’s classic novel Middlemarch and one of its iconic central characters • Recovers a lost genre of religious apologetic based on a Christian appropriation of paganism, enhancing readers’ understanding of eighteenth- and nineteenth-century defences of Christianity • Casts fresh light from an unexpected angle on political debate during the French Revolution and provides deeper insight into the phenomenon of Orientalism History of ideas and intellectual history | Ideas in Context, 115

P

Data Assimilation Methods, Algorithms, and Applications Mark Asch | Université de Picardie Jules Verne, Amiens

Placing data assimilation into the broader context of inverse problems and the theory, methods, and algorithms that are used for their solution, this book provides a framework for, and insight into, the inverse problem nature of data assimilation. Methods and diagnostics are emphasized, enabling readers to apply them to their own field of study. • A comprehensive guide, accessible to non-experts • Contains numerous examples and diverse applications from a broad range of domains • Outlines the latest methods for advanced data assimilation, combining variational and statistical approaches Statistical theory and methods | Fundamentals of Algorithms

January 2017 247 x 174 mm 322pp 978-1-61197-453-9 Paperback £72.99 / c. US$89.99

P

This title is available from Cambridge to customers outside of North America up to March 31st, 2017; customers in North America should contact the Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics.

C

Trust in Early Modern International Political Thought, 1598–1713

Bayesian Models for Astrophysical Data Using R, JAGS, Python and Stan Joseph M. Hilbe | Arizona State University

Peter Schröder | University College London

Bringing together intellectual history, international political thought and international law, Schröder explores the extent to which seventeenth-century discourses and doctrines of international law and the balance of power, and the projects to establish federal structures and institutions to achieve peace and stability, relied on trust. • Offers a fresh analysis of the history of seventeenth-century international political thought, which will appeal widely across international law as well as early modern and intellectual history • Establishes trust – and mistrust – as an important concept within political discourse • Draws on a wide range of sources, providing a fresh interpretation of classic texts as well as discussion of neglected thinkers

This comprehensive guide to Bayesian methods in astronomy enables hands-on work by supplying complete R, JAGS, Python, and Stan code, to use directly or adapt. A must-have for astronomers, its concrete focus on modeling, analysis, and interpretation will also be attractive to researchers in the sciences more broadly. • Supplies complete software code in R, JAGS, Python, and Stan for download • Discusses innovative Bayesian models that advance and improve astronomical research • Demonstrates and enables hands-on use of models on real astronomical data

History of ideas and intellectual history | Ideas in Context, 116

March 2017 253 x 177 mm 424pp 66 b/w illus.  23 colour illus.  11 tables   978-1-107-13308-2 Hardback £60.00 / US$75.00 P

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 276pp 978-1-107-17546-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

63

Statistical theory and methods | Cambridge Series in Statistical and Probabilistic Mathematics, 44

Highlight

November 2016 228 x 152 mm 248pp 978-1-107-02771-8 Hardback £34.99 / US$49.99

Fundamentals of Nonparametric Bayesian Inference

Statistics for physical sciences and engineering

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 34382.indd 63

05/01/2017 12:37


Statistics and probability / Mathematics

Textbook

Random Walks and Heat Kernels on Graphs

Measures, Integrals and Martingales

Martin T. Barlow | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Second edition René L. Schilling | Technische Universität, Dresden

64

Measure and integration are key topics in many areas of mathematics, including analysis, probability, mathematical physics and finance. This book offers a concise yet elementary introduction in which the theory is quickly and simply developed. Few prerequisites are required, making the text suitable for undergraduate lecture courses or self-study. • A very clear exposition which will take the ‘fear’ out of measure and integration theory • Contains clearly structured proofs and numerous exercises designed to deepen understanding of the material • Full solutions to all problems are available online, making the text useful for self-study Contents: List of symbols; Prelude; Dependence chart; 1. Prologue; 2. The pleasures of counting; 3. σ-algebras; 4. Measures; 5. Uniqueness of measures; 6. Existence of measures; 7. Measurable mappings; 8. Measurable functions; 9. Integration of positive functions; 10. Integrals of measurable functions; 11. Null sets and the ‘almost everywhere’; 12. Convergence theorems and their applications; 13. The function spaces Lp; 14. Product measures and Fubini’s theorem; 15. Integrals with respect to image measures; 16. Jacobi’s transformation theorem; 17. Dense and determining sets; 18. Hausdorff measure; 19. The Fourier transform; 20. The Radon–Nikodym theorem; 21. Riesz representation theorems; 22. Uniform integrability and Vitali’s convergence theorem; 23. Martingales; 24. Martingale convergence theorems; 25. Martingales in action; 26. Abstract Hilbert spaces; 27. Conditional expectations; 28. Orthonormal systems and their convergence behaviour; Appendix A. Lim inf and lim sup; Appendix B. Some facts from topology; Appendix C. The volume of a parallelepiped; Appendix D. The integral of complex valued functions; Appendix E. Measurability of the continuity points of a function; Appendix F. Vitali’s covering theorem; Appendix G. Non-measurable sets; Appendix H. Regularity of measures; Appendix I. A summary of the Riemann integral; References; Name and subject index. Probability theory and stochastic processes

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 512pp 40 b/w illus.  420 exercises   978-1-316-62024-3 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$60.00 X

Probability theory and stochastic processes | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 438

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 226pp 5 b/w illus.  8 exercises   978-1-107-67442-4 Paperback £50.00 / US$80.00 C

Mathematics Recursion Theory Joseph R. Shoenfield | Duke University, North Carolina

An introduction to recursion theory that will prepare the reader for the study of advanced monographs and the current literature on the topic. The clarity and focus of this text makes it an ideal instrument for teaching and self-study. • Provides readers with a clear and focused introduction to recursion theory • Ideal for teaching and for self-study • Prepares the reader for the study of advanced monographs and current literature on the topic Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 1

November 2016 228 x 152 mm 92pp 978-1-107-16808-4 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

Logic Colloquium ‘90

Previously Announced

Edited by Juha Oikkonen | University of Helsinki

Non-homogeneous Random Walks Lyapunov Function Methods for Near-Critical Stochastic Systems Mikhail Menshikov | University of Durham

A modern presentation of the ‘Lyapunov function’ method applied to near-critical stochastic systems, exemplified by non-homogeneous random walks. Aimed at researchers and research students in probability theory or a neighbouring field, the material will be accessible to anyone with some familiarity with the theory of Markov chains and discrete-time martingales. • Provides a deep understanding of the Lyapunov function method applied to a prototypical near-critical system • Foundational theory and applications are illustrated by examples and with remarks on intuition • Serves as a reference for experts as well as an instructional course for younger researchers Probability theory and stochastic processes | Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 209

January 2017 228 x 152 mm 382pp 20 b/w illus.   978-1-107-02669-8 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

This introduction to random walks on infinite graphs, in both discrete and continuous time, gives a systematic account of transition densities, including useful but hard-to-find results. The book is aimed at researchers and graduate students in mathematics who have a basic familiarity with analysis and some familiarity with probability. • Connects geometry and probability, showing how geometric properties of the graph can be used to estimate the heat kernel • Introduces important analytic inequalities in the graph context • Written by a leading researcher who has made significant contributions to this area of study

C

The proceedings of the Association for Symbolic Logic meeting held in Helsinki, Finland, in July 1990, containing eighteen papers written by leading researchers in logic. Between them they cover all fields of mathematical logic, including model theory, proof theory, recursion theory, and set theory. • Contains eighteen papers written by leading experts in logic • Covers all fields of mathematical logic, including set theory, proof theory, model theory and the philosophy of mathematics • These papers continue to be widely cited and provide ideas for ongoing research projects Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 2

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 315pp 18 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16902-9 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

Fine Structure and Iteration Trees William J. Mitchell | University of Florida

Mitchell and Steel construct an inner model with a Woodin cardinal and develop its fine structure theory using the theory of iteration trees. This work builds upon the existing theory of a model of the form L[E], where E is a coherent sequence of extenders. • Constructs an inner model with a Woodin cardinal and develops its fine structure theory • The result of the meeting of fine structure theory and iteration trees Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 3

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 136pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16909-8 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

34382.indd 64

C

05/01/2017 12:37


Mathematics

Descriptive Set Theory and Forcing How to Prove Theorems about Borel Sets the Hard Way Arnold W. Miller | University of Wisconsin, Madison

These notes develop the theory of descriptive sets, leading up to a new proof of Louveau’s separation theorem for analytic sets. A first course in mathematical logic and set theory is assumed, making this book suitable for advanced students and researchers. • Presents a new proof of Louveau’s separation theorem for analytic sets • Suitable for graduate students and researchers in logic • Covers the necessary background from descriptive set theory Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 4

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 134pp 978-1-107-16806-0 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

Model Theory of Fields David Marker | University of Illinois, Chicago

The model theory of fields is a fascinating subject stretching from Tarski’s work on the decidability of the theories of the real and complex fields to Hrushovksi’s recent proof of the Mordell–Lang conjecture for function fields. This volume provides an insightful introduction to this active area, concentrating on connections to stability theory. • Provides an introduction to the active research area of the model theory of fields • Suitable for graduate students • Serves as a background for Hrushovski’s proof of the Mordell–Lang conjecture for function fields Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 5

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 164pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16807-7 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

Gödel ‘96 Logical Foundations of Mathematics, Computer Science and Physics – Kurt Gödel’s Legacy Edited by Petr Hájek | Academy of Sciences of the Czech Republic, Prague

The proceedings of the conference ‘Logical Foundations of Mathematics, Computer Science, and Physics – Kurt Gödel’s Legacy’, held in Brno, Czech Republic, on the 90th anniversary of Gödel’s birth. The papers in this volume cover the wide range of topics Gödel’s work touched, and affirm its continuing importance. • Contains papers from a broad range of speakers covering all of the domains touched by Kurt Gödel’s work • Gödel’s work has wide and continuing importance in the logical foundations of mathematics, computer science and physics • Helps readers to understand the present state of knowledge in these domains Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 6

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 330pp 11 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16802-2 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

A General Algebraic Semantics for Sentential Logics Second edition Josep Maria Font | Universitat de Barcelona

This monograph is an exposition of the very general approach to the algebraization of sentential logics developed by the Barcelona logic group in the 1970s. It shows the results of this approach on a number of particular logics, and relates it to those developed by Blok, Czelakowski, Pigozzi and others. • Develops a very general approach to the algebraization of sentential logics and presents its results on a number of particular logics • A systematized account of some of the work on the algebraic study of sentential logics using abstract logics carried out in Barcelona since the mid-1970s • Builds on the general framework that both explains and generalizes many of the results obtained in this area, and makes it possible to connect them with other approaches to the algebraization of logic

65

Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 7

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 158pp 978-1-107-16797-1 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

The Core Model Iterability Problem John R. Steel | University of California, Berkeley

Large cardinal hypotheses play a central role in modern set theory. This volume develops a method for constructing core models that have Woodin cardinals, a large cardinal hypothesis that is the focus of much current research. It is suitable for advanced graduate students and researchers in set theory. • Develops a method for constructing ‘core models’ that have Woodin cardinals • Extends the earlier work of Dodd, Jensen and Mitchell • Suitable for advanced students and researchers in set theory Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 8

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 118pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16796-4 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

Bounded Variable Logics and Counting A Study in Finite Models Martin Otto | Rheinisch-Westfälische Technische Hochschule, Aachen, Germany

This study introduces some central ideas and lines of research in finite model theory – particularly bounded variable infinitary logics – and explores the fruitful exchange between ideas from logic and from complexity theory that is characteristic of finite model theory. • Provides an introduction to finite model theory • Shows the main ideas and lines of inquiry that motivate research in this area • Illustrates the fruitful exchange between ideas from logic and from complexity theory Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 9

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 193pp 8 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16794-0 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 34382.indd 65

05/01/2017 12:37


Mathematics

66

Aspects of Incompleteness

Higher Recursion Theory

Per Lindström | Göteborgs Universitet, Sweden

Gerald E. Sacks | Harvard University, Massachusetts

This volume presents some of the main areas and results of general metamathematics. In addition to standard results of Gödel et al. on incompleteness, (non-)finite axiomatizability, and interpretability, the book contains a thorough treatment of partial conservativity and degrees of interpretability. The method of arithmetization also plays an important role. • Presents the main areas and results of general metamathematics • Concerned almost exclusively with properties that are common to all sufficiently strong, axiomatizable theories • Contains more than one hundred exercises suitable for graduate students with a background in logic

This introduction to higher recursion theory is essential reading for all researchers in the field. It is divided into four parts: hyperarithmetic sets, metarecursion, α-recursion, and E-recursion. • The book is virtually self-contained and assumes only a basic knowledge of classical recursion theory • Essential reading for all researchers in the subject

Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 10

Petr Hájek | Academy of Sciences of the Czech Republic, Prague

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 142pp 115 exercises   978-1-107-16792-6 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

Logic Colloquium ‘95 Edited by Johann A. Makowsky | Technion – Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa

This volume presents the conference proceedings of the 1995 Annual European Summer Meeting of the Association of Symbolic Logic. The papers here cover all topics of classical mathematical logic. There is also a tutorial on recent developments in theoretical computer science, and plenary lectures on the foundation and evolution of set theory. • Contains nineteen papers by leading researchers in all areas of classical mathematical logic • Gives a tutorial on interactive proofs, zero-knowledge and computationally sound proofs • Includes three plenary lectures dedicated to the foundational and technical evolution of set theory Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 11

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 365pp 17 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16790-2 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00

C

Logic Colloquium ‘96 Edited by J. M. Larrazabal | University of the Basque Country, San Sebastian

This volume presents the proceedings of the 1996 European Summer Meeting of the Association for Symbolic Logic, held in San Sebastian, Spain. The main topics were model theory, proof theory, recursion and complexity theory, models of arithmetic, logic for artificial intelligence, formal semantics of natural language, and philosophy of contemporary logic. • Contains eleven papers on mathematical logic by leading researchers • Covers all core areas of mathematical logic, as well as logic for artificial intelligence, formal semantics of natural language, and philosophy of contemporary logic • Will be of interest to all researchers and graduate students in mathematical logic Logic, categories and sets | Lecture Notes in Logic, 12

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 269pp 3 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16608-0 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

Computability in Analysis and Physics Marian B. Pour-El | University of Minnesota

This is the first graduate-level treatment of computable analysis within the tradition of classical mathematical reasoning. The authors are concerned with the computability or noncomputability of standard processes in analysis and physics. The book is self-contained and serves well as an introduction to research in this area. • The first treatment of computable analysis at the graduate level • Includes a self-contained introduction to research in this area • Covers classical analysis, Hilbert and Banach spaces, bounded and unbounded linear operators, eigenvalues, eigenvectors, and equations of mathematical physics

Logic, categories and sets | Perspectives in Logic, 2

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 360pp 978-1-107-16843-5 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00

C

Metamathematics of First-Order Arithmetic This much-needed monograph on the metamathematics of first-order arithmetic pays particular attention to subsystems (fragments) of Peano arithmetic and gives the reader a deeper understanding of the role of the axiom schema of induction and of the phenomenon of incompleteness. • Presents a much-needed review of the metamathematics of first-order arithmetic • Allows readers to better understand the role of the axiom schema of induction and the phenomenon of incompleteness • Assumes only a basic knowledge of mathematical logic Logic, categories and sets | Perspectives in Logic, 3

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 474pp 2 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16841-1 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$155.00

C

Essential Stability Theory Steven Buechler | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

This volume bridges the gap between a first-year graduate logic course and research papers in stability theory. It prepares the student for research in any of today’s branches of stability theory, and gives an introduction to classification theory with an exposition of Morley’s Categoricity Theorem. • Provides the student with a quick route from basic model theory to research in stability theory • Gives an introduction to classification theory with an exposition of Morley’s Categoricity Theorem • Suitable for those who have completed a first course in mathematical logic Logic, categories and sets | Perspectives in Logic, 4

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 367pp 978-1-107-16839-8 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00

C

Proper and Improper Forcing Second edition Saharon Shelah | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

The author gives a complete presentation of the theory of proper forcing and its relatives, starting from the beginning. No prior knowledge of forcing is required. • A revised and expanded edition of a previous title in this series, Proper Forcing • Presents both particular consistency results and methods which can be used for such independence results • No prior knowledge of forcing is assumed Logic, categories and sets | Perspectives in Logic, 5

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 1068pp 978-1-107-16836-7 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$175.00

C

Logic, categories and sets | Perspectives in Logic, 1

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 218pp 5 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16844-2 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

34382.indd 66

C

05/01/2017 12:37


Mathematics

Constructibility

General Recursion Theory

Keith J. Devlin | Lancaster University

An Axiomatic Approach Jens E. Fenstad | Universitetet i Oslo

This comprehensive account of the theory of constructible sets at an advanced level provides complete coverage of constructibility theory, rather than its many and diverse applications. However, applications are used to motivate and illustrate the theory. • Provides a comprehensive account of the theory of constructible sets at an advanced level • Applications are used to illustrate the theory Logic, categories and sets | Perspectives in Logic, 6

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 437pp 10 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16835-0 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00

C

Admissible Sets and Structures

This volume presents a unified and coherent account of general recursion theory. The main core of the book gives an account of the general theory of computations, then the author moves on to show how computation theories connect and unify other parts of recursion theory. • A unified and coherent account of the many parts of general recursion theory • Shows how computation theories connect with and unify other parts of general recursion theory • Ideal for a second course in recursion theory

Jon Barwise | University of Wisconsin, Madison

Logic, categories and sets | Perspectives in Logic, 10

Admissible set theory is a major source of interaction between model theory, recursion theory and set theory. This volume presents the basic facts about admissible sets and admissible ordinals in a way that makes them accessible to logic students and specialists alike. • Accessible to logic students and specialists alike • Fills an artificial gap between model theory and recursion theory • Covers everything about admissible sets that a logician should know

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 237pp 1 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16816-9 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

Logic, categories and sets | Perspectives in Logic, 7

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 408pp 21 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16833-6 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$140.00

C

Model-Theoretic Logics Edited by J. Barwise | Stanford University, California

In this volume the authors bring together several directions of work in model theory between the late 1950s and early 1980s. It contains expository papers by pre-eminent researchers on advanced topics in model theory. Many chapters can be read independently. • Contributions by numerous experts provide substantial coverage of the field • Introduces the main ideas, examples and results in the area of modeltheoretic logics • Many of the book’s chapters can be read independently Logic, categories and sets | Perspectives in Logic, 8

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 911pp 11 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16825-1 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$175.00

C

Recursion-Theoretic Hierarchies Peter G. Hinman | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

The theory set out in this volume is the result of the meeting and common development of two currents of mathematical research: descriptive set theory and recursion theory. The author develops a general theory from which the results of both areas can be derived, making the common themes clear. • Contains a series of challenging exercises to supplement the material in the book • Can be used for a variety of courses in areas such as recursion theory, descriptive set theory, or theory of definability • Suitable for those who have completed a first course in mathematical logic

67

C

Degrees of Unsolvability Local and Global Theory Manuel Lerman | University of Connecticut

This volume presents a systematic study of the interaction between local and global degree theory. It introduces the reader to the fascinating combinatorial methods of recursion theory while simultaneously showing how to use these methods to prove global theorems about degrees. • Introduces the reader to the methods of recursion theory and shows how to prove global theorems about degrees • Contains a rich selection of exercises, hints and references • Accessible to those with some background in mathematical logic and a feeling for computability Logic, categories and sets | Perspectives in Logic, 11

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 321pp 42 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16813-8 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$125.00

C

Fundamentals of Stability Theory John T. Baldwin | University of Illinois, Chicago

This introduction to first order stability theory, organized around the spectrum problem, contains the first publication of complete proofs of the Vaught conjecture for ω-stable theories and Shelah’s infamous example showing the necessity of his methods to solve the conjecture. • Contains complete proofs of the Vaught conjecture for ω-stable theories for the first time in book form • Provides the first publication of Shelah’s infamous example showing the necessity of his methods to solve Vaught’s conjecture for the ω-stable theories • Emphasizes connections between abstract stability theory and algebra, especially the theory of modules Logic, categories and sets | Perspectives in Logic, 12

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 461pp 51 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16809-1 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$155.00

C

Logic, categories and sets | Perspectives in Logic, 9

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 492pp 7 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16824-4 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$155.00

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 34382.indd 67

05/01/2017 12:37


Mathematics

Textbook

Geometries and Transformations

A Second Course in Linear Algebra

Norman W. Johnson | Wheaton College, Massachusetts

Stephan Ramon Garcia | Pomona College, California

68

Linear algebra is a fundamental tool in many fields, including mathematics and statistics, computer science, economics, and the physical and biological sciences. This undergraduate textbook offers a complete second course, tailored to help students transition from basic theory to advanced topics with numerous examples, illustrations, and exercises. • Concise chapters focus on essential ideas • Special topics sections appeal to a broad range of disciplines • Numerous examples and over six hundred exercises prepare students for advanced topics and applications Contents: Preliminaries; 1. Vector spaces; 2. Bases and similarity; 3. Block matrices; 4. Inner product spaces; 5. Orthonormal vectors; 6. Unitary matrices; 7. Orthogonal complements and orthogonal projections; 8. Eigenvalues, eigenvectors, and geometric multiplicity; 9. The characteristic polynomial and algebraic multiplicity; 10. Unitary triangularization and block diagonalization; 11. Jordan canonical form; 12. Normal matrices and the spectral theorem; 13. Positive semidefinite matrices; 14. The singular value and polar decompositions; 15. Singular values and the spectral norm; 16. Interlacing and inertia; Appendix A. Complex numbers. Algebra

March 2017 253 x 177 mm 400pp 15 b/w illus.   978-1-107-10381-8 Hardback c. £40.00 / c. US$69.99

X

Discourse on Fourier Series Cornelius Lanczos | Dublin Institute for Advanced Studies

First published in 1966, this still-cited text covers Fourier analysis. The author meticulously develops the topic in a conversational tone to engage readers. 161 problems are integrated into the text to walk undergraduate and graduate students of engineering, physics, and mathematics down the simplest path to a solution. • Highly readable and informative, and written in an easy, conversational style without the specialized jargon usually associated with books of this level • The historical development of the subject is given in a way which makes it alive and thoroughly absorbing • Lanczos was an applied mathematician and physicist of genius, as attested by the publication of his collected works on the centenary of his birth in six volumes with fourteen contributing editors • Covers all the foundations of the subject, without the usual formalism Real and complex analysis | Classics in Applied Mathematics, 76

October 2016 247 x 174 mm 306pp 978-1-61197-451-5 Paperback £55.99 / c.US$84.00

P

This title is available from Cambridge to customers outside of North America up to March 31st, 2017; customers in North America should contact the Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics.

This readable exposition uses linear algebra and transformation groups to differentiate and connect both Euclidean and other geometries. Written for graduate students, the book includes numerous exercises and covers both classical results and new research in the field. • Provides a unified framework for describing Euclidean and nonEuclidean geometries • Demonstrates the interconnectedness of different geometries using linear algebra • Includes both classical results and contemporary research, as well as numerous exercises Topology and geometry

February 2017 234 x 156 mm 350pp 978-1-107-10340-5 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$75.00

P

Textbook

Chaotic Dynamics Fractals, Tilings, and Substitutions Geoffrey R. Goodson | Towson State University, Maryland

This undergraduate text is a rigorous introduction to dynamical systems and an accessible guide for those transitioning from calculus to advanced mathematics. It has many student-friendly features, such as graded exercises ranging from straightforward to more difficult with hints, and includes applications of real analysis and metric space theory. • Requires no prior knowledge of real analysis or metric spaces, making it an ideal transitional text between the calculus sequence and more advanced topics in real analysis and topology • Offers an introduction to topological and symbolic dynamical systems that, unlike other available textbooks, is suitable for both senior undergraduates and beginning graduate students • Illustrates concrete applications of real analysis and metric space theory to dynamical problems, showing students why advanced mathematics is important and useful • Mathematica code is available online, so that students can see implementation of many of the dynamical aspects of the text Contents: 1. The orbits of one-dimensional maps; 2. Bifurcations and the logistic family; 3. Sharkovsky’s theorem; 4. Dynamics on metric spaces; 5. Countability, sets of measure zero, and the Cantor set; 6. Devaney’s definition of chaos; 7. Conjugacy of dynamical systems; 8. Singer’s theorem; 9. Conjugacy, fundamental domains, and the tent family; 10. Fractals; 11. Newton’s method for real quadratics and cubics; 12. Coppel’s theorem and a proof of Sharkovsky’s theorem; 13. Real linear transformations, the Hénon Map, and hyperbolic toral automorphisms; 14. Elementary complex dynamics; 15. Examples of substitutions; 16. Fractals arising from substitutions; 17. Compactness in metric spaces and an introduction to topological dynamics; 18. Substitution dynamical systems; 19. Sturmian sequences and irrational rotations; 20. The multiple recurrence theorem of Furstenberg and Weiss; Appendix A: theorems from calculus; Appendix B: the Baire category theorem; Appendix C: the complex numbers; Appendix D: Weyl’s equidistribution theorem. Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | Cambridge Mathematical Textbooks

December 2016 253 x 177 mm 350pp 93 b/w illus.  435 exercises   978-1-107-11267-4 Hardback £55.00 / US$75.00 X

34382.indd 68

05/01/2017 12:37


Mathematics

Volterra Integral Equations

Dynamic Mode Decomposition

An Introduction to Theory and Applications Hermann Brunner | Hong Kong Baptist University

This book offers a comprehensive introduction to the theory of linear and nonlinear Volterra integral equations (VIEs), from Volterra’s fundamental contributions and resulting classical theory to more recent developments. It includes Volterra functional integral equations with various kinds of delays, VIEs with highly oscillatory kernels, and VIEs with non-compact operators. • Contains results obtained in the past ten years to give a comprehensive view of the current state of research • Illustrates applications of Volterra integral equations (VIEs) in mathematical modelling with around thirty concrete examples • A suitable text for senior undergraduate- or graduate-level lecture courses Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | Cambridge Monographs on Applied and Computational Mathematics, 30

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 410pp 150 exercises   978-1-107-09872-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$99.99

C

Inverse Scattering Theory and Transmission Eigenvalues

Data-Driven Modeling of Complex Systems J. Nathan Kutz | University of Washington

Data-driven dynamical systems is a burgeoning field, connecting how measurements of nonlinear dynamical systems and/or complex systems can be used with well-established methods in dynamical systems theory. This is the first book to address the DMD algorithm and present a pedagogical and comprehensive approach to all aspects of DMD currently developed or under development. • Highlights the numerous innovations around the DMD algorithm • Blends theoretical development, example codes, and applications to showcase the theory and its many innovations and uses • Provides extensive MATLAB code, data for intuitive examples of key methods, and graphical presentations March 2017 247 x 174 mm 250pp 978-1-61197-449-2 Paperback £59.99 / c.US$79.99

P

This title is available from Cambridge to customers outside of North America up to March 31st, 2017; customers in North America should contact the Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics.

Fioralba Cakoni | Rutgers University, New Jersey

Introduction to Magnetohydrodynamics

With a qualitative approach to inverse scattering theory, this book is ideal for researchers and advanced graduates in applied mathematics. The authors outline recent developments in the area, including the transmission eigenvalue problem. Both the generalized linear sampling method and well-known linear sampling and factorization methods are discussed. • An ideal introduction to the qualitative approach to inverse scattering theory for both researchers and advanced graduates in diverse areas of applied mathematics • Presents the new generalized linear sampling method in addition to the well-known linear sampling and factorization methods • Includes a detailed discussion of the transmission eigenvalue problem

Second edition P. A. Davidson | University of Cambridge

Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | CBMSNSF Regional Conference Series in Applied Mathematics, 88

Fluid dynamics and solid mechanics | Cambridge Texts in Applied Mathematics, 55

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 198pp 978-1-61197-445-4 Paperback £47.99 / c. US$62.99

P

This title is available from Cambridge to customers outside of North America up to March 31st, 2017; customers in North America should contact the Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics.

69

Fluid dynamics and solid mechanics

A comprehensive textbook which prioritises physical ideas over mathematical detail. This new edition offers additional coverage of planetary dynamos, astrophysical applications and fusion plasma magnetohydrodynamics. An ideal companion for both undergraduates and postgraduates in physics, applied mathematics or engineering. • An inclusive introduction which covers all the main branches of magnetohydrodynamics • This second edition offers a wealth of new material surrounding fusion plasma magnetohydrodynamics, planetary dynamos and astrophysical applications • Requires no advanced mathematics, as physical insights are prioritised over mathematical detail January 2017 247 x 174 mm 498pp 120 b/w illus.  15 tables  35 exercises   978-1-107-16016-3 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00 P 978-1-316-61302-3 Paperback £44.99 / US$64.99 P

Barriers and Transport in Unsteady Flows A Melnikov Approach Sanjeeva Balasuriya | University of Adelaide

This is an extensive introduction and bibliography, specifically elucidating the difficulties arising when flows are unsteady, and highlighting relevance in geophysics and microfluidics. The mathematical theory of unsteady flow barriers is carefully and rigorously developed within the context of nonautonomous stable and unstable manifolds, and is richly complemented with examples. • A careful and rigorous development of the mathematical theory of unsteady flow barriers within the context of nonautonomous stable and unstable manifolds • Theory is richly complemented with examples • Includes chapters on exciting new research in the control of flow barriers and the optimization of transport across them Fluid dynamics and solid mechanics | Monographs on Mathematical Modeling and Computation, 21

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 280pp 978-1-61197-457-7 Paperback £72.99 / c. US$84.99

P

This title is available from Cambridge to customers outside of North America up to March 31st, 2017; customers in North America should contact the Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics.

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 34382.indd 69

05/01/2017 12:37


Mathematics

Acta Numerica 2016

Elliptic and Modular Functions from Gauss to Dedekind to Hecke

Volume 25 Edited by Arieh Iserles | University of Cambridge

Acta Numerica is an annual publication containing invited survey papers by leading researchers in numerical mathematics and scientific computing. The papers present overviews of recent developments in their area and provide state-ofthe-art techniques and analysis. • A high-impact survey volume • Contributors are leading researchers • Covers topics of current interest and presents state-of-the-art overviews of them Numerical analysis | Acta Numerica, 25

70

August 2016 247 x 174 mm 886pp 978-1-107-16805-3 Hardback £110.00 / US$175.00

C

Ranjan Roy | Beloit College, Wisconsin

Many mathematicians today believe mathematical works from past centuries are inaccessible, not useful, or both. This book demonstrates that past works are not only readable, but brimming with ideas and insights. It is aimed at graduate students or researchers working in modular functions, number theory, complex analysis, or special functions. • Features detailed analysis of lost or little known methods and techniques used by Gauss, Jacobi, Riemann, Dedekind, Hurwitz, and others • A translation of Hurwitz’s 1904 paper, not easily available in English, is included as an appendix • Exercises at the end of each chapter allow readers to extend their grasp of the material History of mathematics

MATLAB Guide

January 2017 253 x 177 mm 442pp 13 b/w illus.   978-1-107-15938-9 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99

Third edition Desmond J. Higham | University of Strathclyde

MM Optimization Algorithms

This third edition of MATLAB Guide completely revises and updates the best-selling second edition and is over thirty per cent longer. Contains a tutorial giving a hands-on overview of MATLAB, a thorough treatment of MATLAB mathematics, and a webpage at http://www.siam.org/books/ot150 that provides example program files, updates, and links to MATLAB resources. • Contains new chapters on the Parallel Computing Toolbox, objectoriented programming, graphs, and large data sets • Covers important new MATLAB data types such as categorical arrays, string arrays, tall arrays, tables, and timetables • Fully reflects major updates to the MATLAB graphics system Computational science

January 2017 247 x 174 mm 498pp 978-1-61197-465-2 Hardback £53.99 / c. US$76.99

P

This title is available from Cambridge to customers outside of North America up to March 31st, 2017; customers in North America should contact the Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics.

P

Kenneth Lange | Cornell University, New York

This is the first extended treatment of MM algorithms, which are ideal for high-dimensional optimization problems in data mining, imaging, and genomics. The author derives numerous algorithms from a broad set of application areas with a particular emphasis on statistics, biology, and data mining, and summarizes a large amount of literature previously unavailable in book form. • The first extended treatment of MM algorithms • Includes a large amount of literature which has not appeared in book form before • Derives numerous algorithms from a broad diversity of application areas Optimization, OR and risk analysis

August 2016 247 x 174 mm 233pp 978-1-61197-439-3 Hardback £54.99 / c. US$79.99

P

This title is available from Cambridge to customers outside of North America up to March 31st, 2017; customers in North America should contact the Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics.

Textbook

Introduction to Experimental Mathematics Søren Eilers | University of Copenhagen

A recent surge in computer-based experimental approaches to pure mathematics is revolutionizing the way research mathematicians work. As the first of its kind, this book provides students with an all-round introduction to the ends and means of experimental mathematics using the popular computer algebra system Maple. • Exposure to tools and examples allows students to acquire the skills needed to confront open problems in mathematics • Work on open problems allows students to experience the thrill of discovery that comes with formulating new mathematical theory • Students will see computer experiments as a natural continuation of the tools previously used in the process of mathematical discovery Contents: 1. Experimental method; 2. Basic programming in Maple; 3. Iteration and recursion; 4. Visualization; 5. Symbolic inversion; 6. Pseudorandomness; 7. Time, memory and precision; 8. Applications of linear algebra and graph theory. Computational science | Cambridge Mathematical Textbooks

January 2017 253 x 177 mm 320pp 978-1-107-15613-5 Hardback £34.99 / US$59.99

34382.indd 70

X

Financial Enterprise Risk Management Second edition Paul Sweeting | Legal and General Investment Management, London

An accessible guide to enterprise risk management for financial institutions, containing all the tools needed to build and maintain an ERM framework. This new expanded edition has been thoroughly updated to reflect new legislation and the creation of the Financial Conduct Authority and the Prudential Regulation Authority. • Forms part of the core reading for the UK Actuarial Profession’s specialist technical examination in enterprise risk management, ST9 • Includes many worked examples and a wide range of case studies • Contains exercises for each chapter, with solutions available at the end of the book Optimization, OR and risk analysis | International Series on Actuarial Science

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 600pp 120 b/w illus.  25 tables  150 exercises   978-1-107-18461-9 Hardback c. £84.99 / c. US$130.00 P

05/01/2017 12:37


Mathematics / Computer science

Computer science

Minimum-Volume Ellipsoids Theory and Algorithms Michael J. Todd | Cornell University, New York

The first book in the area, this volume addresses the problem of finding an ellipsoid to represent a large set of points in high-dimensional space, which has applications in computational geometry, data representations, and optimal design in statistics. The book covers the formulation of this and related problems, theoretical properties of their optimal solutions, and algorithms for their solution. • Provides a historical perspective on the problems studied by optimizers, statisticians, and geometric functional analysts • Demonstrates the huge computational savings possible by exploiting simple updates for the determinant and the inverse after a rank-one update, and highlights the difficulties in algorithms when related problems are studied that do not allow simple updates at each iteration • Gives rigorous analyses of the proposed algorithms, MATLAB codes, and computational results Optimization, OR and risk analysis | MPS-SIAM Series on Optimization, 23

August 2016 247 x 174 mm 163pp 978-1-61197-437-9 Paperback £50.99 / c. US$73.99

P

This title is available from Cambridge to customers outside of North America up to March 31st, 2017; customers in North America should contact the Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics.

The Elements of Financial Econometrics Jianqing Fan | Princeton University, New Jersey

A compact, master’s-level textbook on financial econometrics, focusing on methodology and including real financial data illustrations throughout. The mathematical level is purposely kept moderate, allowing the power of the quantitative methods to be understood without too much technical detail. • Includes practical examples which are illustrated with real financial data • Integrates statistical analysis with R and provides students with easy access to R code • Consists of two integrated parts, with the first four chapters based on time series aspects of financial econometrics, and the last five chapters covering cross-sectional aspects Mathematical finance

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 395pp 6 b/w illus.  92 colour illus.  26 tables  90 exercises   978-1-107-19117-4 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$74.99

previously announced textbook

Probability and Computing Randomization and Probabilistic Techniques in Algorithms and Data Analysis Second edition Michael Mitzenmacher | Harvard University, Massachusetts

This greatly expanded new edition, requiring only an elementary background in discrete mathematics, comprehensively covers randomization and probabilistic techniques in modern computer science. It includes new material relevant to machine learning and big data analysis, plus examples and exercises, enabling students to learn modern techniques and applications. • Contains all the background in probability needed to understand many subdisciplines of computer science • Includes new material relevant to machine learning and big data analysis, enabling students to learn new, up-to-date techniques and applications • Newly added chapters and sections cover the normal distribution, sample complexity, VC dimension, naïve Bayes, cuckoo hashing, power laws, and the Lovasz Local Lemma • Many new exercises and examples, including several new programming-related exercises, providing students with excellent training in problem solving

71

Contents: 1. Events and probability; 2. Discrete random variables and expectations; 3. Moments and deviations; 4. Chernoff and Hoeffding bounds; 5. Balls, bins, and random graphs; 6. The probabilistic method; 7. Markov chains and random walks; 8. Continuous distributions and the Polsson process; 9. The normal distribution; 10. Entropy, randomness, and information; 11. The Monte Carlo method; 12. Coupling of Markov chains; 13. Martingales; 14. Sample complexity, VC dimension, and Rademacher complexity; 15. Pairwise independence and universal hash functions; 16. Power laws and related distributions; 17. Balanced allocations and cuckoo hashing. Algorithmics, complexity, computer algebra and computational geometry

December 2016 253 x 177 mm 488pp 8 b/w illus.  1 table   978-1-107-15488-9 Hardback £44.99 / US$69.99 X

Quantum Information Theory P

Second edition Mark M. Wilde | Louisiana State University

This new edition of Wilde’s popular book promises over 100 pages of new material, exercises and references. New attention is given to the derivation of the Choi–Kraus theorem for quantum channels, the CHSH game, quantum relative entropy, and sequential decoding. The text offers an ideal entry point into the topic for graduate students. • Contains over 100 pages of new material, including many new exercises and references • Offers an extensive overview of classical information theory and recent advances in quantum information theory for the non-expert • Provides applications to many example quantum channels of practical interest, including depolarizing, amplitude dampening, and erasure channels Cryptography, cryptology and coding

January 2017 247 x 174 mm 780pp 80 b/w illus.  3 tables  300 exercises   978-1-107-17616-4 Hardback £54.99 / US$89.99 P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 34382.indd 71

05/01/2017 12:37


Computer science / Physics

72

Learning LaTeX

Darkweb Cyber Threat Intelligence Mining

Second edition David F. Griffiths | University of Dundee

John Robertson | Arizona State University

LaTeX is an extremely popular typesetting system which is widely used in the sciences. This short, well-written book covers the material essential for learning LaTeX, without any extraneous detail. In this second edition, additional material has been included on American Mathematical Society packages, the BiBTeX program, and the Beamer package. • Covers only essential material, so there is no need to wade through extraneous detail • Contains numerous examples of widely used mathematical expressions, troubleshooting tips to help pinpoint errors, and information about online LaTeX resources • Provides additional material on American Mathematical Society packages, the BiBTeX program, the Beamer package, and the a0poster class Scientific computing, scientific software

September 2016 247 x 174 mm 111pp 978-1-61197-441-6 Paperback £23.99 / c. US$30.99

Communications, information theory and security

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 180pp 978-1-107-18577-7 Hardback £47.99 / US$59.99

P

Social Signal Processing Edited by Judee K. Burgoon | University of Arizona

P

This title is available from Cambridge to customers outside of North America up to March 31st, 2017; customers in North America should contact the Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics. Previously Announced

Introduction to Description Logic Franz Baader | Technische Universität, Dresden

Description Logics are knowledge representation formalisms that are highly relevant in computer science, knowledge representation and the semantic web. This is the first introductory textbook published on the subject, suitable for self-study by graduate students and as teaching material for university courses. • The first textbook on Description Logics to be published • Written by four world-leading experts in the area • Well-structured, with a good use of examples

This book provides authoritative surveys covering all aspects of modeling, detection, analysis, and synthesis of nonverbal behavior in human interaction and human-computer interaction. Each chapter includes both introductory and advanced material to address the needs of beginners and experts. The extensive applications include detection of developmental diseases and analysis of small groups. • Presents a comprehensive view of the field within a single volume, bringing together domains as diverse as computing science and psychology • Each chapter offers a basic introduction and a survey of current research • Emphasizes techniques and applications as well as foundations Social, educational and philosophical aspects of computing, e-publishing, HCI

February 2017 253 x 177 mm 480pp 20 b/w illus.  10 tables   978-1-107-16126-9 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$89.99 P

Physics

Knowledge management, databases, datamining

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 260pp 30 b/w illus.   978-0-521-87361-1 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99 978-0-521-69542-8 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99

This book examines cyber threat intelligence obtained from the center of the malicious hacking underworld – the dark web. It studies these communities both qualitatively and quantitatively, leveraging techniques from data mining, machine learning and AI and offering insights to both cybersecurity practitioners and researchers. • Describes methods for automatically analyzing cyber threat intelligence, providing ideas for practical use by operational cybersecurity professionals • Allows for data-driven decision support to cyber-defenders and modeling of worst-case scenarios • Melds cyber security, social science and data mining in an integrative fashion, paving the way for future research

P P

Human and Machine Hearing

Synchrotron Radiation and Free-Electron Lasers Principles of Coherent X-Ray Generation Kwang-Je Kim | Argonne National Laboratory, Illinois

Extracting Meaning from Sound Richard F. Lyon | Google, Inc., Mountain View, California

Drawing on over thirty-five years of experience, Richard F. Lyon comprehensively describes how human hearing works and how to build machines to analyze sounds in the same way that people do. The engineering concepts are presented in an accessible way to bring a diverse range of readers to a common technical understanding. • The author is the leading practitioner in applying hearing science to modern problems such as speech and music recognition • Presents updated versions of the author’s widely-used hearing models and supports them with well-explained open-source code • The book is wide ranging, leveraging ideas from machine vision in combination with hearing science

Understand the core principles of high-brightness X-ray generation from both synchrotron and free-electron laser sources with this authoritative guide. Including the most recent theoretical developments and experimental results, it is a comprehensive resource for students and researchers interested in high-brightness X-ray physics and technology. • Treats synchrotron radiation and free-electron lasers as a unified topic • Provides the most comprehensive discussion of high-brightness X-ray sources to date • Written by world-renowned authorities in the field of X-ray physics and technology Optics, optoelectronics and photonics

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 350pp 100 b/w illus.  2 tables   978-1-107-16261-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$110.00 P

Artificial intelligence and natural language processing

January 2017 253 x 177 mm 598pp 978-1-107-00753-6 Hardback £54.99 / US$79.99

34382.indd 72

P

05/01/2017 12:37


Physics

Textbook

Textbook

Optical Fiber Communications

Physics of Electronic Materials

Principles and Applications T. L. Singal | Chitkara University, India

Principles and Applications Jørgen Rammer | Lunds Universitet, Sweden

The primary aim of this book is to present the essential concepts of optical fiber communications in a manner which is student-friendly, interesting to read, and easy to understand. The theoretical concepts have been described from scratch, and are well-supported by illustrations, numerical problems and step-by-step solved examples. • Provides comprehensive coverage of optical fiber technology and optical transmitters • Includes adequate mathematical derivation and geometrical representation • Incorporates student-friendly features like facts to know, points to remember and model question papers • A large number of solved examples and numerical problems are provided for better understanding

With numerous exercises throughout the text and supplementary material incorporated within the appendices, this textbook explains the physical principles required to understand the operation of cutting edge electronic devices. It will appeal to advanced undergraduate and graduate students in physics and engineering and to anyone interested in how electronic devices function at a fundamental level. • Includes numerous exercises throughout, allowing the reader to observe theoretical concepts put to practical use and to learn about the important technological applications of quantum mechanics • Assumes only basic mathematical skills, and includes the elementary physics needed for understanding the content of the chapters within the appendices • Focuses on the materials, components and devices themselves whilst also incorporating a considerable amount of fundamental physics related to condensed matter theory and quantum mechanics

Contents: Preface; Dedication; List of figures; List of tables; Acknowledgements; 1. Introduction; 2. Basics of optical fibers; 3. Optical sources and transmitters; 4. Optical receivers; 5. Optical amplifiers; 6. Dispersion management techniques; 7. WDM concepts and components; 8. Optical measurements; Appendix A. Fiber optic sensors; Appendix B. Radio over fiber; Appendix C. Wireless optics; Appendix D. Model test papers; Appendix E. Abbreviations and acronyms; References; Index.

Contents: 1. Quantum mechanics; 2. Quantum tunneling; 3. Standard metal model; 4. Standard conductor model; 5. Electric circuit theory; 6. Quantum wells; 7. Particle in a periodic potential; 8. Bloch currents; 9. Crystalline solids; 10. Semiconductor doping; 11. Transistors; 12. Heterostructures; 13. Mesoscopic physics; 14. Arithmetic, logic and machines; Appendix A. Principles of quantum mechanics; Appendix B. Dirac’s delta function; Appendix C. Fourier analysis; Appendix D. Classical mechanics; Appendix E. Wave function properties; Appendix F. Transfer matrix properties; Appendix G. Momentum; Appendix H. Confined particles; Appendix I. Spin and quantum statistics; Appendix J. Statistical mechanics; Appendix K. The Fermi–Dirac distribution; Appendix L. Thermal current fluctuations; Appendix M. Gaussian wave packets; Appendix N. Wave packet dynamics; Appendix O. Screening by symmetry method; Appendix P. Commutation and common eigenfunctions; Appendix Q. Interband coupling; Appendix R. Common crystal structures; Appendix S. Effective mass approximation; Appendix T. Integral doubling formula; Bibliography; Index.

Optics, optoelectronics and photonics

June 2016 244 x 170 mm 472pp 978-1-316-61004-6 Paperback £54.99 / US$94.99

X

Universal Themes of BoseEinstein Condensation Edited by N. P. Proukakis | University of Newcastle upon Tyne

Written by experts in the field, this book surveys theoretical concepts and research to date on Bose–Einstein condensation (BEC), focusing on BEC as a universal phenomenon. Covering topics including superfluidity, superconductivity, nonstandard lasing, magnetic waves and cosmology, it is an excellent resource for researchers and students in theoretical and experimental physics. • Contains chapters by internationally recognised experts at the top of their fields, giving up-to-date and accurate insights into cutting-edge topics • Historical and review chapters giving broad overviews allow nonexperts to learn about the field generally before focusing in on detailed topics • Covers a range of topics within Bose–Einstein condensation research, allowing researchers in specialised subfields to familiarise themselves with the breadth of topics now studied and to identify common underlying questions Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 697pp 138 b/w illus.  3 tables   978-1-107-08569-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$100.00 P

73

Condensed matter physics, nanoscience and mesoscopic physics

January 2017 246 x 189 mm 550pp 276 b/w illus.   978-1-107-08494-0 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00

X

previously announced textbook

Foundations of Nuclear and Particle Physics T. William Donnelly | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

This textbook for graduates and advanced undergraduates provides up-to-date coverage of nuclear and particle physics, bringing together the fields and the interplay between them. Balancing theoretical and experimental perspectives and supported by exercises and online resources, the book provides students with a deep understanding of the subject. • Contains up-to-date coverage of both nuclear and particle physics, particularly the areas where the two overlap, equipping students for the real-world occasions where aspects of both fields are required for study • Covers the theoretical as well as the experimental foundations, providing students with a deep understanding of the field • Exercises ranging from basic experimental to sophisticated theoretical questions provide an important tool for readers to solidify their knowledge Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Symmetries; 3. Building hadrons from quarks; 4. The standard model; 5. QCD and confinement; 6. Chiral symmetry and QCD; 7. Introduction to lepton scattering; 8. Elastic electron scattering from the nucleon; 9. Hadron structure via lepton-nucleon scattering; 10. High-energy QCD; 11. The nucleon-nucleon interaction; 12. The structure and properties of few-body nuclei; 13. Overview of many-body nuclei; 14. Models of many-body nuclei; 15. Electron scattering from discrete states; 16. Electroexcitation of high-lying excitations of the nucleus;

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 34382.indd 73

05/01/2017 12:37


Physics

17. Beta decay; 18. Neutrino physics; 19. The physics of relativistic heavyions; 20. Astrophysics; 21. Beyond the standard model physics; Appendix A. Useful information; Appendix B. Quantum theory. Particle physics and nuclear physics

December 2016 246 x 189 mm 650pp 978-0-521-76511-4 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$85.00

X

Textbook

Modern Elementary Particle Physics Explaining and Extending the Standard Model Second edition Gordon Kane | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

74

This book provides a strong pedagogical foundation for students and general readers, and a valuable synthesis of cutting-edge research for working scientists. This new edition is expanded to make accessible the latest developments including Higgs physics, and several well-motivated extensions are described so the reader is ready for new developments. • Presents the Standard Method in a deductive rather than a historical approach, allowing people with some physics training but with little interest in working in particle physics to understand this new success of modern science • The qualitatively and conceptually solid derivations presented in this book are sufficient to understand the power of the theory, while avoiding the off-putting complexity • Explains calculations that demonstrate how well the theory is tested, as well as the Higgs boson discovery and its implications Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Relativistic notation, Lagrangians, and interactions; 3. Gauge invariance; 4. Non-abelian gauge theories; 5. Dirac notation for spin; 6. The Standard Model Lagrangian; 7. The electroweak theory and quantum chromodynamics; 8. Masses and the Higgs mechanism; 9. Cross sections, decay widths, and lifetimes: W and Z decays; 10. Production and properties of W± and Zo; 11. Measurement of electroweak and QCD parameters: the muon lifetime; 12. Accelerators – present and future; 13. Experiments and detectors; 14. Low energy and non-accelerator experiments; 15. Observation of the Higgs boson at the CERN LHC: is it the Higgs boson?; 16. Colliders and tests of the Standard Model: particles are pointlike; 17. Quarks and gluons, confinement and jets; 18. Hadrons, heavy quarks, and strong isospin invariance; 19. Coupling strengths depend on momentum transfer and on virtual particles; 20. Quark (and lepton) mixing angles; 21. CP violation; 22. Overview of physics beyond the Standard Model; 23. Grand unification; 24. Neutrino masses; 25. Dark matter; 26. Supersymmetry. Particle physics and nuclear physics

January 2017 246 x 189 mm 256pp 50 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16508-3 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$69.99

X

Advances in Disordered Systems, Random Processes and Some Applications This book offers a unified perspective on the study of complex systems with contributions written by leading scientists from various disciplines, including mathematics, physics, computer science, biology, economics and social science. It is written for researchers from a broad range of scientific fields with an interest in recent developments in complex systems. • Includes accounts of recent probabilistic methods used to investigate scaling limits from discrete to continuum models • Maths and physics are presented side by side in order to solve current open problems in disordered systems • Readers will be exposed to an up-to-date treatment of large databases, as well as to their theoretical modelisation Theoretical physics and mathematical physics

34382.indd 74

Physical Processes of Matter at Extreme Conditions Jon Larsen | Cascade Applied Sciences Inc., Colorado

A valuable and complete resource that brings together many of the branches of physics needed in high-energy-density physics. Targeted at research scientists and graduate students in physics and astrophysics, this book begins with basic concepts and develops a detailed explanation of the physics of hydrodynamics and energy transport in plasma. • Brings together the wide range of physics principles found in highenergy-density physics • Expands the documentation supporting radiation hydrodynamics simulation codes • A modern technical resource for both students and experienced researchers • A complete source for learning about the different branches of physics, from basic concepts to in-depth explanations Plasma physics and fusion physics

January 2017 247 x 174 mm 912pp 186 b/w illus.   978-1-107-12411-0 Hardback £99.99 / US$150.00

P

Precision Cosmology The First Half Million Years Bernard J. T. Jones | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

Describing the development of modern cosmology in a thorough and didactic way, this book is enlivened by engaging historical notes and extensive online supplementary material. It explores cosmology’s physical and mathematical basis, and how we interpret data from supernovae, galaxy distributions and the cosmic microwave background using modern statistical methods. • The first book to give a full review and discussion of microwave background radiation including latest Planck mission data • Provides a comprehensive background to the field of cosmology which is enlivened by the inclusion of various anecdotes • Includes a thorough grounding in how to extract information from large quantities of data in the most mathematically informative way that will be of use to all researchers who use statistics to analyse data Cosmology, relativity and gravitation

March 2017 246 x 189 mm 760pp 121 b/w illus.  12 tables   978-0-521-55433-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$94.99 P

Relativistic Kinetic Theory

Edited by Pierluigi Contucci | Università di Bologna

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 378pp 44 b/w illus.   978-1-107-12410-3 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

Foundations of HighEnergy-Density Physics

With Applications in Astrophysics and Cosmology Gregory V. Vereshchagin | International Centre for Relativistic Astrophysics Network, Italy

This book is targeted at beginning graduate students and researchers specializing in the field of astrophysics and cosmology, as well as at theoretical physicists working on kinetic theory. It contains necessary ingredients in order to start independent research in this fast developing field. • Readers can appreciate the simplicity and universality of underlying physical principles applied to seemingly distinct systems • Describes theory, numerical methods and applications of relativistic kinetic theory in a single volume • Discusses progress made in astrophysics during the last decades and the role played by kinetic theory Cosmology, relativity and gravitation

C

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 334pp 54 b/w illus.   978-1-107-04822-5 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

C

05/01/2017 12:37


Physics

Picturing Quantum Processes

The Physics of Cancer

A First Course in Quantum Theory and Diagrammatic Reasoning Bob Coecke | University of Oxford

Caterina La Porta | Università degli Studi di Milano

Quantum phenomena are explained through the language of diagrams, setting out an innovative visual method of presenting complex scientific theories. Focusing on physical intuition over mathematical formalism, and packed with exercises, this unique book is accessible to students and researchers across scientific disciplines, from undergraduate to Ph.D. level. • The first book of its kind in the field, the pedagogical focus allows students and researchers to master the techniques of diagrammatic reasoning • Heavily illustrated with diagrams and cartoons, the informal style and practical focus opens up the topic of quantum theory to a wider audience • Includes over one hundred exercises and worked examples, allowing students to practise the skills they are learning and gain confidence Quantum physics, quantum information and quantum computation

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 868pp 2435 b/w illus.  168 exercises   978-1-107-10422-8 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00 P

Quantum Theory from First Principles An Informational Approach Giacomo Mauro D’Ariano | Università degli Studi di Pavia, Italy

Quantum theory, the soul of theoretical physics, is derived in this book from fundamental principles applicable to any physical system. Explaining how to master the principles, and offering a radically new viewpoint inspired by quantum information, this will be of interest to anyone seeking a deeper understanding of the theory. • Building quantum rules from basic principles provides a deeper, more intuitive, understanding of quantum theory and quantum information • Graphical notation to represent equations offers a new, more accessible approach to the subject • Shorter and more efficient derivations allow readers to gain an in-depth understanding of the subject much earlier in the learning process Quantum physics, quantum information and quantum computation

January 2017 246 x 189 mm 400pp 20 b/w illus.   978-1-107-04342-8 Hardback £49.99 / US$74.99

P

A Student’s Guide to Dimensional Analysis Don S. Lemons | Bethel College, Kansas

This introduction to dimensional analysis covers the methods, history and formalisation of the field. Utilising topics including mechanics, hydroand electrodynamics, and thermal and quantum physics, it illustrates the possibilities and limitations of dimensional analysis, making it perfect for students on introductory courses in physics, engineering and mathematics. • Contains numerous worked examples, which help illustrate the methods of dimensional analysis • Includes end-of-chapter problems with answers in the appendix, and complete worked solutions on the book’s website, allowing for efficient self-study • Makes reference to historical sources, providing motivating context and detail

Addressing key aspects of cancer research from an interdisciplinary perspective and presenting analytical, quantitative and computational models, this book is a pedagogical introduction to cancer for physics students and researchers, as well as a reference text for cancer biologists interested in quantitative tools and approaches from physics. • Provides a useful introduction to cancer for any student of biological physics • Reviews the contributions of physics to cancer research • Includes mathematical and physical models for cancer research Biological physics

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 160pp 78 b/w illus.  1 table   978-1-107-10959-9 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$64.99

P

75

The Philosophy of Cosmology Edited by Khalil Chamcham | University of Oxford

This book addresses foundational questions raised by observational and theoretical progress in modern cosmology. As the foundational volume of an emerging academic discipline, experts from relevant fields lay out the fundamental problems of contemporary cosmology and explore the routes toward finding possible solutions, for a broad academic audience. • Promotes the philosophy of cosmology as a new academic discipline • Brings together experts in cosmology and the philosophy of physics to discuss fundamental issues in modern cosmology, to define new philosophical questions, and to develop new lines of thinking about them • Fundamental problems are explained clearly, to make the debate accessible to students and philosophers of science and metaphysicians, as well as to the wider academic community History, philosophy and foundations of physics

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 544pp 60 b/w illus.  10 tables   978-1-107-14539-9 Hardback £49.99 / US$69.99 P

The Meaning of the Wave Function In Search of the Ontology of Quantum Mechanics Shan Gao | Chinese Academy of Sciences, Beijing

Covering much of the recent debate, this ambitious text for students and researchers provides new, decisive proof of the reality of the wave function, improving the PBR theorem and reviewing competing views in this field, which has been a hot topic of debate since the early days of quantum mechanics. • Presents a concise introduction to quantum mechanics, including the concept of protective measurements • Includes the latest developments in the field, bringing readers right up-to-date with current advances • Analyses the competing perspectives on the wave function in a way which has not yet been done in the existing literature History, philosophy and foundations of physics

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 205pp 8 b/w illus.   978-1-107-12435-6 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

C

Mathematical methods and computational tools

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 121pp 16 b/w illus.  39 tables   978-1-107-16115-3 Hardback £49.99 / US$69.99 P 978-1-316-61381-8 Paperback £19.99 / US$24.99 P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 34382.indd 75

05/01/2017 12:37


Physics / Earth and environmental science

Earth and environmental science

What Goes Up... Gravity and Scientific Method Peter Kosso | Northern Arizona University

76

Following the history of gravity from Aristotle to Einstein, this clear account highlights the logic of scientific method and demonstrates how scientific ideas are developed, challenged and changed. Limited mathematics and clear explanations allow all those curious about gravity to gain a deeper understanding of gravity and how science works. • Fundamental ideas on both the science of gravity and scientific method are developed together to demonstrate how one informs the other • Uses only high-school level algebra and geometry, along with clear explanations to help make understanding gravity accessible to those without advanced mathematical training • Helps develop an appreciation of the dramatic changes in scientific convictions over the course of history History, philosophy and foundations of physics

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 240pp 56 b/w illus.  2 tables   978-1-107-12985-6 Hardback £34.99 / US$49.99 P

From Matter to Life Information and Causality Edited by Sara Imari Walker | Arizona State University

Recent advances suggest that the concept of information might hold the key to unravelling the mystery of life’s origins. This book provides fresh insights from experts in philosophy, biology, chemistry, physics, and cognitive and social sciences to provide a unique cross-disciplinary perspective on the problem. It will be of interest to students and researchers in these fields. • Presents engaging and authoritative perspectives from experts who are often involved with public engagement in science • Fresh insights provide timely context to recent advances in astrobiology and the search for life beyond Earth • A unique assessment of whether information can make a difference to our understanding of the nature and origins of life History, philosophy and foundations of physics

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 543pp 49 b/w illus.   978-1-107-15053-9 Hardback £24.99 / US$34.99

P

Previously aNNouNced textbook

Earth Materials Introduction to Mineralogy and Petrology Second edition Cornelis Klein | University of New Mexico

This textbook brings together the wide-ranging fundamentals students need to understand rocks and minerals, and shows how they relate to the broader Earth, materials and environmental sciences. It is beautifully illustrated to explain the key concepts in mineralogy and petrology. This edition has been fully updated based on classroom experience. • Brings together all the wide-ranging fundamentals needed to understand rocks and minerals in a concise textbook • Shows how minerals and rocks relate to the broader Earth sciences, materials sciences and environmental sciences • Stunning color photos of specimens and CrystalMaker’s 3D illustrations allow students to easily visualize minerals, rocks and crystal structures • Online resources include CrystalViewer’s 3D rotatable crystal structures, animated phase diagrams, answers to end-of-chapter student exercises and all the figures from the book as PowerPoint and JPEG files for instructors Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Materials of the solid earth; 3. How are minerals identified?; 4. Fundamentals of crystal structures; 5. Introduction to crystallography; 6. Minerals and rocks observed under the polarizing optical microscope; 7. Igneous rock-forming minerals; 8. The direction and rate of natural processes: an introduction to thermodynamics and kinetics; 9. How do igneous rocks form?; 10. Igneous rocks: their mode of occurrence, classification, and plate tectonic setting; 11. Sedimentary rock-forming minerals and materials; 12. Formation, transport, and lithification of sediment; 13. Sedimentary rock classification, occurrence, and plate tectonic significance; 14. Metamorphic rock-forming minerals; 15. Metamorphic rocks; 16. Some economic minerals, mainly from veins and pegmatites; 17. Some selected earth materials resources; 18. Earth materials and human health. Mineralogy, petrology and volcanology

December 2016 276 x 219 mm 652pp 1076 colour illus.  30 tables  360 exercises   978-1-107-15540-4 Hardback £100.00 / US$200.00 978-1-316-60885-2 Paperback £49.99 / US$99.99

34382.indd 76

X X

05/01/2017 12:37


Earth and environmental science

highlight

Highlight

Unsteady Flow in Open Channels

textbook

Thermodynamics of Natural Systems

Jurjen A. Battjes | Technische Universiteit Delft, The Netherlands

Theory and Applications in Geochemistry and Environmental Science Third edition Greg Anderson | University of Toronto

This streamlined third edition is an accessible introduction to thermodynamics, specifically tailored to Earth and environmental science students. Beginning at an elementary level, it gradually builds to a treatment of real-world geological and environmental problems. Exercises and solutions are provided with each chapter, and further supplementary resources are available online. • Offers specially tailored treatment of thermodynamics for Earth and environmental science students • Provides a more streamlined and accessible introduction for students with little prior knowledge of thermodynamics • Uses examples and problem sets to highlight the connection between the idealized theory of thermodynamics and real-world geological and environmental problems • Includes additional web resources, such as chapters on more advanced topics and password-protected solutions to problems in the book Contents: Preface; 1. What is thermodynamics?; 2. Defining our terms; 3. The First Law of Thermodynamics; 4. The Second Law of Thermodynamics; 5. Getting data; 6. Some simple applications; 7. Solutions; 8. Fugacity and activity; 9. The equilibrium constant; 10. Rockwater systems; 11. Redox reactions; 12. Phase diagrams; 13. Affinity and extent of reaction; Appendix A. Constants and numerical values; Appendix B. Standard state properties; Appendix C. Answers to exercises; References; Index; Online material: real solutions; The phase rule; Equations of state; Solid solutions; Electrolyte solutions; The Van’t Hoff equilibrium box; Topics in mathematics. Geochemistry and environmental chemistry

February 2017 246 x 189 mm 422pp 141 b/w illus.   978-1-107-17521-1 Hardback £49.99 / US$94.99

X

The Earth’s Inner Core Revealed by Observational Seismology Hrvoje Tkalčić | Australian National University, Canberra

The first comprehensive review of past and contemporary research on the Earth’s inner core from a seismological perspective. Providing a detailed account of how seismology is used in inner core research, and suggesting avenues for further study, it is an essential resource for researchers and students studying seismology and deep Earth processes. • Contains step-by-step derivations of key mathematical concepts in seismology, and conceptual representations, to help students and researchers from other disciplines to follow research methods • Electronic supplements include inner core-sensitive datasets used to study the physical phenomena discussed in the book, along with 3D visualisations, enabling researchers to use these data in their own studies • Proposes new methods and installations of seismic instruments in remote regions of the planet to stimulate future seismological research and improve global coverage of the inner core Solid earth geophysics

January 2017 247 x 174 mm 256pp 59 b/w illus.  24 colour illus.   978-1-107-03730-4 Hardback £54.99 / US$79.99 P

This book provides a unified framework for understanding and computing unsteady flow in shallow one-dimensional open-water systems. Theoretical treatment is fully supported by a variety of practical examples and Python computer code is used to demystify numerical modelling. A range of online resources is available at www.cambridge.org/battjes. • Provides fundamental insights into the dynamics of various classes of unsteady flows • Demonstrates how high-level computer language, such as Python, can be used to solve advanced problems with relatively little programming effort • Supported by examples of inspiring research and engineering, to demonstrate the application of the theoretical concepts discussed

77

Hydrology, hydrogeology and water resources

January 2017 246 x 189 mm 304pp 161 b/w illus.   978-1-107-15029-4 Hardback £44.99 / US$79.99

P

Modeling of Atmospheric Chemistry Guy P. Brasseur | Max-Planck-Institut für Meteorologie, Hamburg

Focusing on both theory and practice, this comprehensive account of the modeling methods used in atmospheric chemistry research will be of interest to graduate students and professionals in atmospheric sciences and engineering. Introductory chapters and reviews of the relevant mathematics make this a one-stop resource accessible to a broad readership. • Introductory chapters make the text accessible to readers with no prior knowledge of the topic • An encyclopaedic coverage of the methods used in atmospheric modeling provides a cohesive overview of the field • A step-by-step approach and reviews of the relevant mathematics make it easy to follow for those without a strong mathematical background • A discussion of the philosophical and historical perspective of the field gives context to the development of the models Atmospheric science and meteorology

February 2017 253 x 177 mm 560pp 47 b/w illus.  175 colour illus.   978-1-107-14696-9 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$89.99 P

Nonlinear and Stochastic Climate Dynamics Edited by Christian L. E. Franzke | Universität Hamburg

This edited volume presents the latest developments and current research questions in nonlinear and stochastic climate dynamics. It provides graduate students and researchers with a broad overview of the physical climate system and introduces powerful data analysis and modeling methods for climate scientists and applied mathematicians. • Provides an integrative overview of nonlinear, non-stationary, nonGaussian, non-Markovian and stochastic methods in climate science • Presents both a thorough review of the field and an examination of cutting-edge research • Considers a range of spatial and temporal scales relevant to all disciplines in atmospheric physics, from weather prediction to paleoclimate modelling Climatology and climate change

January 2017 247 x 174 mm 456pp 45 b/w illus.  78 colour illus.   978-1-107-11814-0 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00 C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 34382.indd 77

05/01/2017 12:37


Earth and environmental science

78

Climate Change and Cities

Spatial Analysis of Coastal Environments

Second Assessment Report of the Urban Climate Change Research Network Edited by Cynthia Rosenzweig | NASA Goddard Institute for Space Studies, Columbia University, New York

Sarah M. Hamylton | University of Wollongong, New South Wales

This book is for decision makers and experts who wish to learn about climate change and cities around the world, impacts on urban transportation, water, energy, and health, and the design of effective adaptation and mitigation programs. Practical examples show how developed and developing cities are responding to this global challenge. • Contains double the number of chapters as the First ARC3 Report, based on feedback from numerous climate conferences around the world and a survey of city experts and practitioners • Includes many new topics, including urban ecology and biodiversity, environmental equity and justice, economics, finance, and the private sector, urban planning and design, urban solid waste, urban coastal zones, mitigation and adaptation, and housing and informal settlements • All sectors from the First ARC3 Report have been thoroughly updated Climatology and climate change

January 2017 279 x 216 mm 350pp 978-1-316-60333-8 Paperback £49.99 / US$79.99

P

HigHligHt

Climate Change in Practice Topics for Discussion with Group Exercises Robert L. Wilby | Loughborough University

This accessible book challenges and provokes readers by posing a series of topical questions concerning climate change and society. With topic summaries, practical exercises, case studies and various online resources, it is ideal for students of geography, natural science, engineering and economics, and practitioners in the climate service industry. • Emphasises translating climate science into policy and practice, appealing to those considering a career in natural resource management or the growth industry of climate services • Includes carefully designed exercises and questions to direct further group and individual study, with supplementary material available online • Authentic case studies enable readers to develop transferable skills in, for example, data and scenario analysis, risk assessment, decision-making processes, product life-cycle assessment, and carbon accounting • Presents core topics and concepts in ‘bite-size’ primers Climatology and climate change

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 291pp 20 b/w illus.  74 colour illus.  16 maps   978-1-107-14345-6 Hardback £59.99 / US$84.99 P 978-1-316-50777-3 Paperback £29.99 / US$44.99 P

This book covers the spatial analytical tools needed to map, monitor and explain or predict coastal features. Presenting empirical geographical approaches using recent technological developments, while providing detailed case studies on a range of coastal environments, it is an ideal resource for undergraduates studying spatial science. • Presents detailed international case studies with a broad geographical range, with examples from California, New York, France, Australia, Saudi Arabia, the Seychelles, the Chagos Islands and Argentina, encouraging readers to think spatially while exposing them to a range of global coastal problems • Uses clearly drafted figures and accessible language to convey complex ideas • Includes chapter summary points, a comprehensive glossary and appendices of electronic exercises Oceanography and marine science

March 2017 246 x 189 mm 228pp 88 b/w illus.  48 colour illus.  30 tables   978-1-107-07047-9 Hardback £44.99 / US$54.99 P

Quaternary of the Levant Environments, Climate Change, and Humans Edited by Yehouda Enzel | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

This book presents up-to-date research achievements from a region that displays unique interactions between the climate, the environment and human evolution. Over eighty contributions from leading researchers review 2.5 million years of environmental change and human cultural evolution, creating an invaluable resource for students, academics and archaeologists. • An integrated reference on a region at the crossroads of environmental, climatic and human transitions • Overview summaries draw together over eighty contributions across a wide range of disciplines • Synthesises the results of thousands of research papers over the past four decades into a single volume Environmental science

February 2017 276 x 219 mm 672pp 327 b/w illus.  46 colour illus.   978-1-107-09046-0 Hardback £110.00 / US$175.00 C

Introduction to Planetary Photometry Michael K. Shepard | Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania

Introducing planetary photometry as a quantitative remote sensing tool, this handbook demonstrates how reflected light can be measured and used to investigate the physical properties of bodies in our Solar System. Covering background theory and methods of data interpretation, it provides an accessible introduction for students, amateurs and planetary scientists. • An introductory text on planetary photometry, providing an accessible overview of the field and a foundation for more advanced texts • Assumes little specific background knowledge, providing readers new to the field with the knowledge and tools they need to use this technique in practice • Many concepts and equations are derived from first principles, promoting a deeper understanding of the theory of planetary photometry Planetary science and astrobiology

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 245pp 69 b/w illus.  8 tables  40 exercises   978-1-107-13174-3 Hardback £44.99 / US$64.99 P

34382.indd 78

05/01/2017 12:37


Earth and environmental science / Astronomy

Astronomy

Climate Justice and Historical Emissions Edited by Lukas H. Meyer | Karl-Franzens-Universität Graz, Austria

Highlight

This volume investigates who can be considered responsible for historical emissions and their consequences, and how and why it should matter for the design of a just global climate policy. An unbiased, authoritative guide for advanced students, researchers and policymakers, and for those interested in the broader issues of global justice. • With original chapters written by leading researchers in the field, readers will be introduced to the cutting edge of research by some of the most important contributors to the debate • Combines the discussion of the underlying philosophical issues with an investigation of the practical relevance of taking historical emissions into account • The first book on climate justice and historical emissions • The issues raised by historical emissions in the climate justice debate connect interestingly to other philosophically and practically important questions, such as affirmative action, collective and individual responsibility, and ideal and non-ideal theory Environmental policy, economics and law

January 2017 253 x 177 mm 271pp 4 b/w illus.   978-1-107-06953-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$110.00

Worlds Fantastic, Worlds Familiar A Guided Tour of the Solar System Bonnie J. Buratti | Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California Institute of Technology

Bonnie J. Buratti, a senior planetary astronomer, leads a personal tour of NASA’s latest Solar System discoveries. She gives vivid descriptions of landforms and processes, similar to but more fantastic than those found on Earth. This engaging account of modern space exploration is written for non-specialist readers of high-school age and beyond. • Gives many comparisons between the planets and Earth, describing the Solar System using phenomena that the reader would be familiar with • Provides a realistic description of scientific discovery, showing both the good and bad elements, from the viewpoint of a female scientist • Gives simple non-mathematical descriptions and analogies to many physical ideas, and is therefore suitable for a broad general audience

79

Planetary science

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 236pp 108 b/w illus.   978-1-107-15274-8 Hardback £19.99 / US$29.99

C

Highlight

G

Cometography

Curbing Catastrophe

A Catalog of Comets Volume 6: 1983–1993 Gary W. Kronk | Association of Lunar and Planetary Observers

Natural Hazards and Risk Reduction in the Modern World Timothy H. Dixon | University of South Florida

This thought-provoking book presents a compelling account of recent and historical disasters, both natural and human-caused, drawing out common themes and providing a holistic understanding of hazards, disasters and mitigation, for anyone interested in this important and topical subject. • Presents a new and insightful discussion of similarities between natural disasters worldwide, such as the Japan tsunami of 2011 and the flooding of New Orleans in 2005, enabling more integrated understanding of natural hazards and successful mitigation measures • Explains the complex science behind major disasters and environmental issues in easy-to-understand terms, providing a key resource for readers at all levels • Describes specific examples of planning and safety failures, and makes predictions concerning future disasters, providing real-world data for investigative reporting, hazard mitigation planning, and important reading for anyone interested in this topical and important subject

The sixth and final volume of Cometography provides complete details of every comet seen in the years between 1983 and 1993, featuring their brightnesses, physical descriptions, and orbits. This completes the definitive reference on comets for amateur and professional astronomers, and historians of science. • Includes physical descriptions of each comet’s development throughout its apparition • Lists comets in chronological order, with complete references to publications relating to the comet • Completes the Cometography catalog as the definitive reference on comets through the ages Planetary science | Cometography

April 2017 253 x 177 mm 632pp 978-0-521-87216-4 Hardback c. £180.00 / US$300.00

R

Earth science (general)

December 2016 228 x 152 mm 346pp 51 b/w illus.  6 tables   978-1-107-03518-8 Hardback £21.99 / US$29.99 G

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 34382.indd 79

05/01/2017 12:37


Astronomy

Textbook

Gravitational Lensing Scott Dodelson | Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory, Batavia, Illinois

80

Using little general relativity and no higher level mathematics, this text presents the basics of gravitational lensing, focusing on the equations needed to understand the phenomena. It then applies them to an array of topics, so that students and researchers may quickly grasp the basics and the important issues. • The first textbook presentation of gravitational lensing at this level, designed to be accessible to a broad range of students (and their instructors) • Presents a unified approach to diverse lensing phenomena usually encountered in many different courses, from galactic astronomy, through cosmology and general relativity, to exoplanets • Exercises and suggestions for follow-up reading are provided at the end of each chapter, preparing motivated students for further study and research Contents: 1. Overview; 2. Deflection of light; 3. Multiple images; 4. Magnification; 5. Microlensing; 6. Weak lensing: galaxy shapes; 7. Mass from shapes; 8. Cosmic shear; 9. Lensing of the cosmic microwave background; Appendix A. Numbers; Appendix B. Lensing formulae. Cosmology and relativity

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 254pp 87 b/w illus.  14 colour illus.   978-1-107-12976-4 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$79.99 X

The Zeldovich Universe (IAU S308) Genesis and Growth of the Cosmic Web Edited by Rien van de Weygaert | Kapteyn Astronomical Institute, The Netherlands

IAU S308 marks the centenary of the birth of the Russian cosmologist Yakov B. Zeldovich, whose seminal work paved the way towards understanding the complex web-like structure observed in our Universe. This volume synthesizes the insights obtained from observational and theoretical studies for researchers and students working in this vibrant field. • Examines the evolution of the ‘Cosmic Web’, structure formation on the largest scale • Dedicated to Yakov B. Zeldovich (1914–87), who pioneered research in this area • Brings together observational and theoretical strands and looks ahead to future large-scale structure surveys Cosmology and relativity | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

November 2016 247 x 174 mm 666pp 400 b/w illus.  8 tables   978-1-107-07860-4 Hardback £80.00 / US$120.00 C

A Question and Answer Guide to Astronomy Second edition Carol Christian | Space Telescope Science Institute, Baltimore

An engaging guide for anyone who has ever wondered about the cosmos, this handy reference gives simple yet rigorous answers to hundreds of astronomical questions. This second edition includes substantial new material throughout, including the latest findings from the New Horizons, Rosetta, and Dawn space missions, and images from professional telescopes. • Provides concise, informative answers to basic questions spanning planets, stars, the Universe, and the tools astronomers use • Makes widespread use of color graphics and photos, to ensure the book is attractive and, more importantly, to help aid understanding • Written by two astronomers experienced in teaching and working with the public, the content is detailed and rigorous, while remaining approachable for a broad range of people Amateur and popular astronomy

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 382pp 543 b/w illus.   978-1-316-61526-3 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99

G

Highlight

The Art of Astrophotography Ian Morison | Jodrell Bank, University of Manchester

This new guide provides the essentials of how to produce beautiful astronomical images. Every type of astroimaging is covered through a series of worked examples and short project walk-throughs, detailing the equipment and individual steps required to capture, process and enhance images rivalling those seen in astronomical magazines. • Worked examples give the reader a comprehensive understanding of the ways that their captured images can be enhanced to bring out their beauty • Covers every type of object, from images of the Moon, planets and comets, to capturing images of the constellations, star clusters and nebulae within the Milky Way and faint distant galaxies • Ideal for use with a range of equipment, from smartphone cameras, through DSLR cameras to more specialised CCD and telescope set-ups Amateur and popular astronomy

January 2017 246 x 189 mm 274pp 198 colour illus.  2 tables   978-1-316-61841-7 Paperback £29.99 / US$44.99 G

Spectroscopy for Amateur Astronomers Recording, Processing, Analysis and Interpretation Marc F. M. Trypsteen

This accessible guide presents the astrophysical concepts behind astronomical spectroscopy, covering both theoretical and practical elements. Suitable for anyone with only a little background knowledge and access to amateur-level equipment, it will help you understand and practise the scientifically important and growing field of amateur astronomy. • Gathers together all the basic knowledge for a quick understanding and an easy reading of the principles of astronomical spectroscopy • Presents an overview of measurement and calibration methods, which has been missing up until now, describing a range of detailed analysis options, accessible to averagely equipped amateurs • While the physical basics provided should be widely understood by the majority of amateurs, some dedicated sections are directed to advanced students and amateurs with more advanced knowledge of mathematics and quantum mechanics Amateur and popular astronomy

April 2017 276 x 219 mm 184pp 129 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16618-9 Hardback £34.99 / US$49.99

34382.indd 80

P

05/01/2017 12:37


Astronomy

Complete Spectroscopy for Amateur Astronomers Richard Walker

This two-volume set is comprised of the Spectral Atlas for Amateur Astronomers, a full colour reference featuring detailed commented spectral profiles of more than one hundred astronomical objects, and its companion guide, Spectroscopy for Amateur Astronomers, which explains in detail the methods for recording, processing, analysing and interpreting spectra. • A complete reference and guide to all aspects of astronomical spectroscopy for amateurs, students and teachers of astronomy • Presents an overview of measurement and calibration methods, which has been missing up until now, describing a range of detailed analysis options, accessible to amateurs • Fills a gap in the astronomical literature, allowing readers to interpret and compare different recorded spectra, both within the books and to their own measured spectra Amateur and popular astronomy

March 2017 276 x 219 mm 470pp 978-1-316-64256-6 2 Volume Hardback Set

c. £85.00 / c. US$125.00 R

Spectral Atlas for Amateur Astronomers A Guide to the Spectra of Astronomical Objects and Terrestrial Light Sources Richard Walker

Featuring detailed commented spectral profiles of more than one hundred astronomical objects, in colour, this spectral reference documents important spectroscopically observable objects accessible to amateur-level equipment. It allows comparisons with your own recorded spectra to inspire amateurs and students to undertake independent observing projects. • Fills a gap in the astronomical literature, allowing readers to interpret and compare different recorded spectra, both within the book and to their own measured spectra • The labelled plates with spectral profiles are accompanied by objectrelated astrophysical backgrounds, appropriate classification systems and, in some cases, historically interesting details • The presentation of astronomical objects is supplemented by commented spectra of terrestrial and calibration light sources, for educational and practical purposes Amateur and popular astronomy

April 2017 276 x 219 mm 285pp 211 colour illus.  26 tables   978-1-107-16590-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$89.99 P

Previously aNNouNced textbook

Atmospheric Evolution on Inhabited and Lifeless Worlds David C. Catling | University of Washington

An authoritative text on the formation and evolution of planetary atmospheres. It covers a comprehensive range of topics including atmospheric chemistry, thermodynamics, radiative transfer, and atmospheric dynamics. It is an invaluable resource for graduate-level students and researchers working across the fields of atmospheric science, geochemistry, planetary science, astrobiology, and astronomy. • A careful distillation from the diverse research literature into a textbook by two well-known scientists in the field of atmospheric evolution • Reviews the necessary mathematical equations from atmospheric chemistry, thermodynamics, radiative transfer, and atmospheric dynamics, within a concise and integrated view of planetary atmospheres and their evolution • Ideal for graduate students and instructors to familiarize themselves with the necessary knowledge to understand the research literature • Fully referenced, unlike most other texts in the field, so readers can easily turn to the cited research literature in various contributing fields

81

Contents: Preface; Part I. Principles of Planetary Atmospheres: 1. The structure of planetary atmospheres; 2. Energy and radiation in planetary atmospheres; 3. Essentials of chemistry of planetary atmospheres; 4. Motions in planetary atmospheres; 5. Escape of atmospheres to space; Part II. Evolution of the Earth’s Atmosphere: 6. Formation of Earth’s atmosphere and oceans; 7. Volcanic outgassing and mantle redox evolution; 8. Atmospheric and global redox balance; 9. The prebiotic and early postbiotic atmosphere; 10. The rise of oxygen and ozone in Earth’s atmosphere; 11. Long-term climate evolution; Part III. Atmospheres and Climates on Other Worlds: 12. Mars; 13. Evolution of Venus’ atmosphere; 14. Giant planets and their satellites; 15. Exoplanets: habitability and characterization; Bibliography; Appendix A. One-dimensional climate model; Appendix B. Photochemical models; Appendix C. Atomic states and term symbols; Index. Extrasolar planets and astrobiology

January 2017 246 x 189 mm 500pp 263 b/w illus.  13 colour illus.  43 tables   978-0-521-84412-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$74.99 P New iN PaPerback

Observing and Cataloguing Nebulae and Star Clusters From Herschel to Dreyer’s New General Catalogue Wolfgang Steinicke

Providing the first comprehensive historical study of the New General Catalogue, this book is an important resource to all those interested in the history of modern astronomy and visual deep-sky observing. It covers the people, observatories, instruments and methods involved in nineteenth-century visual deep-sky observing, as well as prominent deep-sky objects. • A unique source for visual observers and professional astronomers, providing an extensive study of the New General Catalogue (NGC) • Presents a complete overview of nineteenth-century visual deep-sky observations and the history of eminent deep-sky objects • Highlights the importance of the NGC in modern observational astronomy History of astronomy and cosmology

March 2017 246 x 189 mm 662pp 357 b/w illus.  238 tables   978-1-316-64418-8 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$68.99 C Also available 978-0-521-19267-5 Hardback £124.00 / US$196.00 C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 34382.indd 81

05/01/2017 12:37


Astronomy / Engineering

previously announced

Astronomy in Focus XXIXA

textbook

As Presented at the IAU XXIX General Assembly, 2015 Volume 1 Edited by Piero Benvenuti | Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy

82

Numerical Methods with Chemical Engineering Applications

Astronomy in Focus XXIXA covers dynamical problems in extrasolar planet science; astronomical heritage; scholarly publishing; statistics and exoplanets; the exploration of small worlds; ground and space astrophysics and heliophysics; laboratory astrophysics; brightness variations of the Sun; astronomy for development; and the threats of light pollution and radio frequency interference. • Provides an up-to-date compendium of current research in a variety of astronomical disciplines, giving concise yet authoritative reviews of contemporary astronomy and astrophysics • Reports the presentations made in a number of Focus Meetings held at the IAU XXIX General Assembly 2015, which had record levels of participation • Each Focus Meeting chapter offers comprehensive reviews, contributed papers and posters, with additional material available online, presenting most recent advancements in each field Astronomy (general) | Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

November 2016 247 x 174 mm 855pp 100 b/w illus.   978-1-107-16981-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$129.99

C

Engineering Semiconductor Nanolasers Qing Gu | University of Texas, Dallas

The first of its kind, this comprehensive resource explains the fundamental physics of semiconductor nanolasers along with details of their design, fabrication, and applications. This is essential reading for graduate students, researchers, and professionals in optoelectronics, applied photonics, physics, and materials science. • The first book on nanolasers • Covers the fundamental physics underlying the subject • Offers practical detail on design, fabrication, and applications Electronic, optoelectronic devices, and nanotechnology

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 436pp 194 b/w illus.  14 tables   978-1-107-11048-9 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00 C

Kevin D. Dorfman | University of Minnesota

Aimed primarily at chemical engineering undergraduates, this textbook covers the theory underlying numerical methods, its translation into MATLAB programs, and its use for solving realistic problems. Mathematically rigorous, yet accessible and assuming limited programming knowledge, it includes numerous examples and end-of-chapter homework problems, and is accompanied by an online solutions manual and downloadable MATLAB code. • Teaches fundamental mathematics, theory and programming with applications to chemical engineering • A solutions manual and code are available online Contents: 1. Mathematical modeling and structured programming; 2. Linear algebraic equations; 3. Nonlinear algebraic equations; 4. Initial value problems; 5. Dynamical systems; 6. Boundary value problems; 7. Partial differential equations; 8. Interpolation and integration; Appendix A. MATLAB tutorial; Appendix B. Determinant of a matrix. Chemical engineering | Cambridge Series in Chemical Engineering

December 2016 246 x 189 mm 600pp 135 b/w illus.  12 tables   978-1-107-13511-6 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$99.99 X

Advanced Analytical Dynamics Theory and Applications Vincent De Sapio | HRL Laboratories LLC, California

Intended for graduate students, this textbook provides an understanding of the theoretical underpinnings of analytical mechanics, as well as modern task-based approaches that can be exploited for real-world problems. Students will receive a timely perspective on applying theory to modern problems in areas like biomechanics and robotics. • Contains real-life examples, and includes computational software problems (MATLAB® and Mathematica®) • Students can quickly connect mathematical theory to tangible examples • Offers a fresh and timely perspective on applying modern theory to modern problems Engineering design, kinematics, and robotics

January 2017 234 x 177 mm 304pp 978-1-107-17960-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$99.99

P

Previously Announced

Advanced Structural Dynamics Eduardo Kausel | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Developed from three decades’ worth of lecture notes from Massachusetts Institute of Technology lectures, this concise textbook presents an exhaustive treatment of structural dynamics and mechanical vibration. Appropriate for introductory courses yet rigorous enough for advanced courses, this book is for graduate students, doctoral candidates, practicing professionals, and instructors. • Self-contained chapters enable instructors to identify and select relevant sections for their teaching • The author has drawn on three decades’ worth of lecture notes which he used to teach at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology • Presents a concise yet comprehensive treatment of structural dynamics and mechanical vibration Engineering design, kinematics, and robotics

January 2017 253 x 177 mm 700pp 978-1-107-17151-0 Hardback £84.99 / US$135.00

34382.indd 82

P

05/01/2017 12:37


Engineering

Textbook

Fundamentals of Machine Design Volume 1 Ajeet Singh | Motilal Nehru National Institute of Technology (MNNIT), India

This book covers important topics such as manufacturing aspects of machine design, types of stresses, joints, shafts and keys of machine design in an easy to understand manner. The chapters are rich in pedagogical features including solved examples, unsolved exercises, design problems and review questions. • Discusses bending stresses, combined stresses and stress concentration • Includes comprehensive analysis of different types of joints including cotter, riveted and welded joints • Aids understanding by discussing concepts with the help of solved problems wherever necessary • Provides coverage of applications of different types of joints used in boilers, bridges, power presses and coupling Contents: Preface; Acknowledgement; Dedication; List of figures; List of tables; 1. Introduction to machine design; 2. Materials, properties, and selection; 3. Limits, tolerance, and fits; 4. Manufacturing aspects in design; 5. Direct simple stresses; 6. Bending stresses; 7. Torsional stresses; 8. Combined stresses; 9. Stress concentration; 10. Endurance strength; 11. Fluctuating stresses; 12. Cotter joints; 13. Pin joints; 14. Riveted joints; 15. Welded joints; 16. Bolted joints; 17. Eccentric loading; 18. Power screws; 19. Shafts and keys; 20. Couplings; 21. Levers; 22. Helical springs; 23. Leaf springs; References; Appendices; Index. Engineering design, kinematics, and robotics

March 2017 244 x 170 mm 800pp 978-1-316-63040-2 Paperback c. £79.99 / c. US$99.99

X

previously announced textbook

Introduction to Aircraft Design Second edition John P. Fielding | Cranfield University, UK

Signal Processing and Networking for Big Data Applications Zhu Han | University of Houston

This unique text helps make sense of big data in engineering applications using tools and techniques from signal processing. Covering fundamental signal processing theories, software implementations, and techniques for analysis, design and optimization, it is ideal for researchers, practitioners and students in signal processing and communications networks. • The first comprehensive book on the use of signal processing for big data applications • Covers a wide range of techniques for design, analysis and optimization • Discusses applications in areas such as machine learning, networking and energy systems Communications and signal processing

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 500pp 91 b/w illus.  11 tables   978-1-107-12438-7 Hardback c. £84.99 / c. US$135.00

83

P

Synchronization in Digital Communication Systems Fuyun Ling | Twinclouds Consulting, San Diego

Gain the skills needed to develop and implement synchronization functions in digital communication systems with this practical guide. Based on the author’s extensive industrial design experience, and including detailed implementation examples, it provides an excellent toolkit for practicing engineers and graduate students in digital communications. • Focuses on the practical aspects of designing synchronization subsystems • Includes numerous design and implementation examples • Provides up-to-date coverage of the technologies used in modern communication systems, including LTE and 802.11 WiFi Communications and signal processing

The new edition of this popular textbook provides a modern, accessible introduction to the whole process of aircraft design from requirements to conceptual design, manufacture and in-service issues. The text includes updated costs, many new images and examples from real projects and unique data that’s invaluable to aircraft designers’ work. • Cost data is considerably updated, many new images have been added, and new sections are included on the emerging fields of uninhabited aerial vehicles and environmentally friendly airlines • Three appendices and a bibliography provide a wealth of information and data, much not published elsewhere, providing students and practitioners with the essential information they need to help them do their jobs • Examples from real aircraft projects are presented throughout and an appendix includes a case study of the conceptual design of a large airliner, demonstrating to students the applications of the theory Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Why should we design a new aircraft? 3. Why is it that shape? – civil aircraft; 4. Why is it that shape – other types; 5. What’s under the skin? – structure and properties; 6. What’s under the skin? – airframe systems; 7. What’s under the skin? – avionics, flight control and weapons systems; 8. Why do aircraft cost so much?; 9. What help can I get? – bibliography and computer-aided design; 10. The shape of things to come – should the project continue?; 11. What can go wrong? – some lessons from past aircraft projects, and a glimpse into the future; Appendix A. Useful aircraft design data; Appendix B. A-90 parametric study. Example. The A-90 500-seat airliner; Appendix C. The prediction of aircraft reliability and maintainability targets; References; Index.

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 400pp 135 b/w illus.   978-1-107-11473-9 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

P

Radio Resource Management in Wireless Networks An Engineering Approach Ekram Hossain | University of Manitoba, Canada

Gain an in-depth understanding of radio resource allocation problems in wireless networks and the techniques used to solve them. This comprehensive resource describes state-of-the-art resource management algorithms and related modeling and analysis techniques, includes numerous practice problems, and is accompanied online by programming codes. • Provides a comprehensive and systematic review of resource allocation problems in wireless networks and the techniques that can be used to solve them • Ideal as a supplementary text for graduate students taking courses on wireless networks, and as a one-stop reference for researchers and industry professionals working in the field of wireless network communications • Includes numerous practice problems and exercises, and is accompanied online by programming codes Wireless communications

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 500pp 71 b/w illus.  21 tables  92 exercises   978-1-107-10249-1 Hardback £76.99 / US$99.99 P

Aerospace engineering | Cambridge Aerospace Series, 11

January 2017 253 x 177 mm 455pp 227 b/w illus.   978-1-107-68079-1 Paperback c. £40.00 / c. US$80.00

X

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 34382.indd 83

05/01/2017 12:37


Engineering

Cloud Radio Access Networks Principles, Technologies, and Applications Edited by Tony Q. S. Quek | Singapore University of Technology and Design

This is the first book to focus exclusively on Cloud Radio Access Networks (C-RANs). Covering fundamental theory, techniques for deployment and operation, and potential applications, it is the definitive guide for practicing engineers, researchers, and graduate students interested in future wireless networks. • The first book to focus exclusively on Cloud Radio Access Networks (C-RANs) • Provides a comprehensive overview of the state of the art in C-RANs • Includes contributions from leading researchers in both academia and industry Wireless communications

84

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 490pp 155 b/w illus.   978-1-107-14266-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$105.00

P

Full-Duplex Communications and Networks Lingyang Song | Peking University, Beijing

Learn about the key technologies and state of the art in research for full-duplex communication networks and systems with this comprehensive guide. Covering fundamental theories, techniques for design, analysis and optimization, and key applications, this is an essential reference for both engineers and researchers in wireless communications. • The first book to focus exclusively on full-duplex communications and networking • Covers a wide range of techniques for the design, analysis and optimization of full-duplex communications networks and systems • Comprehensively reviews the state of the art in research and development Wireless communications

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 336pp 122 b/w illus.  24 tables   978-1-107-15756-9 Hardback £91.99 / US$120.00 P

Key Technologies for 5G Wireless Systems Edited by Vincent W. S. Wong | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Get up to speed with the state-of-the-art protocols, network architectures and techniques being considered for 5G wireless networks with this comprehensive and authoritative guide. It is an essential resource for researchers, practicing engineers and graduate students working in wireless communications and networking. • Provides readers with the most extensive coverage of technologies for 5G wireless systems to date • Includes topics such as cloud radio access networks, full duplexing, mobile data offloading, Internet of Things, visible light communications, and smart data pricing • Written by leading experts in 5G systems, from the US, Canada, Europe, Asia and Australia

Medical and Biological Microwave Sensors and Systems Edited by Isar Mostafanezhad | University of Hawaii, Manoa

A comprehensive overview of recent advances in state-of-the-art medical and biological microwave sensors and systems. The book covers theory, design, and implementation, as well as details of experimental results, and is ideal for researchers and industry practitioners in the fields of electrical engineering, biomedical engineering, and medical physics. • Expert authors describe recent advances in state-of-the-art medical and biological microwave sensors and systems • Includes practical examples and applications in biology and medicine • Covers system design and design trade-offs RF and microwave engineering | The Cambridge RF and Microwave Engineering Series

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 292pp 205 b/w illus.  19 tables   978-1-107-05660-2 Hardback £95.00 / US$120.00 P Textbook

Predictive Control for Linear and Hybrid Systems Francesco Borrelli | University of California, Berkeley

With a simple, unified approach, and with consideration of real-time applications, this book covers the theory of stability, feasibility, and robustness of model predictive control (MPC). It is for graduate and postgraduate students, as well as advanced control practitioners interested in the theory and/or implementation of predictive control. • Presents the main computational algorithms required to design predictive control algorithms • Includes examples throughout to illustrate how to use the proposed algorithms and computational tools in order to transfer theory into practice • Uses simple formalism to break down the main principles of model predictive control (MPC) for students struggling to understand the complex theory Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; Symbols and acronyms; Part I. Basics of Optimization: 1. Main concepts; 2. Linear and quadratic optimization; 3. Numerical methods for optimization; 4. Polyhedra and p-collections; Part II. Multiparametric Programming: 5. Multiparametric nonlinear programming; 6. Multiparametric programming: a geometric approach; Part III. Optimal Control: 7. General formulation and discussion; 8. Linear quadratic optimal control; 9. Linear 1/∞ norm optimal control; Part IV. Constrained Optimal Control of Linear Systems: 10. Controllability, reachability and invariance; 11. Constrained optimal control; 12. Receding horizon control; 13. Approximate receding horizon control; 14. Online control computation; 15. Constrained robust optimal control; Part V. Constrained Optimal Control of Hybrid Systems: 16. Models of hybrid systems; 17. Optimal control of hybrid systems; References; Index. Control systems and optimization

April 2017 246 x 189 mm 458pp 116 b/w illus.  11 tables   978-1-107-01688-0 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$150.00 978-1-107-65287-3 Paperback c. £45.00 / c. US$65.00

X X

Wireless communications

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 552pp 136 b/w illus.  25 tables   978-1-107-17241-8 Hardback £84.99 / US$120.00 P

34382.indd 84

05/01/2017 12:37


Engineering

Textbook

Probabilistic Mechanics of Quasibrittle Structures

Fundamentals of Linear Control A Concise Approach Maurício de Oliveira | University of California, San Diego

This book offers a comprehensive introduction to the analysis and design of feedback control systems in less than 400 pages. It features fully worked examples and richly illustrated chapters complemented with homework problems and examples, making it the textbook of choice for senior-level courses in systems and control. Contents: Preface; Problem guide matrix; 1. Introduction; 2. Dynamic system; 3. Transfer-function models; 4. Feedback analysis; 5. State-space models and linearization; 6. Controller design; 7. Frequency domain; 8. Performance and robustness; Index; Solutions to problems. Control systems and optimization

March 2017 234 x 177 mm 352pp 144 b/w illus.   978-1-107-18752-8 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$99.99

X

Textbook

Principles of Optimal Design Modeling and Computation Third edition Panos Y. Papalambros | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Optimization is a standard concept in engineering design, and in other disciplines which use mathematical decision-making methods. This textbook presents the key concepts and algorithms available for solving design optimization problems. Featuring simple examples, it is intended for fourth- or fifth-year students and professional engineers. • Includes extensive material on modeling design problems and unique techniques for checking whether the model is suitable for computational treatment before a numerical solution is attempted using a step-by-step approach • Contains a large number of simple examples that demonstrate theory or methods right after they are presented • Provides detailed instructions on how to execute a design optimization project from problem statement to interpretation of computer results Contents: Preface; Notation; 1. Optimization models; 2. Model construction; 3. Model boundedness; 4. Interior optima; 5. Boundary optima; 6. Local computation; 7. Nongradient search; 8. Systems design; 9. Principles and practice; Notes; References; Author index; Subject index. Control systems and optimization

January 2017 253 x 177 mm 450pp 75 b/w illus.   978-1-107-13267-2 Hardback £54.99 / US$110.00

X

Strength, Lifetime, and Size Effect Zdenek P. Bazant | Northwestern University, Illinois

This book presents a mathematical exposition of the strength and lifetime statistics of structures made of brittle heterogeneous materials. This subject is of paramount importance for analysis and design of many man-made structures with applications to civil, mechanical, aerospace, geotechnical, ocean, offshore, petroleum, naval, nuclear, mining, biomedical and materials engineering. • Will appeal to both mechanics and structural reliability communities and will be beneficial in civil, mechanical, aerospace, geotechnical, ocean, offshore, petroleum, naval, nuclear, mining, biomedical and materials engineering • Will provide readers with a comprehensive collection of experimental data on strength and lifetime statistics of quasibrittle materials, and will appeal to researchers and engineers from different disciplines • Could be used as a reference book for an advanced graduate course in civil, mechanical, aerospace, offshore, geotechnical and ocean engineering

85

Solid mechanics and materials

February 2017 253 x 177 mm 300pp 978-1-107-15170-3 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

C

The Mechanics and Reliability of Films, Multilayers and Coatings Matthew R. Begley | University of California, Santa Barbara

A comprehensive treatment of the mechanics of films, coatings, and multilayers, which organizes and condenses key concepts impacting reliability and clearly illustrates their implications for component design. The book provides introductory coverage for the novice, along with easy-touse software to empower users to simulate cracking a wide variety of applications. • Suitable as a reference for key results for those familiar with the concepts but not experts in the specifics • Suitable for experts in the field teaching graduate courses on the subject or as reference for coverage in broader courses • Users can obtain precise numbers typically reported only graphically in the literature Solid mechanics and materials

January 2017 253 x 177 mm 280pp 978-1-107-13186-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$115.00

P

Vibration of Nearly Periodic Structures and Mistuned Bladed Rotors Alok Sinha | Pennsylvania State University

Periodic structures are ubiquitous not only in engineering but also in physical and life sciences. This volume presents fundamental concepts and state-of-the-art techniques in the analysis of mistuned vibration, with useful information for professionals in aerospace and mechanical engineering, physics, nanotechnology, and other disciplines. • Covers the fundamentals of mode localization in nearly periodic structures • Provides fundamental knowledge about amplitude amplification due to mistuning in bladed rotor • Provides complete details about the breakthrough MMDA method Solid mechanics and materials

March 2017 234 x 177 mm 256pp 978-1-107-18899-0 Hardback £89.99 / US$140.00

C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 34382.indd 85

05/01/2017 12:37


Engineering / General science / Life sciences

2D Materials Properties and Devices Edited by Phaedon Avouris | IBM T. J. Watson Research Center, New York

This book provides a comprehensive introduction to the electronic and optical properties and potential applications of 2D materials. Presenting the most recent experimental findings of leading experts in the field, it is an ideal reference for students, researchers and practitioners working in nanotechnology, condensed matter physics, and chemistry. • Provides a comprehensive and unified overview of 2D materials • Includes authoritative explanations by leading researchers in the field • Accessible even to students with only an undergraduate background in science and engineering Materials science and engineering

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 500pp 232 b/w illus.  12 tables   978-1-107-16371-3 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$115.00 P

86

Liquid Cell Electron Microscopy Edited by Frances M. Ross | IBM T. J. Watson Research Center, New York

The first book on the topic and written by pioneers in the field, this is essential reading for researchers and practitioners. It covers the fundamental theory, applications, and future developments of liquid cell electron microscopy, describing techniques in detail and providing practical examples from a wide range of scientific disciplines. • The first book on the topic, written by pioneers in the field • Provides practical guidance and examples from a wide range of scientific disciplines • Offers insights into the future development of the technique Materials science and engineering | Advances in Microscopy and Microanalysis

Advanced Structural Materials – 2015

November 2016 247 x 174 mm 524pp 81 b/w illus.  166 colour illus.   978-1-107-11657-3 Hardback £110.00 / US$175.00 C

Volume 1812 Edited by José M. Herrera Ramírez | Centrode Investigación en Materiales Avanzados (CIMAV), Mexico

General science

This volume is a compilation of papers that were presented at Symposium 6B, ‘Advanced Structural Materials’ of the XXIV International Materials Research Congress, organized in collaboration with MRS and held from August 16–20, 2015 in Cancun, Quintana Roo, Mexico.

Plagues Edited by Jonathan L. Heeney | University of Cambridge

Materials science and engineering | MRS Proceedings

October 2016 228 x 152 mm 150pp 118 b/w illus.  29 tables   978-1-60511-789-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$109.99 C

Nonequilibrium Molecular Dynamics Theory, Algorithms and Applications Billy D. Todd | Swinburne University of Technology, Victoria

Written by two specialists with over twentyfive years of experience, this book explains a wide range of topics within the growing field of nonequilibrium molecular dynamics (NEMD). This coherent collection of theory, algorithms, and illustrative results will appeal to graduate students, as well as specialist and non-specialist practitioners. • The only book on the topic that discusses fundamental theory, numerical algorithms, and illustrative applications of nonequilibrium molecular dynamics simulation (NEMD) • Contains detailed discussion of many issues that are often not discussed in depth or are scattered through the research literature • Includes illustrative computer simulations used to calculate relevant transport properties of fluids out of equilibrium Materials science and engineering

January 2017 253 x 177 mm 352pp 978-0-521-19009-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$94.99

P

This engaging and timely collection analyses the impact of plagues, from early history to current medicine and the future. Featuring essays arising from the 2014 Darwin College Lectures, this book examines the spectrum of tragic consequences of different types of plagues, and asks if plagues are the manifestation of nature’s checks and balances. • A stimulating collection of essays written by a distinguished group of scholars with a diverse approach to their theme • Provides a multidisciplinary examination of the effects of plagues, from early history to current medicine and the future • Analyses different types of plagues, from infectious diseases to overpopulation and computer viruses Popular science | Darwin College Lectures, 29

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 250pp 51 colour illus.   978-1-316-64476-8 Paperback c. £12.99 / c. US$19.99

P

Life sciences Successful Careers beyond the Lab Edited by David J. Bennett | University of Cambridge

This book provides an invaluable resource for undergraduate, postgraduate and early-career scientists on the wide range of alternative careers available. It brings together entertaining personal accounts from experienced role models and readable summaries of possible pathways, the skills required and the working lifestyles of careers from business and the media to government, and beyond. • Readers will be engaged and encouraged, as well as informed, by the very personal, stimulating and entertaining writing of the greatly experienced and knowledgeable chapter authors from a wide range of backgrounds and experiences • Covers a broad range of possible careers from entrepreneurship, industry and related occupations to the public sector, government and politics through the media, journalism and science communication to teaching, activism and ethics • The varied life stories demonstrate the key roles that self-awareness, chance and tenacity play in the career paths of individuals, helping readers to develop knowledge of their own potential, and maximising the opportunity for serendipity and persistence Life science professional development

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 312pp 4 b/w illus.  1 table   978-1-107-16105-4 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-61379-5 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99

34382.indd 86

P P

05/01/2017 12:37


Life sciences

Textbook

Highlight

Methods in Molecular Biophysics

Making Sense of Genes Kostas Kampourakis | Université de Genève

Structure, Dynamics, Function Second edition Nathan R. Zaccai | University of Cambridge

Reflecting the significant developments of the past decade, this textbook explains key physical methods in modern biology. Each method is illustrated through real-world examples, alongside background information designed for both physicists and biologists, making this an ideal resource for students in biophysics at science and medical schools. • Provides comprehensive coverage and up-to-date treatment of the full range of physical methods used in current biological research as well as in medical physics, illustrated using real-world examples • Each method includes a brief historical introduction, theoretical principles, applications, advantages and limitations, and concludes with a checklist of key ideas that summarize the important points for students • Includes all the necessary background to ensure accessibility for biologists, physicists, and those with medical backgrounds Contents: Foreword to the first edition; Foreword to the first edition; Preface; Introduction; Part I. Biological Macromolecules and Physical Tools: 1. Macromolecules in their environment; 2. Macromolecules as physical particles; 3. Understanding macromolecular structures; Part II. Mass Spectrometry: 4. Mass and charge; 5. Structure function studies; Part III. Thermodynamics: 6. Thermodynamic stability and interactions; 7. Differential scanning calorimetry; 8. Isothermal titration calorimetry; 9. Surface plasmon resonance and interferometry-based biosensors; Part IV. Hydrodynamics: 10. Biological macromolecules as hydrodynamic particles; 11. Analytical ultracentrifugation; 12. Fluorescence depolarization; 13. Dynamic light scattering and fluorescence correlation spectroscopy; Part V. Optical Spectroscopy: 14. Visible and IR absorption spectroscopy; 15. Two-dimensional IR spectroscopy; 16. Raman scattering spectroscopy; 17. Optical activity and circular dichroïsm; Part VI. Optical Microscopy: 18. Light microscopy; 19. Single molecule manipulation and atomic force microscopy; 20. Fluorescence microscopy; 21. Single-molecule detection; 22. Single-molecule manipulation; Part VII. X-Ray and Neutron Diffraction: 23. The macromolecule as a radiation scattering particle; 24. Small-angle scattering and reflectometry; 25. X-ray and neutron macromolecular crystallography; Part VIII. Electron Diffraction: 26. Electron microscopy; 27. Three-dimensional reconstruction from two-dimensional images; Part IX. Molecular Dynamics: 28. Energy and time calculations; 29. Neutron spectroscopy; Part X. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: 30. Distances and angles from frequencies; 31. Experimental techniques; 32. Structure and dynamics studies; Part XI. Medical Imaging: 33. Radiology and positron emission tomography; 34. Ultrasound imaging; 35. Magnetic resonance imaging; References; Index of eminent scientists; Subject index. Biophysics and physiology

March 2017 276 x 219 mm 675pp 825 b/w illus.   978-1-107-05637-4 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00

X

An interdisciplinary introduction to the concept of genes, which debunks simplistic, and sometimes inaccurate, conceptions and highlights the potential impact of genetics. Combining current research with philosophical, historical, psychological and educational perspectives, this book provides an accessible but rigorous overview for non-experts. • Explains challenging and complex concepts in an accessible way to enable the reader to engage critically with current, often inaccurate, representations of what genes are and what they can and cannot do • Provides an inter-disciplinary overview, combining perspectives from a wide range of fields with current genetics and genomics research to provide a pragmatic view of genes • Discusses the uses of metaphors in science and how these should and should not be used

87

Genetics

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 330pp 97 b/w illus.  10 tables   978-1-107-12813-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-107-56749-8 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$39.99 P

Optogenetics From Neuronal Function to Mapping and Disease Biology Edited by Krishnarao Appasani | GeneExpression Systems, Inc., Massachusetts

Optogenetics – a revolutionary technique combining genetic and optical methods to observe and control the function of neurons – has huge potential, with applications from brain circuits and sleep to neurodegenerative and neuropsychiatric diseases. This book is a reference for researchers and graduate students as well as for those working in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. • The first text to examine in full the discovery and application of optogenetics techniques, from the basic science to potential clinical use • Features contributions from experts from both academia and industry, covering the use of optogenetics in model organisms, opsin biological tools, and applications in neurobiology and neurodegenerative diseases • Places special emphasis on the development of a new generation of tools for the in vivo imaging of learning, neuro-psychiatric diseases and behavior Biotechnology

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 544pp 65 b/w illus.  37 colour illus.  6 tables   978-1-107-05301-4 Hardback £125.00 / US$175.00 P

Bird Migration across the Himalayas Wetland Functioning Amidst Mountains and Glaciers Edited by Herbert H. T. Prins | Wageningen Universiteit, The Netherlands

The first reference work on migratory birds in the Himalayan region. Demonstrating satellite telemetry data on the bird’s exact migratory paths, illustrating the different strategies used to cope with an extremely high mountain barrier, the authors also discuss appropriate measures for the long-term survival of this unique migration system. • An integrated approach to the physiological and behavioural adaptations needed for birds to migrate across the highest mountains on Earth • The first reference work detailing the routes taken by a range of species and thus revealing the first comprehensive view on the key bottle-necks in the Central Asian Flyway • An interdisciplinary volume combining the experience of pilots and the expertise of climatologists and geologists to generate novel insights into bird migration Ecology and conservation

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 500pp 52 b/w illus.  110 colour illus.  35 maps  30 tables   978-1-107-11471-5 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$112.00 C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 34382.indd 87

05/01/2017 12:37


Life sciences

88

Invasive Species

Animal Vocal Communication

Risk Assessment and Management Edited by Andrew Robinson | University of Melbourne

Assessment and Management Roles Second edition Eugene S. Morton | York University, Toronto

Biosecurity regulators are charged with protecting national environments, agricultural interests and economies on tight budgets, while supporting trade. Focusing on surveillance, statistical modelling, decision making and communication, this book presents tested scientific solutions to the greatest challenges faced by biosecurity regulators today. • Approaches have been developed in an international regulatory context, ensuring they are practical and feasible globally • Principles are easily generalized to be of value to other (nonbiosecurity) regulators and inspectorates • Covers human, animal, plant and environmental health, so it can be adopted in a variety of sectors and in multidisciplinary and crosssectoral collaborations Ecology and conservation

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 450pp 117 b/w illus.   978-0-521-76596-1 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$110.00 978-0-521-14674-6 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$54.99

P P

Animal behaviour

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 256pp 49 b/w illus.  5 tables   978-1-107-05225-3 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$105.00 C

Wildlife Politics Bruce Rocheleau | Northern Illinois University

This book provides an analysis of the forces that impact wildlife politics in over 65 countries. Topics covered include overexploitation, hunting, ecotourism, the struggle to prevent illegal wildlife trafficking, science’s role in wildlife policymaking, the conflicting forces behind legislation and the significance of the Endangered Species Act. • Case studies help the reader to understand how emotional attachments to charismatic animals generates strong emotions, which ultimately affect wildlife policies • Key scientific issues including population viability analysis, trophic cascades, island theory, burden of proof and maximum sustainable yield are explained • The politics of wildlife in 67 countries and 42 US states is discussed, helping the reader to gain a broad knowledge of issues across the globe Ecology and conservation

April 2017 247 x 174 mm 450pp 978-1-107-18730-6 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$74.99

Exploring a new way to conceptualize animal vocal communication, this book moves beyond an earlier emphasis on senders’ management of receiver behaviour, to emphasise how receivers’ responses influence signalling. It offers important insights for researchers and students of animal behaviour, sensory biology, neuroscience, and evolutionary biology. • Illustrates the relationship between form, function, and vocal signal evolution, an historically neglected subject that is now a booming area of research • Shifts the emphasis from a linguistic to a form/function approach, prompting students and researchers to think ‘outside the box’ on animal communication • Includes new sections on human prosodic elements in speech and the vocal origins of smiles and laughter, music in relation to motivationstructural rules, and deliberately irritating sounds such as infant crying and primate screams

P

Conserving Africa’s MegaDiversity in the Anthropocene The Hluhluwe-iMfolozi Park Story Edited by Joris P. G. M. Cromsigt | Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences

Comparative Social Evolution Edited by Dustin R. Rubenstein | Columbia University, New York

Bringing together the principle taxonomic groups, from ants to primates, this volume provides a unique perspective on the evolution of cooperative group living. The chapters synthesize features of animal social life to foster the development of a framework for a common, trait-based approach towards social synthesis. • Establishes a framework for a common, trait-based approach to social synthesis and the evolution of sociality in animals, allowing any biologist to compare distant or unfamiliar taxonomic groups • Highlights key natural and life history data in all the major taxonomic groups of animals in which sociality – cooperative group living – occurs • Brings together the biological and ecological commonalities of social species in disparate taxa to reinvigorate comparative approaches to studying animal social evolution Animal behaviour

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 484pp 34 b/w illus.  13 tables   978-1-107-04339-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$115.00 P 978-1-107-64792-3 Paperback £44.99 / US$64.99 P

Researchers and policymakers involved in the conservation of relatively small, isolated and protected areas will find this book invaluable. It presents insights from the ecology and conservation management of one of Africa’s oldest protected wildlife areas, the Hluhluwe-iMfolozi Park. • Covers one of the last ecosystems with an intact megaherbivore and large carnivore community, ideal for the growing interest in the ecological roles of megafauna and apex predators • Highlights the pivotal role of humans in Africa’s natural areas, from prehistoric early humans to modern-day conservation managers • Together, the editors have over eighty years of experience of ecological work in Hluhluwe-iMfolozi Park Ecology and conservation | Ecology, Biodiversity and Conservation

March 2017 228 x 152 mm 450pp 81 b/w illus.  23 colour illus.  28 tables   978-1-107-03176-0 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$100.00 P

34382.indd 88

05/01/2017 12:37


Life sciences

Previously Announced

Injury and Trauma in Bioarchaeology Interpreting Violence in Past Lives Rebecca C. Redfern | Museum of London

This book provides a critical examination of the sources of social science, clinical and archaeological evidence that bioarchaeologists use to study injury in past communities. Redfern explores the consequences of violence in a bioarchaeological context, highlighting how its evidence can shed new light on the hierarchies and social relationships of past societies. • A critical overview of the sources of social science, clinical and archaeological evidence bioarchaeologists use to study injury in past communities • Explores the consequences of violence and trauma, demonstrating how bioarchaeological evidence sheds new light on the hierarchies and social relationships of past societies • Presents new studies of injury patterns in different groups (such as hunter-gatherers, urban dwellers, and victims of domestic violence) and establishes new directions of study Biological anthropology and primatology

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 362pp 20 b/w illus.  12 tables   978-0-521-11573-5 Hardback £49.99 / US$79.99 P Previously Announced

Human Tooth Crown and Root Morphology The Arizona State University Dental Anthropology System G. Richard Scott | University of Nevada, Reno

This guide to scoring crown and root traits in human dentitions is ideal for researchers and students. It provides detailed descriptions and illustrations of forty-two dental and oral traits, and is supplemented by a web-based application that can help evaluate the ancestry of an individual in a forensic context. • Provides detailed descriptions and illustrations of forty-two dental and oral traits with illustrations of the associated standard plaques • A supplementary web-based application, rASUDAS, can be used to evaluate the ancestry of an individual in a forensic context • The appendix provides full class frequency distributions for sixty populations from around the world, helping researchers put their samples into a broader geographical context Biological anthropology and primatology

March 2017 247 x 174 mm 200pp 224 b/w illus.  55 tables   978-1-107-48073-5 Paperback c. £40.00 / c. US$64.00 P

Studies in Forensic Biohistory Anthropological Perspectives Edited by Christopher M. Stojanowski | Arizona State University

For decades anthropologists and other scientists have participated in ‘post-mortem dissections’ of the lives of historical figures, identifying and analyzing bodies. Presenting relevant case studies, this book examines the role of the anthropologist in the writing of histories about famous and infamous dead and how those histories reflect contemporary social interests. • Brings together scholarship on a variety of biohistorical cases at different scales of historical significance, and includes a thorough synthesis of the biohistorical literature • Examines the ethical implications of biohistorical research, exploring questions about ‘legitimate’ research, permission, and the rights and interests of the deceased • Provides a reflexive look at the practice of forensic biohistory, critically analyzing methods and approaches used in a variety of cases

89

Biological anthropology and primatology | Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary Anthropology, 75

January 2017 247 x 174 mm 375pp 76 b/w illus.  7 tables   978-1-107-07354-8 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$80.00 P

Ethnoprimatology A Practical Guide to Research at the HumanNonhuman Primate Interface Edited by Kerry M. Dore | Marist College, New York

The how-to guide for ethnoprimatological research, offering an insight into the preparation, design, implementation, and analysis of the latest research projects in the field. This book tackles the challenges and complexities involved in mixed-methods research, appealing to students and researchers in ethnoprimatology, primatology, anthropology, and conservation biology. • Takes a how-to approach, providing practical advice and offering readers a personal account of the research process for ethnoprimatological work • Each chapter opens with specific research question examples from projects across the globe, and covers all aspects of the research process • Tackles the challenges and complexities involved in mixed-methods research, and highlights a diverse array of techniques used in the latest work in ethnoprimatology Biological anthropology and primatology | Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary Anthropology, 76

December 2016 247 x 174 mm 330pp 40 b/w illus.  38 tables   978-1-107-10996-4 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$89.99 C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 34382.indd 89

05/01/2017 12:37


Life sciences

90

Building Bones

Biological Control

Bone Formation and Development in Anthropology Edited by Christopher J. Percival | University of Calgary

Ecology and Applications George E. Heimpel | University of Minnesota

Anthropologists study the changing shapes of the skeleton during growth and across evolutionary time. This volume brings together examples of how novel methods and approaches can be used to expand our understanding of skeletal variation by combining knowledge from the fields of developmental biology, genetics, histology, morphometrics and imaging. • Provides a contemporary context to enable researchers to understand the relevance of development to more traditional research questions • Uses real-life research examples to illustrate how methods and knowledge from the fields of developmental biology, genetics, histology, morphometrics and imaging can provide new insights • Provides a ‘how-to’ guide to the latest techniques used in the study of bone growth and development

This book enhances our understanding of biological control, the suppression of populations of pests and weeds by living organisms, combining theory and practical application. The authors cover biological control of insects, weeds, plant pathogens and vertebrate animals, and take a balanced, objective approach that explores the benefits and risks of biological control methods. • Provides a balanced, objective approach, highlighting both the benefits and risks of biological control methods • Integrates the field of biological control with the latest research in invasion biology • Includes comprehensive coverage of ecological theory as it relates to biological control, with minimal use of complex mathematical equations

Biological anthropology and primatology | Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary Anthropology, 77

February 2017 247 x 174 mm 332pp 48 b/w illus.  20 tables   978-1-107-12278-9 Hardback £59.99 / US$74.99 P

Entomology

Deep Homology?

Animal Experimentation

Uncanny Similarities of Humans and Flies Uncovered by Evo-Devo Lewis I. Held, Jr | Texas Tech University

A Guide to the Issues Third edition Vaughan Monamy | Australian Catholic University, North Sydney

This book provides a comparison of the genetic circuits of Homo sapiens and Drosophila melanogaster reveals the evidence for deep homology, from the field of evolutionary developmental biology. Individual body parts including the nervous system, limbs and heart are compared in chapters that also feature concept maps and encyclopaedic tables to aid learning. • Puzzle boxes provide questions that students can use as a springboard for dissertation research • Strong focus is placed on congenital disease of humans, giving the book a clinical relevance for medical professionals • An emphasis is placed on general concepts, while focusing on concrete case studies, illustrating general principles with specific examples and preventing the reader from becoming lost in abstract explanations

Essential for all those involved in animal-based research, this fully updated edition provides a comprehensive discussion of the origins of and advances in research using animals. It demonstrates the human and non-human welfare improvements made possible by animal experimentation, alongside the moral objections and alternatives to animal use in research. • Avoids the use of scientific and philosophical jargon, ideal for both expert and lay readers • Summarises and synthesises issues in the animal experimentation debate in a balanced, non-polemical manner • Assists students in exploring their own thoughts and feelings about animal research, and to critically examine both animal and non-animal based options for their own research careers

Evolutionary biology

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 400pp 27 b/w illus.  45 tables   978-1-107-14718-8 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$94.99 P 978-1-316-60121-1 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$49.99 P

The Evolution of Senescence in the Tree of Life Edited by Richard P. Shefferson | University of Tokyo

Do all organisms senesce? Challenging traditional theories on the evolution of senescence, this book introduces an interdisciplinary perspective, giving a broad overview of new insights and cutting-edge research from many scientific fields. It will be of interest to students and biologists interested in ageing research, life history traits and populations. • A complete volume showing different perspectives on the evolution of senescence and promoting inter-disciplinary understanding and communication • Brings together differing views on the evolution of senescence from biologists across the discipline, ensuring that readers gain a broad view of the topic and its controversies • Combines research from various scientific fields on many different species, giving readers the opportunity to see the current limits of our knowledge on the subject and what the next steps could possibly be Evolutionary biology

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 450pp 51 b/w illus.  16 tables   978-1-107-07850-5 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00 C

34382.indd 90

February 2017 246 x 189 mm 530pp 117 b/w illus.  17 tables   978-0-521-84514-4 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$72.00 P

Bioethics

February 2017 228 x 152 mm 144pp 978-1-107-16202-0 Hardback £44.99 / US$59.99 978-1-316-61494-5 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99

P P

The Correspondence of Charles Darwin Volume 24: 1876 Charles Darwin Edited by Frederick Burkhardt | American Council of Learned Societies

This volume of the definitive edition of Charles Darwin’s letters provides texts of more than 450 letters Darwin wrote and received in 1876, the year he published Cross and Self Fertilisation in the Vegetable Kingdom and began writing Forms of Flowers. It includes a supplement of 182 letters from earlier years. • The narrative introduction provides a compact but highly readable account of Darwin’s life in 1876 • Complete transcriptions of more than 600 letters that Darwin wrote and received in the year 1876 are of immense value to researchers across a range of disciplines, providing for the first time primary materials on this period of Darwin’s life and work • Clear and concise explanatory notes make the material accessible to both scholars and general readers Darwin | The Correspondence of Charles Darwin

December 2016 234 x 156 mm 914pp 22 b/w illus.   978-1-107-18057-4 Hardback £94.99 / US$140.00

R

05/01/2017 12:37


Medicine

Medicine

Previously Announced

Wellbeing, Recovery and Mental Health

Value and Quality Innovations in Acute and Emergency Care

Edited by Mike Slade | King’s College London

Edited by Jennifer L. Wiler | University of Colorado School of Medicine

A thought-provoking text for emergency physicians and healthcare managers analysing how acute and emergency care can be made more efficient, featuring twenty case studies of successful innovations, including telehealth, observation medicine, high utilizer programs and the use of informatics to improve clinical decision support. • Examples of best practice are studied and described, providing advice to help improve acute and emergency care in the US and internationally • The future of acute and emergency care in a value based world is outlined, and the potential for integrated care is described • Case studies are reviewed by academic experts, placing each innovation in context Emergency medicine

February 2017 234 x 156 mm 240pp 22 b/w illus.  15 tables   978-1-316-62563-7 Paperback £59.99 / US$89.99 P

Forensic Child and Adolescent Mental Health

91

Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

January 2017 234 x 156 mm 336pp 33 b/w illus.  42 tables   978-1-107-54305-8 Paperback £39.99 / US$64.99 P

Stahl’s Illustrated Sleep and Wake Disorders Stephen M. Stahl | University of California, San Diego

Meeting the Needs of Young Offenders Edited by Susan Bailey | Academy of Medical Royal Colleges (AOMRC), London

This book provides an overview of forensic child and adolescent mental health, and how these factors relate to offending behaviour. Written for practitioners and policy makers, it will help professionals across health, education, social care and juvenile justice to understand the needs of young offenders and how to effectively intervene. • The developmental perspective is useful for a range of practitioners, managers and policy makers • Uses numerous case examples to help clinicians link theory to practice • Provides a UK-focused approach to a field dominated by US-based textbooks Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

March 2017 246 x 189 mm 350pp 8 b/w illus.  12 tables   978-1-107-00364-4 Hardback c. £84.99 / c. US$135.00

This book brings together two bodies of knowledge – wellbeing and recovery. Wellbeing and ‘positive’ approaches are increasingly influencing many areas of society. Recovery in mental illness has a growing empirical evidence base. For the first time, overlaps and cross-fertilisation opportunities between the two bodies of knowledge are identified. • Explores the relevance of recovery research to the non-mental health community, making this of interest to a wide range of readers including public health specialists, community development workers, and policymakers across all areas of government • Applies wellbeing research to mental health services with the expertise of editors and authors who are international leaders in their field • Brings together two bodies of knowledge, merging content that is interdisciplinary and will lead to scientific advances

P

Integrated Modular Treatment for Borderline Personality Disorder A Practical Guide to Combining Effective Treatment Methods W. John Livesley | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

This clinical guide describes a practical, evidencebased treatment for borderline personality disorder combining interventions from all effective therapies. The modular structure makes it easy to tailor treatment to the needs of individual patients. The volume will interest mental health professionals from all disciplines and different levels of training and expertise. • Offers an alternative way to conceptualize treatment • Describes an integrated approach combining the effective components of all current therapies to provide a comprehensive treatment used by a wide range of mental health professionals with different theoretical orientations • Utilizes a modular therapeutic structure allowing clinicians to tailor treatment to the needs of individual patients

Stahl’s Illustrated Sleep and Wake Disorders is a concise and highly illustrated guide to the environmental, neurobiological and genetic factors that influence sleep and wakefulness, with evidence-based guidance for the accurate diagnosis and optimal treatment of various sleep/ wake disorders. • Written by a high-profile name in psychopharmacology • Pocket-sized to ensure portability and aid use • Complex concepts are explained simply through concise need-to-know text and high quality, color illustrations Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

November 2016 210 x 146 mm 135pp 96 colour illus.   978-1-107-56136-6 Paperback £31.99 / US$44.99

P

The Diagnosis and Management of Agitation Edited by Scott L. Zeller | Alameda Health System, California

This practical guide explores the origins and treatment options for agitation. Chapters cover substance abuse, medical causes, personality disorders, and the condition in paediatrics and the elderly. Treatments including psychiatric and medical work-ups, verbal de-escalation, and calming techniques are discussed, and legal issues, patients’ rights, and prehospital settings are covered. • Features authors from both emergency medicine and psychiatry, allowing the reader to gain a broader perspective than from books written from one speciality • Diverse approaches to diagnosis and management of agitation are given, allowing readers to provide superior and more compassionate care • The physical context of the diagnosis is discussed, highlighting the implications this may have for ongoing medical management Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

February 2017 234 x 156 mm 300pp 6 b/w illus.   978-1-107-14812-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$110.00

P

Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

January 2017 234 x 156 mm 316pp 6 b/w illus.   978-1-107-67974-0 Paperback £44.99 / US$64.99

P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 34382.indd 91

05/01/2017 12:37


Medicine

Previously Announced

How to Survive in Anaesthesia

Ultrasound in Anesthesia, Critical Care and Pain Management

Fifth edition Neville Robinson | Northwick Park Hospital, Harrow

Second edition Edited by Graham Arthurs | Maelor Hospital, Wrexham

92

This updated, revised edition now also covers pain management and critical care, and includes the new Royal College of Anaesthetists’ guidelines on ultrasound in anesthesia and intensive care. Additional resources cover over one hundred still and video clips, making this the perfect introductory text for medical consultants and trainees alike. • Provides a practical approach to the use of ultrasound, enabling medical consultants as well as medical trainees to use ultrasound in their own practice • Heavily illustrated with both still and video clips, to help the reader to recognise normal and abnormal patterns in the tissue being examined and to train eye-hand skills required for ultrasound usage • Includes diagrams to aid pattern recognition of the relevant anatomical features

This concise reference provides trainee anaesthetists with a complete introduction to the practice. It is split into four sections: airway and anaesthetic equipment, crisis and their management, anaesthesia for the subspecialties, and intensive care and peri-operative medicine. New chapters cover obstetric anaesthesia, common regional nerve blocks and anaesthesia for laparoscopy. • Distils the complexity of the speciality into logical areas, ensuring that safe, simple anaesthesia is paramount • While written for trainee anaesthetists, it is also valuable for trainees from other specialties (such as acute medicine) rotating through anaesthesia • The obstetric anaesthesia chapter in particular is relevant into the second year of training and beyond Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

December 2016 234 x 156 mm 275pp 17 b/w illus.   978-1-316-61402-0 Paperback £34.99 / US$54.99

March 2016 246 x 189 mm 371pp 226 b/w illus.  34 tables   978-1-107-61832-9 Paperback with Online Resource £59.99 / US$94.99 P

ECMO in the Adult Patient Alain Vuylsteke | Papworth Hospital

Case Studies in Adult Intensive Care Medicine Edited by Daniele Bryden | Sheffield Teaching Hospitals NHS Trust

This case-based approach to the intensive care medicine curriculum provides 48 case studies linking core knowledge to clinical context. Topics chosen have been mapped to eight key areas of study, making this ideal for both FFICM and EDIC exam candidates. • Provides 48 case studies mapped to the eight key areas of the intensive care medicine curriculum • Links key clinical management points to scientific or evidence-based explanations • Covers conditions relevant to large areas of clinical practice as well as more discrete specialist knowledge Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

February 2017 234 x 156 mm 379pp 978-1-107-42337-4 Paperback £44.99 / US$69.99

P

P

Clinical Airway Management An Illustrated Case-Based Approach Edited by D. John Doyle | Cleveland Clinic, Abu Dhabi

Clinical Airway Management takes a casebased approach to the subject, supplemented by high quality illustrations and online videos. Practical guidance is offered on all aspects of airway management, important advances and developments in the field are discussed, and sections on rarely discussed lower airway challenges are also included. • High quality illustrations and supplemental videos offer the reader an increased understanding of the discussed techniques and concepts • Unlike competing titles which focus on the upper airway, this book covers both upper and lower airway management problems, giving a more comprehensive and useful overview of the field • Takes a more directly case-based approach than other books on this subject, which provides a more problem-based learning experience for trainees and more practical and applicable guidance for practicing clinicians Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

Part of the Core Critical Care series, this book is an easy-to-read guide for the aspiring ECMO clinician. Doctors, nurses, physiotherapists, dieticians, pharmacists and all other key members of the team will learn the basics required to better understand the technology and care of the patient. • Covers the basics of ECMO required to better understand the technology and care of the patient • Presents structured thoughts and knowledge acquired through bedside experience • Explains the principles of safe and successful practice to ensure the best possible patient care Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management | Core Critical Care

December 2016 186 x 123 mm 230pp 38 b/w illus.  20 tables   978-1-107-68124-8 Paperback £29.99 / US$44.99 P

Interpretation of Emergency Head CT A Practical Handbook Second edition Erskine J. Holmes | Craigavon Area Hospital

Clinicians use cranial CT in a variety of lifethreatening conditions, including acute stroke and trauma. Timely interpretation can facilitate early specialist intervention. This easy-to-read Handbook provides a practical system for interpretation, supplemented by clinical chapters covering wide-ranging pathology and simplified technical details, thereby making it an excellent learning aide. • Covers a wide range of conditions relating to emergency head CT, allowing the variety of specialist groups needing to interpret these conditions to develop these skills • Includes a large number of heightened resolution CT plates showing subtle and obvious anomalies, with the accompanying text limited to precise details • Cervical spine CT interpretation and an extended review of normal anatomy have been added to this second edition Emergency medicine

December 2016 234 x 156 mm 180pp 139 colour illus.  11 tables   978-1-107-49593-7 Paperback c. £40.00 / c. US$65.00 P

January 2017 246 x 189 mm 240pp 9 b/w illus.  144 colour illus.  36 tables   978-1-316-60135-8 Hardback with Online Resource £64.99 / US$99.99 P

34382.indd 92

05/01/2017 12:37


Medicine

Previously Announced

Case Studies in Movement Disorders

Hematopoietic Cell Transplants

Common and Uncommon Presentations Kailash Bhatia | Institute of Neurology, University College London

Case based learning is increasingly important for continued professional development, and the complexities of diagnosing and managing movement disorders make these a particularly suitable subject. Accompanied by an extensive video library, this volume is invaluable for neurologists seeking to hone their diagnostic skills and general understanding of movement disorders. • Draws on the experience of a global team of experts to cover a widerange of cases • Illustrative videos are on an accompanying website, helping readers to effectively visualize the presenting symptoms • The step-by-step approach to common and uncommon cases helps to build and reinforce diagnostic skills Neurology and clinical neuroscience

February 2017 246 x 189 mm 240pp 978-1-107-47242-6 Paperback c. £48.00 / c. US$69.95

P

The field of hematopoietic cell transplantation (HCT) is rapidly evolving, with improved outcomes but much greater complexity. This authoritative book provides a comprehensive overview of diagnostic and therapeutic strategies, explaining key concepts, controversies and challenges. Each copy is packaged with online access to all text and images. • Adopts an evidence-based approach to topics and problems, allowing readers to separate factual solutions from empiricism • Chapters are uniform in style throughout, providing a consistent and user-friendly resource while also allowing readers to benefit from the authors’ and editors’ wealth of experience • Controversies and challenges are clearly explained, enabling and inspiring readers to contribute to the science and practice of hematopoietic cell transplantation

93

Hematology

March 2017 276 x 219 mm 704pp 60 b/w illus.  70 colour illus.  145 tables   978-1-316-60669-8 Hardback with Online Resource £150.00 / US$240.00 P

Epilepsy A Global Approach Edited by Ennapadam S. Krishnamoorthy | Institute of Neurological Sciences, Chennai

This multidisciplinary approach to epilepsy compares and contrasts scientific knowledge, clinical experience and social consciousness between cultures, providing a paradigm for an integrative global health policy for epilepsy. A must-have reference for epileptologists, neurologists, epidemiologists, policymakers and health administrators. • Includes a comprehensive section on complementary and alternative treatment methods of epilepsy, balanced against allopathic treatment and surgical models • Written by expert clinicians representing the continents of Africa, Asia, South America, and the Western world • Outlines research priorities for low- and middle-income countries (LAMICs) Neurology and clinical neuroscience

February 2017 246 x 189 mm 208pp 31 b/w illus.  19 tables   978-1-107-03537-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 P

Fundamentals of Medical Imaging Third edition Paul Suetens | Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium

For graduate and final-year undergraduate students with a background in physics, mathematics, or engineering – this book has been made understandable to biomedical scientists and medical practitioners by avoiding unnecessary mathematics. Previous editions have been required or recommended reading for medical imaging students in universities. • Provides a complete up-to-date overview of the field of medical imaging • Principally written for students with a background in physics, mathematics, or engineering, but also suitable for biomedical scientists and medical practitioners • Contains four hundred color illustrations and eighty video clips Medical imaging

Progressive Brain Disorders in Childhood

March 2017 246 x 189 mm 300pp 57 b/w illus.  329 colour illus.  8 tables   978-1-107-15978-5 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$160.00 P

Juan Pascual | University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas

This essential book teaches medical practitioners how to diagnose and offer appropriate management for childhood neurodegenerative disorders. Individual disorders are analyzed by age of onset, from conditions present in utero through to adolescence making it a practical guide for neurologists, pediatricians and other healthcare professionals. • Focuses on the evaluation of patients with specific clinical syndromes, biochemical abnormalities or gene mutations, which will allow clinicians to effectively diagnose and manage patients with progressive brain disease • The uniform chapter structure and illustration style will facilitate adoption as a textbook in clinical electives, rotations and training programmes • A singularly authored volume, meaning the work possesses uniformity that its multi-authored competitors do not Neurology and clinical neuroscience

March 2017 246 x 189 mm 320pp 978-1-107-04205-6 Hardback £94.99 / US$140.00

Concepts, Controversies and Future Directions Edited by Hillard M. Lazarus | Case Western Reserve University, Ohio

P

Textbook

Clinical Nursing Skills An Australian Perspective Jacqueline Bloomfield | University of Sydney

Written by leading academics, this text is a practical and authoritative resource designed to educate the next generation of nurses and equip them with best-practice skills as they enter the workforce. Topics in this text are based on the registered nurse standards for practice, linking knowledge, understanding and practice. • Provides students with an industry-focused foundation across many clinical settings • Each chapter is written by leaders in the field and adheres to the registered nurse standards for practice • Supported by superior pedagogical features within the text and a complementary VitalSource interactive eBook Contents: Part I. Skills in Nursing: 1. The Australian healthcare context; 2. Clinical skills and nursing care; 3. An introduction to evidencebased practice in nursing; Part II. Communication and Assessment: 4. Interpersonal communication skills; 5. Patient assessment;

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 34382.indd 93

05/01/2017 12:37


Medicine

Part III. Fundamental Skills for Patient Care: 6. Infection prevention and control; 7. Personal hygiene; 8. Elimination; 9. Nutrition; 10. Medication administration; 11. Promoting comfort; 12. Mental health; 13. Respiratory skills; 14. Perioperative care; 15. Blood transfusion; 16. Wound management; Part IV. Skills Required to Care for Patients with Specific Needs: 17. Care of the deteriorating and unconscious patient; 18. Essential paediatric and neonatal skills; 19. Care of the elderly; 20. Care of the person with a chronic disease. Nursing

January 2017 203 colour illus.  3 tables   978-1-316-62021-2 Paperback with VitalSource eBook £64.99 / US$94.99 X

Family-Centred Perinatal Care

94

Improving Pregnancy, Birth and Postpartum Care Beverley Chalmers | University of Ottawa

Family-centred care is a familiar phrase in today’s maternity services, with professional guidelines and hospital policies including the term in their care protocols. However, few definitions or standards exist. This book clearly defines family-centred perinatal care and outlines how it should be implemented, with international examples. • The first book to address a family-centred approach to perinatal care, providing a guide for caregivers, institutions and professional bodies dealing with perinatal care • Integrates the roles of mothers, fathers and newborns with those of multiple caregivers involved in perinatal care, such as obstetricians, paediatricians, midwives, nurses, psychologists, childbirth educators, physiotherapists, social workers, and academic and professional bodies, as well as with extended family members and community agencies • Includes up-to-date and evidence-based research supporting a familycentred approach, and illustrates the text with anecdotes based on over forty years of experience applying a family-centred approach to clinical perinatal care Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

January 2017 234 x 156 mm 238pp 978-1-316-62795-2 Paperback £49.99 / US$69.99

P

Women’s Health in Primary Care

The Sperm Cell Production, Maturation, Fertilization, Regeneration Second edition Edited by Christopher J. De Jonge | University of Minnesota

A comprehensive account of the human male gamete featuring sperm production, maturation and function and how they affect fertility, infertility and assisted reproduction. This second edition now includes proteomics, spermatogenesis, Ca2+ signalling, DNA packaging, how mouse genetics informs male fertility research, and the impact of environmental factors during pre-puberty and puberty. • This expanded new edition includes compelling new information from the fields of epigenetics, proteomics and genetics • Summarizes many unique and revealing aspects about testicular and sperm function for the reader’s clarity • Presents information gained from research using mice as a model for understanding human gamete function Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

January 2017 246 x 189 mm 304pp 81 b/w illus.  12 tables   978-1-107-12632-9 Hardback c. £125.00 / c. US$195.00 P

Early Pregnancy Second edition Edited by Roy G. Farquharson | Liverpool Women’s Hospital

Updated in light of recent research on fertilization and implantation, this new edition brings together the main elements of care for first-trimester complications. The book is a benchmark for evidence-based management and provides key recommendations that give clinicians the tools to improve the patient’s experience. • Makes key recommendations on evidence-based patient care to clinicians • A comprehensive reference text for all trainees interested in early pregnancy • The new edition contains updated research and findings on fertilization and implantation Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

December 2016 246 x 189 mm 324pp 53 b/w illus.  16 colour illus.  45 tables   978-1-107-08201-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00 P

Edited by Anne Connolly | The Ridge Medical Practice, Bradford

This book addresses the need for primary care practitioners to be up-todate with developments in women’s health, to help them deliver holistic care. Chapters cover common reasons for presentation throughout a woman’s life in a pragmatic, practical style. It will be invaluable for GPs and those preparing for the DRCOG and MRCGP examinations. • Chapters include case-based discussion, enabling learning from the firsthand experiences of others • All of the authors are involved in primary care, ensuring the information presented is practical and relevant to this specific clinical setting • A valuable tool for DRCOG and MRCGP examination preparation Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

January 2017 246 x 189 mm 288pp 64 b/w illus.  57 tables   978-1-316-50992-0 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$79.99 P

Principles of IVF Laboratory Practice Optimizing Performance and Outcomes Edited by Markus H. M. Montag | ilabcomm GmbH, St Augustin, Germany

A collection of the proven standards for human IVF described step-by-step by known experts, including basic and advanced practices. This book covers all aspects of how to set-up and run an IVF laboratory, from building the laboratory to training the embryologists and troubleshooting in the working lab. • An easy-to-read, practical book, which avoids the deep theory and instead equips both new and experienced embryologists with the methods needed to provide high-quality, successful IVF • Useful from the first day of planning a new IVF laboratory through to quality control and troubleshooting in daily practice • Includes very detailed step-by-step instructions for both standard and complex procedures, presented in a style which will be familiar to readers accustomed to following laboratory protocols Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

February 2017 234 x 156 mm 337pp 31 b/w illus.  51 colour illus.  24 tables   978-1-316-60351-2 Paperback £49.99 / US$69.99 P

34382.indd 94

05/01/2017 12:37


Medicine

Complications and Outcomes of Assisted Reproduction

Neuropathologic and Neuroradiologic Correlations

Edited by Botros Rizk | University of South Alabama

A Differential Diagnostic Text and Atlas Edited by Murat Gokden | University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock

Approximately five million children have been born as a result of assisted reproductive technology (ART). These techniques are practised in most nations. This book gives a thorough review of potential complications, with detailed analysis of data for conditions described. A worldwide perspective is given, with an international team of authors. • Examines the clinical and laboratory complications and impacts of assisted reproductive technology (ART) at all stages, from patient preparation to birth • Discusses outcomes from the pregnancies of ART and possible mechanisms for development of malformations • Identifies surgical and medical interventions that could potentially be hazardous Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

March 2017 246 x 189 mm 236pp 85 b/w illus.   978-1-107-05564-3 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$89.99

Providing a comprehensive overview of the neuropathological and neuroradiological parts of the neurological disease process, this practical atlas extensively covers diseases of the nervous system, eye, skeletal muscle, bone and soft tissue by region. The book also comes with online access to all the text and images. • Integrates neuroradiological and neuropathological views on nervous system diseases, supporting a cross-discipline approach to diagnostics • Focuses on differential diagnostic information, akin to real-life clinical diagnostic practice • Additional images online allow the reader to research a topic in greater detail Pathology and laboratory science

95

April 2017 276 x 219 mm 416pp 581 b/w illus.  373 colour illus.  49 tables   978-1-107-56725-2 Hardback with Online Resource c. £125.00 / c. US$185.00 P

P

Pediatric Head and Neck Pathology

Introduction to Bronchoscopy

Robert O. Greer | University of Colorado, Denver

Second edition Edited by Armin Ernst | Reliant Medical Group, Massachusetts

This book is for all novices as well as experienced operators in the field of bronchoscopy, a vital and common procedure in evaluating airways and treating related abnormalities. This procedure is used by multiple specialists, and good fundamentals significantly improve diagnostic success. • Provides detailed description of all basic bronchoscopic procedures enabling beginners and advanced endoscopist to review all fundamental components of procedures and increase procedural success and safety • Includes practical tips for quality improvement • Aids the compliance with modern regulatory and safety requirements

This book provides a comprehensive discussion of the clinicopathology, management, etiologies and molecular events associated with head and neck disorders in pediatric patients up to the age of 21. Each copy of the printed book is packaged with a password, providing online access to the book’s text and image library. • Will enable the reader to use a single reference source by offering comprehensive coverage of the subject • Allows the reader to easily pinpoint disease causation from a molecular perspective by providing up-to-date cytogenetic information • Provides additional insight into the true demographics associated with head and neck pediatric disease by including a broad demographic that covers the pediatric population ages 0-21 Pathology and laboratory science

February 2017 276 x 219 mm 450pp 978-1-316-61399-3 Hardback with Online Resource £160.00 / US$230.00 P

Respiratory medicine

February 2017 234 x 156 mm 175pp 978-1-107-44952-7 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$69.99

P

Pearls and Pitfalls in Inflammatory Dermatopathology Asok Biswas | Western General Hospital, Edinburgh

Bridging the gap between dermatology and pathology, each chapter in this practical guide to diagnosing inflammatory skin disorders presents case scenarios of specific conditions, outlining its clinical attributes, histological variations, microscopic features, and stating key diagnostic pitfalls and the differential diagnosis procedures available. • Places a heavy emphasis on clinicopathological correlation, encouraging a combined approach to the diagnosis of inflammatory skin disorders • Illustrated by over five hundred clinical and pathological images, which allow the reader to visualise clinical and pathological presentations side-by-side • Alerts the reader to areas of diagnostic difficulty, aiding to prevent misdiagnosis Pathology and laboratory science

April 2017 276 x 219 mm 324pp 633 colour illus.  11 tables   978-1-316-60599-8 Hardback with Online Resource c. £150.00 / c. US$195.00 -

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 34382.indd 95

05/01/2017 12:37


Index

0-9 2D Materials................................................86

A

96

Abbot, Patrick..............................................88 Abdelmalak, Basem......................................92 Acta Numerica 2016....................................70 Adams, Maurice...........................................37 Adler, H. G....................................................58 Adler, Jeremy................................................58 Administrative Law from the Inside Out........37 Admissible Sets and Structures.....................67 Advanced Analytical Dynamics......................82 Advanced Structural Dynamics......................82 Advanced Structural Materials - 2015...........86 Advances in Disordered Systems, Random Processes and Some Applications...............74 African Perspectives on Trade and the WTO...45 Afterlife of John Fitzgerald Kennedy, The.......55 Afterlives of Greek Sculpture, The....................2 Age of Charisma, The...................................56 Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y................................13 Aksenov, Alexey G........................................74 Al-Qaida in Afghanistan...............................31 Ali Ibrahim, Somayya....................................78 Allies or Adversaries.....................................29 American Spies............................................38 Anderson, Greg............................................77 Andreouli, Eleni............................................22 Andrews, Frances.........................................16 Anglo-Saxon England...................................53 Animal Experimentation...............................90 Animal Vocal Communication.......................88 Ansell-Pearson, Keith....................................27 Anti-Impunity and the Human Rights Agenda.39 Appasani, Krishnarao...................................87 Applied Social Psychology.............................21 Archaeology of Death in Roman Syria, The....20 Archibald, Sally............................................88 Architecture and the Origins of Preclassic Maya Politics.............................................20 Architecture of the Christian Holy Land, The..57 Arjona, Ana..................................................31 Arneil, Barbara.............................................26 Arnovitz, Benton..........................................58 Art of Astrophotography, The........................80 Arthurs, Graham...........................................92 Asch, Mark...................................................63 Aspects of Incompleteness............................66 Astronomy in Focus XXIXA...........................82 Atkinson, Kerry.............................................93 Atmospheric Evolution on Inhabited and Lifeless Worlds..........................................81 Australia’s Constitution after Whitlam...........38 Avouris, Phaedon.........................................86

B Baader, Franz...............................................72 Baars, Grietje...............................................17 Bacigalupo, Andrea......................................93 Bailey, Susan................................................91 Bailliet, Cecilia M..........................................44 Baker, John...................................................52 Balasuriya, Sanjeeva.....................................69 Balcells, Laia................................................28 Baldwin, John T............................................67 Ballin, Ernst Hirsch.......................................37 Bankruptcy and the U.S. Supreme Court........49 Bar-Yosef, Ofer.............................................78

34382.indd 96

Barclay, Bill....................................................6 Barlow, Martin T...........................................64 Barratt, Christopher L. R...............................94 Barriers and Transport in Unsteady Flows......69 Barrow, John D.............................................75 Barwise, J.....................................................67 Barwise, Jon.................................................67 Bassino, Paola................................................2 Batnitzky, Leora............................................38 Battjes, Jurjen A............................................77 Bayesian Models for Astrophysical Data........63 Bazant, Zdenek P..........................................85 Beckett, Ian..................................................62 Begley, Matthew R.......................................85 Beijing Consensus, The.................................38 Belletto, Steven..............................................9 Bemporad, Alberto.......................................84 Bennett, David J...........................................86 Benvenuti, Piero...........................................82 Berkovich, Ilya..............................................62 Bevir, Mark...................................................62 Beyond Shariati............................................30 Beyond US Hegemony in International Development.............................................34 Bhagat, Sanjai..............................................34 Bhatia, Kailash.............................................93 Biagini, Eugenio F.........................................53 Bilalić, Merim...............................................24 Biological Control.........................................90 Bird Migration across the Himalayas.............87 Birth Control in the Decolonizing Caribbean..61 Biswas, Asok................................................95 Blair, Roger D...............................................47 Blok, Josine....................................................3 Blomster, Jeffrey P.........................................20 Bloomfield, Jacqueline..................................93 Blume, Fred H.................................................3 Bocquet, Marc..............................................63 Boivin, Nicole...............................................20 Bond Pricing and Yield Curve Modeling.........35 Boric-Lubecke, Olga......................................84 Borrelli, Francesco........................................84 Bounded Variable Logics and Counting.........65 Bourbonnais, Nicole C...................................61 Bouvier, Leon F.............................................18 Bowie, Norman E..........................................18 Bowling, Nathan A.......................................17 Bowman, Timothy.........................................62 Bracha, Oren................................................55 Brand, Benjamin.............................................1 Brass, Jennifer N...........................................29 Brasseur, Guy P.............................................77 Breen, Oonagh B..........................................38 Breitenbach, Angela.....................................14 Brinton, Carl.................................................31 British Army and the First World War, The......62 British Women Surgeons and their Patients, 1860–1918.................................61 Britton, Amanda...........................................94 Brock, Claire.................................................61 Brodie, Daniel...............................................92 Bruderlein, Claude........................................49 Brunner, Hermann........................................69 Brunton, Bingni W........................................69 Brunton, Steven L.........................................69 Bryden, Daniele............................................92 Buccellati, Giorgio........................................19 Buechler, Steven...........................................66 Building Bones.............................................90 Building Democracy in the Yugoslav Successor States........................................30

Buratti, Bonnie J...........................................79 Burgman, Mark............................................88 Burgoon, Judee K.........................................72 Burkhardt, Frederick.....................................90 Business Ethics: A Kantian Perspective..........18 Butler, Luke R. A...........................................45 Buunk, Abraham P........................................21 Buyx, Alena..................................................51 Byzantine Legal Culture and the Roman Legal Tradition, 867–1056.........................56

C Cakoni, Fioralba...........................................69 Calvin’s Political Theology and the Public Engagement of the Church........................37 Cambridge Companion to Chomsky, The.......13 Cambridge Companion to Judaism and Law, The....................................................16 Cambridge Companion to Natural Law Jurisprudence, The.....................................37 Cambridge Companion to Philosophical Methodology, The......................................14 Cambridge Companion to Postcolonial Poetry, The.................................................10 Cambridge Companion to Postmodern American Fiction, The..................................9 Cambridge Companion to the Beats, The........9 Cambridge Companion to the Literature of Berlin, The.............................................10 Cambridge Companion to Transnational American Literature, The............................10 Cambridge Companion to Xenophon, The.......2 Cambridge Handbook of Antitrust, Intellectual Property, and High Tech, The.....47 Cambridge Handbook of Areal Linguistics, The...........................................................11 Cambridge Handbook of Cognitive Linguistics, The..........................................12 Cambridge Handbook of Creativity and Personality Research, The...........................23 Cambridge Handbook of Linguistic Typology, The.............................................13 Cambridge Handbook of Service Learning and Community Engagement, The..............53 Cambridge Handbook of Social Representations, The..................................22 Cambridge History of Judaism, The...............16 Cambridge Intellectual History of Byzantium, The..........................................58 Cambridge Introduction to Sanskrit, The........16 Cambridge Social History of Modern Ireland, The...............................................53 Cambridge World History of Slavery, The.......61 Cameron, Euan............................................15 Cameron, Laura............................................61 Canevaro, Lilah Grace.....................................2 Carleton Paget, James..................................15 Carnal Knowledge........................................62 Carroll, David W...........................................25 Case Studies in Adult Intensive Care Medicine...................................................92 Case Studies in Movement Disorders............93 Case Study Research....................................32 Casey, Matthew...........................................58 Caste, Class, and Capital..............................31 Catling, David C...........................................81 Centeno, Miguel A........................................27 Chalmers, Beverley.......................................94 Chamcham, Khalil........................................75 Chaotic Dynamics.........................................68

05/01/2017 12:37


Index

Chauchard, Simon........................................31 Cheetham, David..........................................20 Chen, Ge......................................................50 Chen, Weitseng............................................38 Chernaik, Warren...........................................6 Child in International Refugee Law, The........41 Child Slavery before and after Emancipation.56 Childhood, Education and the Stage in early modern England..................................7 China’s Governance Puzzle...........................31 Chinkin, Christine.........................................41 Chiribella, Giulio...........................................75 Chitsabesan, Prathiba...................................91 Chitwood, Zachary.......................................56 Choice Theory of Contracts, The....................52 Choudhury, Barnali.......................................47 Christian, Carol............................................80 Christianity in the Second Century................15 Citizenship in Classical Athens........................3 Civil Liberties and Human Rights in Twentieth-Century Britain..........................54 Civil Society in Europe..................................39 Clean Power Politics.....................................47 Climate Change and Cities...........................78 Climate Change in Practice...........................78 Climate Justice and Historical Emissions........79 Clinical Airway Management........................92 Clinical Nursing Skills...................................93 Cloud Radio Access Networks.......................84 Codex of Justinian, The...................................3 Coecke, Bob.................................................75 Cognitive Neuroscience of Memory...............23 Cohen, Rosetta Marantz...............................22 Colton, David...............................................69 Combes, Alain..............................................92 Cometography.............................................79 Comparative Constitutional Reasoning.........39 Comparative Social Evolution.......................88 Complete Spectroscopy for Amateur Astronomers..............................................81 Complexity in Language...............................12 Complexity of Self Government, The..............27 Complications and Outcomes of Assisted Reproduction.............................................95 Computability in Analysis and Physics...........66 Conflict and Consensus in Early Greek Hexameter Poetry........................................2 Connelly, Mark.............................................62 Connolly, Anne.............................................94 Conservative but Not Republican..................27 Conserving Africa’s Mega-Diversity in the Anthropocene...........................................88 Constitutionalism and the Rule of Law..........37 Constructibility.............................................67 Constructive Mind, The.................................23 Contucci, Pierluigi........................................74 Cooper, Belinda............................................58 Copyright and International Negotiations......50 Core Model Iterability Problem, The..............65 Corporate Islam...........................................19 Corporation, The...........................................17 Correspondence of Charles Darwin, The........90 Cottier, Thomas............................................45 Coupé, Christophe........................................12 Course in Environmental Economics, A..........36 Crassard, Rémy............................................20 Critical Thinking...........................................22 Critique of Archaeological Reason, A.............19 Critique of Proportionality and Balancing, A..37 Cromsigt, Joris P. G. M..................................88 Cross, Mai’a K. Davis....................................30

Crouch, David..............................................53 Crow, Matthew............................................55 Cullen, Holly.................................................41 Culver, Keith.................................................36 Curbing Catastrophe....................................79 Cyberpsychology..........................................25

D D’Ariano, Giacomo Mauro............................75 d’Aspremont, Jean.......................................42 D’Oro, Giuseppina........................................14 Dagan, Hanoch......................................38, 52 Daivis, Peter J...............................................86 Daly, Mary E.................................................53 Dancygier, Barbara.......................................12 Daoutidis, Prodromos...................................82 Darkweb Cyber Threat Intelligence Mining....72 Darwin and Women.......................................8 Darwin, Charles........................................8, 90 Data Assimilation.........................................63 Davidson, P. A...............................................69 Davies, Paul C. W..........................................76 Davis, D. M...................................................39 Dawidowicz, Martin.....................................43 Dawson, Mark..............................................48 Day, Jr, William R..........................................57 de Campos, Thana Cristina...........................51 de Jong, Lidewijde........................................20 De Jonge, Christopher J.................................94 de Luca, Nicola.............................................48 de Oliveira, Maurício....................................85 De Sapio, Vincent.........................................82 de Souza, Rafael S........................................63 Death of Jesus in Matthew, The....................15 Decades of Reconstruction...........................62 Deep Homology?..........................................90 Defence Perspectives on International Criminal Justice.........................................43 Degrees of Unsolvability...............................67 Deliberation across Deeply Divided Societies.26 Democratic Bearing, A..................................26 Descriptive Set Theory and Forcing................65 Development of Chinese Martial Arts Fiction, The................................................60 Developmental Scientist’s Companion, The....21 Devlin, Keith J...............................................67 Dhakal, Shobhakar.......................................78 Diab, Ahmad................................................72 Diagnosis and Management of Agitation, The.91 Dickey, Eleanor...............................................5 Diethe, Carol................................................27 Disability and Political Theory........................26 Discourse on Fourier Series...........................68 Discrimination Laundering............................50 Dispute Settlement Reports 2015...........46, 47 Dixon, R. M. W.............................................13 Dixon, Timothy H..........................................79 Dodelson, Scott............................................80 Dolgon, Corey..............................................53 Donnelly, T. William......................................73 Donno, Elizabeth Story...................................5 Dore, Kerry M...............................................89 Dorfman, Kevin D.........................................82 Dornis, Tim W...............................................50 Dorsen, David M...........................................36 Doubting Christianity....................................16 Doyle, D. John..............................................92 Doyle, James................................................20 Drawing Acts..................................................1 Drescher, Seymour........................................61

Drug Control and Human Rights in International Law......................................42 Duane, Anna Mae.........................................56 DuBois, Thomas David..................................59 Dufresne, Todd.............................................25 Duke, George...............................................37 Duncan, William N........................................89 Dunn, Alison................................................38 Dwyer, Christopher P.....................................22 Dyevre, Arthur..............................................39 Dynamic Mode Decomposition.....................69

E Early Modern Britain, 1450–1750.................54 Early Olmec and Mesoamerica, The...............20 Early Pregnancy............................................94 Earth Materials.............................................76 Earth’s Inner Core, The..................................77 Eastmond, Antony........................................58 Eatman, Timothy K........................................53 ECMO in the Adult Patient............................92 Economy of Late Achaemenid and Seleucid Babylonia, The...............................4 Edwards, Alice..............................................40 Edwards, Anne.............................................25 Eijk, Philip van der..........................................2 Eilers, Søren.................................................70 Einasto, Jaan................................................80 Electronic Health Records and Medical Big Data..........................................................51 Elements of Financial Econometrics, The........71 Elliptic and Modular Functions from Gauss to Dedekind to Hecke................................70 Ellis, George F. R...........................................76 Eltis, David...................................................61 Eminent Domain..........................................39 Emotional Lives............................................22 Empire and the Meaning of Religion in Northeast Asia...........................................59 Empire’s Guest Workers................................58 Engberg-Pedersen, Troels................................3 Engerman, Stanley L.....................................61 Engle, Karen.................................................39 English Literature in Context...........................9 English, Andrea R.........................................23 Environment and International Relations, The.30 Enzel, Yehouda.............................................78 Epilepsy.......................................................93 Ernst, Armin.................................................95 Erro, Roberto................................................93 Espa, Ilaria...................................................45 Essential Stability Theory...............................66 Ethics of the Family in Seneca, The..................3 Ethnic Politics and State Power in Africa........32 Ethnoprimatology.........................................89 EU Citizenship and Federalism......................48 European and International Media Law........48 European Company Law...............................48 Evans, Samantha............................................8 Evolution of Senescence in the Tree of Life, The.....................................................90 Experts, Networks and International Law......41

97

F Fainman, Yeshaiahu......................................82 Family and Gender in Renaissance Italy, 1300–1600...............................................57 Family-Centred Perinatal Care.......................94 Fan, Jianqing................................................71 Farquharson, Roy G......................................94

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com 34382.indd 97

05/01/2017 12:37


Index

98

Fawcett, William...........................................92 Federal Intervention in American Police Departments.............................................52 Federico, Christopher M................................33 Feferman, S..................................................67 Feist, Gregory J.............................................23 Fenstad, Jens E.............................................67 Fernie, Ewan...................................................6 Fielding, John P.............................................83 Filimowicz, Michael......................................22 Financial Crisis, Corporate Governance, and Bank Capital.......................................34 Financial Enterprise Risk Management..........70 Financial Systems and Economic Growth.......34 Fine Structure and Iteration Trees..................64 Fitzgerald, F. Scott........................................10 Flower, Michael A...........................................2 Font, Josep Maria.........................................65 Forensic Child and Adolescent Mental Health.91 Forgotten Front, The.....................................29 Formaggio, Joseph A.....................................73 Formisano, Marco...........................................2 Forrester, John..............................................61 Foundations of High-Energy-Density Physics..74 Foundations of Nuclear and Particle Physics..73 Fowles, Jo-anne............................................92 Frame in Classical Art, The..............................2 Franzke, Christian L. E...................................77 Free Expression and Democracy....................36 Freedom of Transit and Access to Gas Pipeline Networks under WTO Law............46 Fremont-Smith, Marion.................................38 Freud...........................................................13 Freud in Cambridge......................................61 Friedemann, Sven.........................................86 Frier, Bruce W.................................................3 From Matter to Life......................................76 From Stoicism to Platonism.............................3 Fuentes, Agustín...........................................89 Full-Duplex Communications and Networks..84 Fundamentals of Linear Control....................85 Fundamentals of Machine Design.................83 Fundamentals of Medical Imaging................93 Fundamentals of Nonparametric Bayesian Inference...................................................63 Fundamentals of Stability Theory...................67 Fyfe, Shannon..............................................49

G Gale, Robert Peter........................................93 Gallagher, Julia.............................................32 Galván, Adriana...........................................21 Gamer, Michael..............................................7 Gao, Shan....................................................75 Garay, Candelaria.........................................32 Garcia, Stephan Ramon................................68 Gardner, Sarah.............................................56 Gaskell, George............................................22 Gay, Penny.....................................................5 Gazzini, Tarcisio............................................42 General Algebraic Semantics for Sentential Logics, A....................................................65 General Recursion Theory.............................67 Geometries and Transformations...................68 Georgakopoulos, Nicholas............................49 George, Robert P..........................................37 Gerring, John...............................................32 Gerris, Jan....................................................95 Geyh, Paula....................................................9 Ghosal, Subhashis........................................63

34382.indd 98

Giardinà, Cristian.........................................74 Gibbs Jr, Raymond W....................................23 Gill, Robin....................................................17 Gillespie, Katharine........................................6 Gish, Dustin.................................................26 Giudice, Michael...........................................36 Give and Take of Sustainability, The...............20 Global Health Crisis, The...............................51 Global Norms with a Local Face....................29 Global Political Morality, A............................40 Gloyn, Liz.......................................................3 Glubb Pasha and the Arab Legion.................60 Gödel ‘96.....................................................65 Going Beyond Aid........................................33 Gokden, Murat.............................................95 Goodson, Geoffrey R....................................68 Goodwin-Gill, Guy S.....................................41 Governance of EU Fundamental Rights, The..48 Goyal, Yogita................................................10 Grace, Rob...................................................49 Granick, Jennifer Stisa..................................38 Gravitational Lensing....................................80 Graziosi, Barbara............................................2 Green, Tristin K.............................................50 Greenwood, Christopher.........................43, 44 Greer, Robert O.............................................95 Griffiths, David F...........................................72 Gross, Aeyal.................................................42 Gu, Qing......................................................82 Gueorguiev, Dimitar.....................................31

H Haddar, Houssem.........................................69 Haivry, Ofir...................................................63 Hájek, Petr.............................................65, 66 Hall, George.................................................92 Hall, Marcia B...............................................57 Hamilton, Catherine Sider.............................15 Hamylton, Sarah M.......................................78 Han, Zhu................................................83, 84 Handbook for the Study of Mental Health, A.24 Handbook of Primary Commodities in the Global Economy, A.....................................36 Harrington, Joanna.......................................41 Harrison, Stephen...........................................3 Hartnett, Jeremy...........................................20 Hassanpour, Navid.......................................31 Hassenstab, Christine M...............................30 Hatchuel, Sarah..............................................7 Hayashi, Nobuo............................................44 Hayes, Christine............................................16 Hayton, David................................................7 Head, Dominic................................................8 Heeney, Jonathan L......................................86 Hegel’s ‘Elements of the Philosophy of Right’.14 Hegmon, Michelle........................................20 Heimpel, George E........................................90 Heinz, Tony F................................................86 Held, Jr, Lewis I.............................................90 Heller, Michael.............................................52 Helmke, Gretchen.........................................28 Hematopoietic Cell Transplants.....................93 Herrera Ramírez, José M...............................86 Hershcovis, M. Sandy....................................17 Hershkowitz, Paula.........................................4 Herth, Felix J. F..............................................95 Hickey, Raymond....................................11, 12 Higham, Desmond J................................70, 72 Higham, Nicholas J.......................................70 Higher Recursion Theory...............................66

Hilbe, Joseph M............................................63 Hinman, Peter G...........................................67 Hironaka, Ann..............................................29 Hirschmann, Nancy J.....................................26 Historicism and the Human Sciences in Victorian Britain........................................62 History of Algeria, A......................................60 History of Modern Uganda, A........................59 History of Muslims, Christians, and Jews in the Middle East, A.....................................60 History of Philosophy....................................14 Hockx, Michel..............................................60 Hoffman, Sharona........................................51 Hogan, Michael J..........................................55 Hogg, Martin................................................52 Holmes, Erskine J..........................................92 Holstein, Barry R...........................................73 Holt, Richard P. F...........................................33 Hong, Mingyi...............................................83 Horace...........................................................3 Horace: Odes Book II......................................3 Horn, Roger A...............................................68 Horrocks, Ian................................................72 Hossain, Ekram............................................83 How Leaders Mobilize Workers.....................28 How to Survive in Anaesthesia......................92 How We Think and Learn..............................22 HPCR Practitioner’s Handbook on Monitoring, Reporting, and Fact-Finding....45 Huang, Zhirong............................................72 Hughes, Jessica..............................................4 Human and Machine Hearing.......................72 Human Dispersal and Species Movement......20 Human Right to Water, The...........................40 Human Tooth Crown and Root Morphology..89 Human Trafficking and Slavery Reconsidered.40 Huneidi, Sahar S...........................................52 Hutchinson, John W......................................85

I Ideology of Creole Revolution, The................27 Ideology of Failed States, The........................29 Imagined Societies.......................................19 In Flight from Conflict and Violence..............40 Indian Legal Profession in the Age of Globalization, The......................................39 Ingram, Martin.............................................62 Injury and Trauma in Bioarchaeology.............89 Inside Job.....................................................33 Institutional Origins of Islamist Political Mobilization..............................................28 Institutionalizing Rights and Religion............38 Institutions on the Edge................................28 Integrated Modular Treatment for Borderline Personality Disorder..................91 Intellectual Property Rights and Climate Change.....................................................49 International Criminal Tribunals....................49 International Dispute Settlement...................42 International Law and New Wars..................41 International Law as a Profession.................42 International Law in a Transcivilizational World........................................................43 International Law Reports.......................43, 44 International Law Reports, Consolidated Index.........................................................44 International Law Reports, Consolidated Table of Treaties.........................................44 International Responsibility of International Organisations, The.................42

05/01/2017 12:37


Index

International Trade in Sustainable Electricity..45 Interpretation of Emergency Head CT............92 Intimate Interventions in Global Health.........32 Introducing Syntax.......................................11 Introduction to Aircraft Design......................83 Introduction to Bronchoscopy.......................95 Introduction to Description Logic..................72 Introduction to Experimental Mathematics....70 Introduction to Magnetohydrodynamics........69 Introduction to Planetary Photometry............78 Introduction to the International Criminal Court, An..................................................43 Invasive Species...........................................88 Inverse Scattering Theory and Transmission Eigenvalues...........................69 Irani, Tushar.................................................14 Irish Political Writings after 1725....................7 Irish, Joel D...................................................89 Iserles, Arieh.................................................70 Ishida, Emille E. O.........................................63 Israel and its Palestinian Citizens..................52 Itzcovich, Giulo.............................................39

J Jacob, Daniel J..............................................77 Jacobs, Jack..................................................58 Jakab, András...............................................39 James, David................................................14 Jansana, Ramon...........................................65 Japanese Empire, The...................................59 Jaramillo, Maria Clara...................................26 Jarcho, Julia.................................................11 Jarden, Aaron...............................................91 Jennings, Richard C.......................................86 Jetten, Jolanda.............................................21 Jevon, Graham.............................................60 Jewish Dietary Laws in the Ancient World, The...........................................................16 Jewish Ghetto and the Visual Imagination of Early Modern Venice, The.......................57 Jews and Leftist Politics................................58 Johansen, Rune............................................70 John Dewey’s Democracy and Education.......23 John Selden and the Western Political Tradition....................................................63 Johnson, Norman W.....................................68 Johnston, Christopher D................................33 Jones, Bernard J. T.........................................74 Jones, Owen R..............................................90 Journalism and the Periodical Press in Nineteenth-Century Britain..........................8 Judicial Dialogue and Human Rights.............41 Judicial Review and American Conservatism..56 Julius Caesar..................................................5

K Kachru, Braj B...............................................12 Kaldellis, Anthony.........................................58 Kaldor, Mary.................................................41 Kampourakis, Kostas....................................87 Kane, Gordon...............................................74 Kant and the Laws of Nature........................14 Kant’s Theory of Normativity.........................14 Kaplan, Oliver...............................................29 Karp, Jonathan.............................................16 Kasting, James F...........................................81 Katz, Dana E................................................57 Kaufman, James C........................................23 Kausel, Eduardo...........................................82 Keating, Armand..........................................93

Keizer, Kees..................................................21 Key Technologies for 5G Wireless Systems.....84 Keynes, Simon..............................................53 Khanna, Vikramaditya S................................39 Kidd, Colin...................................................63 Kim, Iljoong..................................................39 Kim, Kwang-Je.............................................72 Kinney, Jeremy R..........................................61 Kissinger, Aleks.............................................75 Kjos, Hege Elizabeth.....................................41 Klein, Cornelis..............................................76 Klinghard, Daniel..........................................26 Knowing Hands............................................23 Knowledge, Text and Practice in Ancient Technical Writing.........................................2 Kochenov, Dimitry.........................................48 Koeneman, Olaf...........................................11 Kohl, Uta......................................................51 Kohli, Atul....................................................27 Kong, Camillia..............................................51 Kosso, Peter.................................................76 Kousser, Rachel..............................................2 Kremlin Strikes Back, The..............................35 Krishnamoorthy, Ennapadam S......................93 Kronk, Gary W..............................................79 Kuehn, Thomas.............................................57 Kulick, Andreas.............................................45 Kumar, Manoj...............................................95 Kutz, J. Nathan.............................................69

L La Porta, Caterina.........................................75 Labeur, Robert Jan........................................77 Ladwig III, Walter C......................................29 Lai, Hairong.................................................31 Lanczos, Cornelius........................................68 Lane, Ruth....................................................27 Lange, Kenneth............................................70 Langford, Malcolm.......................................40 Language Learning and the Brain.................12 Larrazabal, J. M............................................66 Larsen, Jon...................................................74 Lascar, D.......................................................66 Last Battle, The.............................................60 Last Kiss.......................................................10 Late Sigmund Freud, The...............................25 Latin America and the First World War..........59 Lauterpacht, Elihu..................................43, 44 Lavine, Howard............................................33 Lazarus, Hillard M.........................................93 Le, Jia-Liang.................................................85 Le, Long Bao................................................83 Leading from the Periphery and Network Collective Action........................................31 Learn Latin from the Romans..........................5 Learning LaTeX.............................................72 Lee, Hojun....................................................39 Lee, Karen..............................................43, 44 Legitimacy of International Criminal Tribunals, The............................................44 Lemons, Don S..............................................75 Lerman, Manuel...........................................67 Li, Yonghui...................................................84 Lieu, Judith..................................................15 Life and Death of ACT UP/LA, The.................19 Lim, Brendan................................................38 Lin, Jenshan.................................................84 Lin, Justin Yifu..............................................33 Lincoln and the Democrats...........................55 Lindberg, Ryan.............................................72

Lindley, David.................................................6 Lindström, Per..............................................66 Lines, Richard...............................................42 Ling, Fuyun..................................................83 Linguistic Ecology and Language Contact......13 Liquid Cell Electron Microscopy.....................86 Listening to the Past.....................................12 Listhaug, Ola................................................30 Littlewood, P. B.............................................73 Livesley, W. John...........................................91 Living with the Enemy..................................58 Loewenhaar-Blauweiss, Amy.........................58 Logic Colloquium ‘90....................................64 Logic Colloquium ‘95....................................66 Logic Colloquium ‘96....................................66 Logic of Securities Law, The..........................49 López-Cuevas, Jorge.....................................86 Lopez, Jeremy.................................................5 Loss Coverage..............................................35 Love, Rosalind..............................................53 Low, Patrick.................................................45 Low, Tony.....................................................86 Ludwig, Ralph..............................................13 Lutz, Carsten................................................72 Lyon, Richard F.............................................72

99

M MacGlashan, Maureen.................................44 MacLeod, Glen...............................................9 Magnenat-Thalmann, Nadia.........................72 Maia, Rousiley C. M......................................26 Making Sense of Corruption.........................26 Making Sense of Genes................................87 Makowsky, Johann A....................................66 Maleševi*, Siniša..........................................18 Malesky, Edmund J.......................................31 Mameli, Simona...........................................26 Mann, Ronald J............................................49 Mannion, Gerard..........................................15 Many Hands of the State, The.......................28 Marin, Ericsson.............................................72 Marker, David...............................................65 Marriage by Capture in the Book of Judges...17 Marsden, Richard.........................................15 Marx, Robert E.............................................95 Massimi, Michela.........................................14 Material Culture, Power, and Identity in Ancient China...........................................21 MATLAB Guide............................................70 Matter, E. Ann..............................................15 Mattison III, William C..................................15 Matzke, Michael...........................................57 Maurer, Stephen M.......................................34 May, Larry....................................................49 McCarthy, E. Doyle.......................................22 McDougall, James........................................60 McGilvray, James..........................................13 McGuiness, William......................................93 Meaning in English.......................................11 Meaning of the Wave Function, The..............75 Measures, Integrals and Martingales.............64 Mecham, R. Quinn........................................28 Mechanics and Reliability of Films, Multilayers and Coatings, The....................85 Medical and Biological Microwave Sensors and Systems.................................84 Medieval Britain, c.1000–1500....................53 Medieval European Coinage.........................57 Medwed, Daniel S........................................49 Mehrotra, Shagun........................................78

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk 34382.indd 99

05/01/2017 12:37


Index

100

Meierhenrich, Jens.......................................28 Menshikov, Mikhail......................................64 Mental Capacity in Relationship....................51 Merrills, Andy.................................................4 Merrills, J. G..................................................42 Messmer, Margit..........................................65 Metamathematics of First-Order Arithmetic...66 Metaphor Wars............................................23 Methods in Molecular Biophysics..................87 Methuen, Charlotte......................................16 Meuwese, Anne............................................37 Meyer, Lukas H.............................................79 Meyer, Maik.................................................79 Miller, Arnold W............................................65 Miller, John..................................................54 Miller, Russell A............................................39 Miller, Zinaida..............................................39 Mills, Nicholas J............................................90 Milner, Richard G..........................................73 Milton and the Burden of Freedom.................6 Minimum-Volume Ellipsoids..........................71 Mints, G.......................................................66 Mirsepassi, Ali..............................................60 Misra, Rakesh R............................................92 Mistree, Dinsha............................................27 Mitchell, Tania D...........................................53 Mitchell, William J........................................64 Mitzenmacher, Michael.................................71 MM Optimization Algorithms........................70 Model Theory of Fields..................................65 Model-Theoretic Logics.................................67 Modeling of Atmospheric Chemistry..............77 Modern Britain, 1750 to the Present.............54 Modern Elementary Particle Physics..............74 Modernity and the English Rural Novel...........8 Moelle, Moritz P............................................42 Mols, Frank..................................................21 Monamy, Vaughan.......................................90 Montag, Markus H. M..................................94 Montagnier, Jean-Paul C.................................1 Moore, Kathryn Blair....................................57 Moores, Chris...............................................54 Moral Passion and Christian Ethics................17 Morari, Manfred...........................................84 Morbeck, Dean E..........................................94 Morgan, Kimberly J.......................................28 Morison, Ian.................................................80 Morrissette, Debbi Ann.................................91 Morton, Eugene S.........................................88 Mostafanezhad, Isar.....................................84 Motivation in War........................................62 Mufwene, Salikoko S.....................................12 Mühlhäusler, Peter........................................13 Müller, Amrei................................................41 Munker, Reinhold.........................................93 Murali, Kanta...............................................31 Music and Culture in the Middle Ages and Beyond........................................................1 Music in the London Theatre from Purcell to Handel....................................................1

N Nahshon, Edna...............................................6 Namgail, Tsewang........................................87 Naples.........................................................57 Navigating Global Business..........................18 Neely, Jr, Mark E...........................................55 Net and the Nation State, The.......................51 Neuropathologic and Neuroradiologic Correlations..............................................95

34382.indd 100

Neuroscience of Adolescence, The.................21 Neuroscience of Expertise, The......................24 New Cambridge History of the Bible, The......15 New Labour Laws in Old Member States.......48 Ng, Derrick Wing Kwan................................84 Nicholls, Barry..............................................92 Nietzsche, Friedrich.......................................27 Nietzsche: On the Genealogy of Morality and Other Writings....................................27 Niezen, Ronald.............................................52 Nixon, Mark...................................................8 Nodet, Maëlle..............................................63 Nollkaemper, André................................42, 44 Non-homogeneous Random Walks...............64 Nonequilibrium Molecular Dynamics.............86 Nonlinear and Stochastic Climate Dynamics..77 Nordstrom, Kimberly.....................................91 Norman, Kent...............................................25 Novacich, Sarah Elliott....................................6 Numerical Methods with Chemical Engineering Applications...........................82 Nunes, Eric...................................................72 Nunn, Mike..................................................88

O O’Hear, Anthony...........................................14 O’Kane, Terence J.........................................77 O’Neill, Kate.................................................30 Oades, Lindsay.............................................91 Obligations..................................................52 Observing and Cataloguing Nebulae and Star Clusters..............................................81 Oikkonen, Juha............................................64 On the Shoulders of Giants...........................34 Open versus Closed......................................33 Oppenheimer, Melanie..................................60 Optical Fiber Communications......................73 Optogenetics................................................87 Origins of Dominant Parties, The...................30 Orloff, Ann Shola..........................................28 Ormrod, Jeanne Ellis.....................................22 Osakwe, Chiedu...........................................45 Osella, Filippo..............................................19 Oshikawa, Maika.........................................45 Oster, Jan.....................................................48 Ott, Sandra..................................................58 Otto, Martin.................................................65 Overgaard, Søren.........................................14 Owen-Smith, Norman...................................88 Owning Ideas...............................................55 Özman, Müge..............................................18

P Pagel, Steve.................................................13 Paine, S. C. M...............................................59 Palaces of Hope...........................................52 Paliath, Vivin................................................72 Pantic, Maja.................................................72 Papalambros, Panos Y...................................85 Parrillo, Nicholas R........................................37 Pascual, Juan...............................................93 Pearls and Pitfalls in Inflammatory Dermatopathology.....................................95 Pearson, Alan...............................................93 Pediatric Head and Neck Pathology...............95 Peek, Giles...................................................92 Pegram, Anne...............................................93 Pellegrino, François.......................................12 Pendas, Devin O............................................28 Peng, Mugen................................................84

Percival, Christopher J...................................90 Perinotti, Paolo.............................................75 Perry, Michael...............................................40 Petersen, Niels.............................................37 Peterson, Victor............................................60 Petraglia, Michael.........................................20 Petrin, Martin...............................................47 Phaneuf, Daniel J..........................................36 Philosophy of Cosmology, The.......................75 Philpot, Tasha S............................................27 Philpotts, Anthony........................................76 Physics of Cancer, The...................................75 Physics of Electronic Materials......................73 Picturing Quantum Processes........................75 Pillay, Anand................................................65 Pines, Jesse M..............................................91 Pingyuan, Chen............................................60 Pirngruber, Reinhard.......................................4 Plagues........................................................86 Plakokefalos, Ilias.........................................44 Planert, Ute..................................................62 Plants, People and Practices..........................50 Plato on the Value of Philosophy...................14 Platt, Verity....................................................2 Pobjoy, Jason M............................................41 Poetry, Modernism, and an Imperfect World....8 Pogoretskyy, Vitaliy.......................................46 Political Trials in Theory and History...............28 Politics of Crisis in Europe, The......................30 Politics of Sacrifice in Early Greek Myth and Poetry, The............................................2 Pollok, Konstantin........................................14 Polyphonic Mass in France, 1600–1780, The...1 Pope Francis and the Future of Catholicism...15 Poplawski, Paul..............................................9 Popov, Serguei.............................................64 Population and Society.................................18 Poston, Jr, Dudley L.......................................18 Pour-El, Marian B..........................................66 Practice of Shared Responsibility in International Law, The...............................44 Prainsack, Barbara........................................51 Precision Cosmology....................................74 Predictive Control for Linear and Hybrid Systems.....................................................84 Preiss, Richard................................................7 Principles of IVF Laboratory Practice..............94 Principles of Optimal Design.........................85 Prins, Herbert H. T.........................................87 Privacy and Power........................................39 Probabilistic Mechanics of Quasibrittle Structures..................................................85 Probability and Computing...........................71 Procter, Nicholas..........................................93 Proctor, Joshua L..........................................69 Program on Humanitarian Policy and Conflict Research.......................................45 Progressive Brain Disorders in Childhood......93 Progressive Challenges to the American Constitution..............................................55 Prok, Lori D..................................................95 Proper and Improper Forcing........................66 Proportionality and Judicial Activism.............37 Proukakis, N. P..............................................73 Prudentius, Spain, and Late Antique Christianity..................................................4 Pryor, Sean.....................................................8 Psychologist’s Companion for Undergraduates, The..................................25 Psychology, Religion and Spirituality.............17 Pudlák, Pavel................................................66

05/01/2017 12:37


Index

Purpose and Cognition.................................25

Q Quantum Information Theory........................71 Quantum Theory from First Principles............75 Quaternary of the Levant..............................78 Quek, Tony Q. S............................................84 Question and Answer Guide to Astronomy, A.80 Quick, Oliver................................................51

R Radetzki, Marian..........................................36 Radio Resource Management in Wireless Networks..................................................83 Ramazani, Jahan..........................................10 Ramet, Sabrina P..........................................30 Rammer, Jørgen...........................................73 Random Walks and Heat Kernels on Graphs..64 Raphael and the Redefinition of Art in Renaissance Italy.......................................57 Rasti, Mehdi.................................................83 Rau, Raghavendra........................................35 Ravve, Elena V..............................................66 Reassertion of Control over the Investment Treaty Regime..........................45 Rebelocracy..................................................31 Rebonato, Riccardo......................................35 Recursion Theory..........................................64 Recursion-Theoretic Hierarchies....................67 Redfern, Rebecca C.......................................89 Regulating Patient Safety..............................51 Regulatory Waves.........................................38 Reid, Richard J..............................................59 Reinventing the Propeller.............................61 Reinvention of Magna Carta 1216–1616, The...........................................................52 Reiter-Palmon, Roni......................................23 Relativistic Kinetic Theory.............................74 Religion and the Morality of the Market........19 Religious Leaders and Conflict Transformation..........................................40 Renshaw, Catherine......................................41 Requate, Till.................................................36 Research and Theory on Workplace Aggression................................................17 Resisting War...............................................29 Retallack, James...........................................62 Reuter, Ora John...........................................30 Reviewing the South....................................56 Reznick, J. Steven.........................................21 Richards, J. Ian.............................................66 Richardson, David........................................61 Riches, John.................................................15 Richtsmeier, Joan T........................................90 Riley, Erin P...................................................89 Rinke, Stefan................................................59 Rise of Organised Brutality, The.....................18 Rivalry and Revenge.....................................28 Rizk, Botros..................................................95 Robertson, John...........................................72 Robinson, Andrew .......................................88 Robinson, Neville.........................................92 Robinson, Rachel Sullivan.............................32 Robles-Hernández, Francisco C......................86 Rocheleau, Bruce.........................................88 Rodríguez-Garavito, César............................40 Roessler, Philip.............................................32 Rogerson, Anne..............................................3 Rohan, Colleen M.........................................43 Roman Geographies of the Nile......................4

Roman Street, The........................................20 Romantic Overture and Musical Form from Rossini to Wagner, The.................................1 Romanticism, Self-Canonization, and the Business of Poetry.......................................7 Romero-Lankao, Patricia...............................78 Ronen, Simcha.............................................18 Rosand, David................................................1 Rosefielde, Steven........................................35 Rosenbaum, David A....................................23 Rosenblum, Jordan D....................................16 Rosenzweig, Cynthia....................................78 Ross, Frances M............................................86 Ross, William G............................................55 Rossi, Christopher........................................43 Rossi, Julieta................................................40 Roth, Benita.................................................19 Rothenberg, David J........................................1 Rothengatter, Talib.......................................21 Rothstein, Bo...............................................26 Rothstein, Susan..........................................12 Rouhana, Nadim N.......................................52 Rounce, Adam................................................7 Rousseau, Peter L.........................................34 Roy, Jean-René.............................................80 Roy, Ranjan..................................................70 Rubenstein, Dustin R....................................88 Rubin, Jared.................................................34 Rubin, Robert Daniel....................................56 Rudnyckyj, Daromir......................................19 Rulers, Religion, and Riches..........................34 Ruppel, A. M................................................16 Rushin, Stephen...........................................52 Russell, Alison Lawlor...................................38 Russell, Anna F. S..........................................40 Rutter, Tom.....................................................7

S Saar, Enn......................................................80 Saccocci, Andrea..........................................57 Sacks, Gerald E.............................................66 Saffari, Siavash.............................................30 Said, Sherif...................................................95 Salguero-Gómez, Roberto.............................90 Sammut, Gordon..........................................22 Samuel Beckett’s Library.................................8 Sandal, Nukhet A.........................................40 Sanderson, Jay.............................................50 Sanklecha, Pranay........................................79 Sapignoli, Maria...........................................52 Sattler, Uli....................................................72 Saunders, Kevin W........................................36 Saunders, Simon...........................................75 Scates, Bruce................................................60 Schabas, William A.................................42, 43 Schachter, Steven.........................................93 Schaper, Joachim..........................................15 Schechinger, Jessica......................................44 Scheid, Teresa L............................................24 Schilling, René L...........................................64 Schinkel, Willem...........................................19 Schmitt, Michael N.......................................49 Schober, Robert............................................84 Schooling and Society...................................19 Schröder, Peter.............................................63 Schütze, Ulf..................................................12 Science Writing in Greco-Roman Antiquity......4 Scott, G. Richard...........................................89 Screen, Elina................................................57 Seargent, David A. J......................................79

Second Course in Linear Algebra, A...............68 Secord, James A...........................................90 Selected Letters of John Kenneth Galbraith, The............................................33 Semantics for Counting and Measuring.........12 Semiconductor Nanolasers...........................82 Serdyuk, Igor N.............................................87 Sermon on the Mount and Moral Theology, The............................................15 Shakarian, Jana............................................72 Shakespeare and the Admiral’s Men...............7 Shakespeare for Freedom...............................6 Shakespeare on Screen...................................7 Shakespeare, Music and Performance.............6 Shakespeare, William......................................5 Shandarin, Sergei.........................................80 Shaping the Archive in Late Medieval England.6 Shapiro, Michael.............................................6 Sharkey, Heather J........................................60 Shattock, Joanne............................................8 Shefferson, Richard P....................................90 Shelah, Saharon...........................................66 Shenkar, Oded..............................................18 Shepard, Michael K......................................78 Shoenfield, Joseph R.....................................64 Short Introduction to Corporate Finance........35 Shorvon, Simon............................................93 Sidel, Mark...................................................38 Signal Processing and Networking for Big Data Applications......................................83 Silk, Joseph..................................................75 Simeone, Osvaldo.........................................84 Simon, Joshua..............................................27 Singal, T. L....................................................73 Singh, Ajeet..................................................83 Sinha, Alok...................................................85 Siniossoglou, Niketas....................................58 Slade, Mike..................................................91 Sloane-White, Patricia..................................19 Slotnick, Scott D...........................................23 Snoke, D. W..................................................73 Social History of England, 1500–1750, A......54 Social Policy Expansion in Latin America........32 Social Rights Judgments and the Politics of Compliance...........................................40 Social Signal Processing................................72 Sokol, D. Daniel............................................47 Solecki, William D.........................................78 Solidarity in Biomedicine and Beyond............51 Somin, Ilya...................................................39 Song, Lingyang.............................................84 Southwood, Katherine..................................17 Sovereignty and Territorial Temptation..........43 Spatial Analysis of Coastal Environments......78 Spectral Atlas for Amateur Astronomers........81 Spectroscopy for Amateur Astronomers.........80 Sperm Cell, The............................................94 Spevack, Marvin.............................................5 Spicer, Andre................................................17 Spicer, Andrew.............................................16 Squire, Michael...............................................2 Stahl, Stephen M..........................................91 Stahl’s Illustrated Sleep and Wake Disorders..91 Stamelou, Maria...........................................93 States in the Developing World.....................27 Steel, John R..........................................64, 65 Steg, Linda...................................................21 Steiner, Jurg.................................................26 Steinicke, Wolfgang......................................81 Stenersen, Anne...........................................31 Stephenson, Mary D.....................................94

101

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org 34382.indd 101

05/01/2017 12:37


Index

102

Sternberg, Karin...........................................25 Sternberg, Robert.........................................25 Stewart, Geoffrey.........................................62 Stocking, Charles H........................................2 Stojanowski, Christopher M..........................89 Stoyanova, Vladislava...................................40 Strategic A2/AD in Cyberspace......................38 Strategic Management of Innovation Networks..................................................18 Streets-Salter, Heather..................................59 Stromseth, Jonathan R..................................31 Student’s Guide to Dimensional Analysis, A...75 Studies in Forensic Biohistory........................89 Study of Language, The.................................13 Substance and Behavioral Addictions............24 Successful Careers beyond the Lab...............86 Suetens, Paul................................................93 Surrow, Bernd..............................................73 Sussman, Steve............................................24 Sutcliffe, Adam.............................................16 Sweeting, Paul.............................................70 Swift, Jonathan..............................................7 Synchronization in Digital Communication Systems.....................................................83 Synchrotron Radiation and Free-Electron Lasers.......................................................72

T Tait, Gordon.................................................19 Tallinn Manual 2.0 on the International Law Applicable to Cyber Operations...........49 Tamta’s World..............................................58 Tarbuck, Paul................................................91 Taub, Liba......................................................4 Teaching Computational Creativity................22 Temple, Andrew...........................................92 The Editors of the Darwin Correspondence Project......................................................90 The Tokyo Trial Research Centre....................61 Theresienstadt 1941–1945...........................58 Thermodynamics of Natural Systems.............77 Thinking about Free Will...............................14 Third-Party Countermeasures in International Law......................................43 Thomas Jefferson and the Science of Republican Government.............................26 Thomas Jefferson, Legal History, and the Art of Recollection.....................................55 Thomas, Guy................................................35 Timms, Colin..................................................1 Tkalčić, Hrvoje..............................................77 Todd, Billy D.................................................86 Todd, Michael J............................................71 Tokens of Power...........................................29 Tokyo Trial, The.............................................61 Tomain, Joseph P..........................................47 Trademark and Unfair Competition Conflicts.50 Transatlantic Defence Procurement...............45 Transnationalism in Iranian Political Thought.60 Trubek, David M...........................................39 Trust in Early Modern International Political Thought, 1598–1713....................63 Trypsteen, Marc F. M...............................80, 81 Tuininga, Matthew J.....................................37 Türk, Volker..................................................40 Twelfth Night.................................................5 Tzankova, Veronika......................................22

34382.indd 102

U Ultrasound in Anesthesia, Critical Care and Pain Management..............................92 Understanding the Company........................47 Unexpected Scalia, The.................................36 Universal Themes of Bose-Einstein Condensation............................................73 Unsteady Flow in Open Channels..................77 Unsteady State, The......................................36 Upfal, Eli......................................................71 Urbina, Francisco..........................................37

V Väänänen, Jouko..........................................64 Valenzuela, Javier.........................................11 Valsiner, Jaan...............................................22 Value and Quality Innovations in Acute and Emergency Care..................................91 van de Weygaert, Rien..................................80 van der Ploeg, Tymen J..................................39 van der Vaart, Aad........................................63 Van Hulle, Dirk...............................................8 van Inwagen, Peter.......................................14 van Veen, Wino J. M.....................................39 Vande Moortele, Steven..................................1 Varraich, Aiysha............................................26 Vereshchagin, Gregory V...............................74 Vernon, James..............................................54 Versteegh, Cornelia R. M..............................39 Vibration of Nearly Periodic Structures and Mistuned Bladed Rotors............................85 Vienne-Guerrin, Nathalie................................7 Vietnam’s Communist Revolution..................59 Vietnam’s Lost Revolution.............................62 Vinciarelli, Alessandro...................................72 Virgil’s Ascanius.............................................3 Volterra Integral Equations...........................69 Vössing, Konstantin......................................28 Voting Rights of Refugees............................41 Votive Body Parts in Greek and Roman Religion.......................................................4 Vu, Tuong.....................................................59 Vuylsteke, Alain............................................92

W Wachtel, Paul...............................................34 Wade, Andrew..............................................64 Wagoner, Brady............................................23 Waks, Leonard J............................................23 Walker, Richard......................................80, 81 Walker, Sara Imari........................................76 Wallace Stevens In Context.............................9 Walshe, Terry................................................88 Wang, Dan...................................................83 Wang, Li-Chun.............................................84 Wang, Xixin.................................................31 Wang, Yan....................................................33 Ward, Michael J............................................91 Wårell, Linda................................................36 Watson, Bradley C. S.....................................55 Watts, Fraser................................................17 Wealth Paradox, The.....................................21 Webber, Andrew J.........................................10 Wellbeing, Recovery and Mental Health........91 Werner, Wouter............................................42 West, III, James L. W.....................................10 What Goes Up... Gravity and Scientific Method.....................................................76 White, Stephen K..........................................26

Whitebook, Joel...........................................13 Why Representation Matters........................31 Wichman, Risto............................................84 Wilby, Robert L.............................................78 Wilde, Douglass J.........................................85 Wilde, Mark M.............................................71 Wildlife Politics.............................................88 Wiler, Jennifer L............................................91 Wilkins, David B...........................................39 Willette, Thomas...........................................57 Williams, Deanne...........................................7 Williams, Robert...........................................57 Wilson, Michael P.........................................91 Wilson, Rhonda............................................93 Women Writing the English Republic, 1625–1681.................................................6 Women’s Health in Primary Care...................94 Wong, Vincent W. S......................................84 Wood, Bruce..................................................1 Woodward, Susan L......................................29 Work and Lives of Teachers, The....................22 Working Relationally in and across Practices.25 World Englishes and Culture Wars................12 World of Mr Casaubon, The..........................63 World Trade Organization.......................46, 47 World War I and the American Constitution..55 World War One in Southeast Asia.................59 Worlds Fantastic, Worlds Familiar..................79 Wouters, Cornelis.........................................40 Wrestling with Shylock...................................6 Wright, Eric R...............................................24 Wrightson, Keith..........................................54 Writing and the Modern Stage......................11 Writing on the Wall, The...............................42 Wrongful Convictions and the DNA Revolution.................................................49 Wu, Xiaolong...............................................21

X Xu, Jiajun.....................................................34

Y Yanagimachi, Ryuzo.....................................94 Yao, Qiwei....................................................71 Yashar, Deborah J.........................................27 Yasuaki, Onuma...........................................43 Young, Jeremy C...........................................56 Yu, Wei........................................................84 Yule, George................................................13

Z Zaccai, Joseph..............................................87 Zaccai, Nathan R..........................................87 Zahn, Rebecca..............................................48 Zapperi, Stefano...........................................75 Zeijlstra, Hedde............................................11 Zeldovich Universe (IAU S308, The................80 Zeller, Scott L................................................91 Zhuang, Wei.................................................49 Ziegler, Ruvi.................................................41 Zimbabwe’s International Relations..............32 Zimmermann, Lisbeth...................................29 Zupan, Mark A.............................................33 Zyberi, Gentian.............................................43

05/01/2017 12:37


Notes

103

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager. 34382.indd 103

05/01/2017 12:37


Notes

104

34382.indd 104

05/01/2017 12:37


Seasonal catalogue jan apr 2017 digital